A complete list of references cited in the book.
Searchable by author, title, date etc using Command F(with Mac) and Ctrl F(with Windows).

Aalbers, S., Fusar-Poli, L., Freeman, R. E., Spreen, M., Ket, J. C., Vink, A. C., Maratos, A., Crawford, M., Chen, X-J., & Gold, C. (2024). Music therapy for depression: A Cochrane Review. BJPsych Advances, 30(2), 72-72.

Aarden, B. (2003). Dynamic melodic expectancy. Ph.D. dissertation, Ohio State University. Full text available at http://etd.ohiolink.edu/view.cgi?acc_num=osu1060969388

Abel, J. & Larkin, K. (1990). Anticipation of performance among musicians: Physiological arousal, confidence, and state anxiety. Psychology of Music, 18, 171-182.

Abeles, H. (2009). Are musical instrument gender associations changing? Journal of Research in Music Education, 57(2), 127-139.

Abeles, H. & Chung, J. (1996). Responses to music. In D. Hodges, (Ed.), Handbook of music psychology, (pp. 285-342). IMR Press.

Abeles, H. & Porter, S. (1978). The sex-stereotyping of musical instruments. Journal of Research in Music Education, 26, 65–75.

Abell, A. (1987). Talks with great composers. Philosophical Library.

Abréu-Ramos, A. & Micheo, W. (2007). Lifetime prevalence of upper-body musculoskeletal problems in a professional-level symphony orchestra. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 22(3), 97-104.

Academy of Neurologic Music Therapy. (2024). What is Neurologic Music Therapy?   https://nmtacademy.co/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/Neurologic-Music-Therapy-1-page-flyer.pdf

Ackerman, D. (1995). A natural history of the history of the senses. Vintage Books.

Ackerman, P. L. (2014). Nonsense, common sense, and science of expert performance: Talent and individual differences. Intelligence, 45, 6-17. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.intell.2013.04.009

Acquadro, M. A., Congedo, M., & De Riddeer, D. (2016). Music Performance As an Experimental Approach to Hyperscanning Studies. Frontiers in Human Neuroscience, 10, 242. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnhum.2016.00242

Adachi, M., Trehub, S., & Abe, J-I. (2004). Perceiving emotion in children’s songs across age and culture. Japanese Psychological Research, 46(4), 322-336.

Addis. L. (1999). Of music and mind. Cornell University Press.

Ahmed, L. (2000). A border passage: From Cairo to America—a woman’s journey. Penguin.      

Aho, M. (2009). Gestures in vocal performance and the experience of the listener: A case study of extra-semantic meaning-making in the singing of Olavi Virta. Popular Music, 28(1), 33-51.

Aiello, R. (2007). Music: Cognition and emotions. Oxford University Press.

Aiello, R. & Sloboda, J. (Eds.).  (1994).  Musical perceptions. Oxford University Press.

Aiello, R. & Williamon, A. (2002). Memory. In R. Parncutt & G. McPherson (Eds.), The science and psychology of music performance (pp. 167-181). Oxford University Press.

Albert, M. (1998). Treatment of aphasia. Archives of Neurology, 55(11), 1417-1420.

Albert, N., Robertson, E., & Miall, C. (2009). The resting human brain and motor learning. Current Biology, 19(12), 1023-1027.

Alcock, K., Wade, D., Anslow, P., Passingham, R. (2000).  Pitch and timing abilities in adult left-hemisphere-dysphasic and right-hemisphere-damaged subjects. Brain and Language, 75(1), 47-65.

Alexander, C. (1954).  The longevity of scientists. Journal of Social Psychology, 39, 299–302.

Alexander, F. (1990). The Alexander technique. Carol Publishing.

Alexander, S. (2016). The jazz of physics. Basic Books.

Alexjander, S. (2023). Our sound universe. Listen: https://oursounduniverse.com/listen/

Alford, H. (2015). The view from the pit. The New Yorker, May 25, 2015.

Allan, D. Peak performance for musicians. http://www.musicpeakperformance.com

Allen, E. J., Mesik, J., Kay, K. N., & Oxenham, A. J. (2022). Distinct representations of tonotopy and pitch in human auditory cortex. Journal of Neuroscience, 42(3), 416-434.

Allesch, C. G., & Krakauer, P. M. (2006). Understanding our experience of music: What kind of psychology do we need? Musicae Scientiae, 10(1 Suppl.), 41–63.

Allingham, R. (1999). South Africa – popular music: Nation of voice. In M. Ellingham, O. Duane, & V. Dowell, V. (Eds.). (1999). World music: The rough guide. Vol. 1: Africa, Europe and the Middle East (pp. 638-657). Rough Guides.

Allman, W. (1994). The stone age present. Simon and Schuster.

Altenmüller, E. (2006). The end of the song? Robert Schumann’s focal dystonia. In E. Altenmüller, M. Wiesendanger, & J. Kesselring, (Eds.), Music, motor control, and the brain (pp. 251-263). Oxford University Press.

Altenmüller, E. (2022). Brain mechanisms of musical learning and performing. In G. McPherson (Ed.), The Oxford handbook of music performance, Vol. 2. (pp. 157-178). Oxford University Press.

Alternmüller, E., Furuya, S., Scholz, D., & Ioannou, C. (2019). Brain research in music performance. In M. Thaut & D. Hodges (Eds.), The Oxford handbook on music and the brain (pp. 459-486). Oxford University Press.

Altenmüller, E., Gruhn, W., Parlitz, D., & Liebert, G. (2000). The impact of music education on brain networks: Evidence from EEG-studies. International Journal of Music Education, 35, 47-53.

Altenmüller, E., Ioannou, I., & Lee, A. (2015). Apollo’s curse: Neurological causes of motor impairments in musicians. Progress in Brain Research, 217, 89-106.

Altenmüller, E., & Jabusch, H. C. (2010). Focal dystonia in musicians: phenomenology, pathophysiology, triggering factors, and treatment. Medical problems of performing artists, 25(1), 3-9.

Altenmüller, E. & McPherson, G. (2007). Motor learning and instrumental training. In W. Gruhn & F. Rauscher (Eds.), Neurosciences and music pedagogy (pp. 121-142). Nova Science Publishers.

Altenmüller, E., Wiesendanger, M., & Kesselring, J. (2006). Music, motor control, and the brain. Oxford University Press.

Altschuler, R., Bobbin, R., Clopton, B., & Hoffman, D. (1991). Neurobiology of hearing: The central auditory system. Raven Press.

American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry. (2024). Listening to music and watching music videos. https://www.aacap.org/AACAP/Families_and_Youth/Facts_for_Families/FFF-Guide/The-Influence-Of-Music-And-Music-Videos-040.aspx#:~:text=The%20amount%20of%20time%20children,phones%2C%20streaming%20services%2C%20etc

American Education Research Association. Retrieved on April 19, 2007 from http://www.aera.net

American Music Therapy Association (2024). What is music therapy? https://www.musictherapy.org/about/

Americans for the Arts (2005). Retrieved on April 28, 2010 from http://www.artsusa.org/news/press/2005/2005_06_13b.asp

Americans for the Arts. (2007). Arts & Economic Prosperity III. The Economic Impact of Nonprofit Arts and Culture Organizations and Their Audiences. Retrieved on May 4, 2010 from http://www.artsusa.org/information_services/research/services/economic_impact/default.asp

Amir, D., LaGasse, B., & Crowe, B. (2016). The relationship between research and theory. In B. Wheeler & K. Murphy (Eds.), Music therapy research, 3rd ed. (pp. 37–46). Barcelona.

Amon, S., Shapsa, A., Forman, L., Regev, R., Bauer, S., Litmanovitz, I., & Dolfin, T. (2006). Live music is beneficial to preterm infants in the neonatal intensive care unit environment. Birth, 33(2), 131-136.

Amunts, K., Ebell, C., Muller, J., Telefont, M., Knoll, A., & Lippert, T. (2016). The human brain project: Creating a European research infrastructure to decode the human brain. Neuron, 92(3), 574–581.

Anderson, A. W., Marois, R., Colson, E. R., Peterson, B. S., Duncan, C. C., Ehrenkranz, R. A., Schneider, K. C., Gore, J. C., & Ment, L. R. (2001). Neonatal auditory activation detected by functional magnetic resonance imaging. Magnetic Resonance Imaging, 19(1), 1–5.

Anderson, C., Bahník, S., Barnett-Cowan, M., Bosco, F., Chandler, J., Chariter, C., Cheung, F., Christopherson, C. D., Cordes, A., Cremata, E. J., Della Penna, N., Estel, V., Fedor, A., Fitneva, S. A., Frank, M. C., Grange, J. A., Hartshorne, J. K., Hasselman, F., Henninger, F., … Suni, K. (2016). Response to comment on “Estimating the reproducibility of psychological science”. Science, 351(6277), Article 1037-c. DOI: 10.1126/science.aad9163

Anderson, L. & Krathwohl, D. (Eds.). (2001). A taxonomy for learning, teaching, and assessing: A revision of Bloom’s taxonomy of educational objectives, complete edition. Allyn & Bacon.

Andreassi, J. (2007). Psychophysiology: Human behavior & physiological response (5^th ed.).  Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Andress, B. (1986). Toward an integrated developmental theory for early childhood music. Bulletin of the Council for Research in Music Education, 86, 10-17.

Andrews, E. (1997). Healthy practice for musicians. Rhinegold.

Andrews, E. (2018). What is the oldest known piece of music? History Classics

https://www.history.com/news/what-is-the-oldest-known-piece-of-music

Andrews F. & Diehl, N. (1970).  Development of a technique for identifying elementary school children’s musical concepts. Journal of Research in Music Education, 18, 214–22.

Anglada-Tort, M., & Sanfilippo, K. R. M. (2019). Visualizing music psychology: A bibliometric analysis of Psychology of Music, Music Perception, and Musicae Scientiae from 1973 to 2017. Music & Science, 2. https://doi.org/10.1177/2059204318811786

Anyiwo, N., Watkins, D. C., & Rowley, S. J. (2022). “They can’t take away the light”: Hip-Hop culture and black youth’s racial resistance. Youth & Society, 54(4), 611-634.

APA Dictionary of Psychology. (2007). American Psychological Association.

Aphasia Community, The. (2024). Melodic Intonation Therapy (MIT). https://www.aphasia.com/aphasia-library/aphasia-treatments/melodic- intonation/#:~:text=Melodic%20Intonation%20Therapy%20(MIT)%20takes,will%20start%20with%20simple%20phrases

Applegate, C. & Potter, P. (2002). Music and German national identity. University of Chicago Press.

Appler, J. M., & Goodrich, L. V. (2011). Connecting the ear to the brain: Molecular mechanisms of auditory circuit assembly. Progress in neurobiology, 93(4), 488-508.

Applewhite, B., Cankaya, Z., Heiderscheit, A., Himmerich, H. (2022). A systematic review of scientific studies on the effects of music in people with or at risk for Autism Spectrum Disorder. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 19(9):5150. doi: 10.3390/ijerph19095150

Aramaki, M., Baillères, H., Brancheriau, L., Kronland-Martinet, R., & Ystad, S. (2007). Sound quality assessment of wood for xylophone bars. The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 121(4), 2407-2420.

Araújo, M. V., & Hein, C. F. (2018). A survey to investigate advanced musicians’ flow disposition in individual music practice. International Journal of Music Education, 0255761418814563.

Arbib, M. (2013). Language, music, and the brain: A mysterious relationship. The MIT Press.

Arnadottis, G. (1990). The brain and behavior. C. V. Mosby.

Arnon, S., Shapsa, A., Forman, L., Regev, R., Bauer, S., Litmanovitz, I., & Dolfin, T. (2006). Live music is beneficial to preterm infants in the neonatal intensive care unit environment. Birth, 33(2), 131–136.

Arthur, P., Khuu, S., Blom, D. (2016). Music sight-reading expertise, visually disrupted score and eye movements. Journal of Eye Movement Research, 9(7), pp. 1–11.

Arts and Economic Growth (2016). Retreived from https://www.arts.gov/news/2016/arts-and-cultural-production-contributed-7042-billion-us-economy-2013

Ashley, R. (2008). Affective and perceptual responses to very brief musical stimuli. Paper presented at the International Conference on Music Perception and Cognition. Sapporo, Japan, August 25-29.

Ashley, R. (2016). Musical improvisation. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, 2d ed. (pp. 667-679). Oxford University Press.

Ashley, R., & Timmers, R. (2017). The Routledge companion to music cognition. Routledge.

Ashton, A. (2003). Harmonograph: A visual guide to the mathematics of music. Walker.

Aslin, R., Jusczyk, P. & Pisoni, D. (1998). Speech and auditory processing during infancy: Constraints on and precursors to language. In E. Kuhn & S. Siegler (Eds.), Handbook of child psychology, Vol. 2, 5^th ed. (pp. 147-198). Wiley & Sons.

Asp, I. E., Störmer, V. S., & Brady, T. F. (2021). Greater visual working memory capacity for visually matched stimuli when they are perceived as meaningful. Journal of cognitive neuroscience, 33(5), 902-918.

Athos, E., Levinson, B., Kistler, A., Zemansky, J., Bostrorn, A., Freimer, N., & Gitschier, J. (2007). Dichotomy and perceptual distortions in absolute pitch ability. PNAS (Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences), 104(37), 14795-14800.

Atik, Y. (1994). The Conductor and the Orchestra: Interactive Aspects of the Leadership Process. Leadership & Organization Development Journal, 15(1), 22-28.

Atkins, P., & Schubert, E. (2014). Are spiritual experiences through music seen as intrinsic or extrinsic? Religions, 5(1), 76-89.

Attneave, F., & Olson, R. K. (1971). Pitch as a medium: A new approach to psychophysical scaling. The American Journal of Psychology, 84(2), 147-166.

Aubé, W., Angulo-Perkins, A., Peretz, I., Concha, L., & Armony, J. L. (2015). Fear across the senses: brain responses to music, vocalizations and facial expressions. Social Cognitive and Affective Neuroscience, 10(3), 399-407.

Aubert, M. (2012). A review of rock art dating in the Kimberley, Western Australia. Journal of Archaeological Science, 39(3), 573-577.

Aubry, T., Bradley, B., Almeida, M., Walter, B., Neves, M., Pelegrin, J., . . . Tiffagom, M. (2008). Solutrean laurel leaf production at maitreaux: An experimental approach guided by techno-economic analysis. World Archaeology, 40(1), 48-66.

Austin, J., & Berg, M. (2006). Exploring music practice among sixth-grade band and orchestra students. Psychology of Music, 34(4), 535-558.

Ausubel, D. (1960). The use of advance organizers in the learning and retention of meaningful verbal material. Journal of Educational Psychology, 51(1), 267-272.

Avanzini, G., Faienza, C., Minciacchi, D., Lopez, L. & Majno, M. (Eds.). (2003). The  neurosciences and music: Mutual interactions and implications on developmental function. Annals of the New York academy of sciences, 999.

Avanzini, G., Lopez, L., Koelsch, S. & Majno, M. (Eds.). (2005). The neurosciences and music II: From perception to performance. Annals of the New York academy of sciences, 1060.

Ayotte, J., Peretz, I., & Hyde, K. (2002). Congenital amusia. Brain, 125(2), 238-251.

Azzara, C. (1992). Audition-based improvisation techniques and elementary instrumental students’ music achievement. Journal of Research in Music Education, 41(4), 328-342.

Baadjou, V., Roussel, N., Verbunt, J., Smeets, & de Bie, R. (2016). Systematic review: risk factors for musculoskeletal disorders in musicians, Occupational Medicine, 66(8), 614–622. doi.org/10.1093/occmed/kqw052

Babbitt, M. (1958). Who cares if you listen? High Fidelity, 8(2), 38–40, 126–27.

Babiloni, C., Buffo, P., Vecchio, F., Marzano, N., Del Percio, C., Spada, D., Rossi, S., Bruno, I., Rossini, P., & Perani, D. (2012). Brains “in concert”: frontal oscillatory alpha rhythms and empathy in professional musicians. Neuroimage, 60(1), 105-116.

Bachem, A. (1955). Absolute pitch. The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 27(6), 1180-1185.

Backus, J. (1977). The acoustical foundations of music, 2nd ed. New York: Norton.

Baddeley, A. (2003). Working memory: Looking back and looking forward. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 4, 829-839.

Baddeley, A. (2012). Working memory: Theories, models, and controversies. Annual Review of Psychology, 63, 1-29.

Baddeley, A. (2022). Working memory: a theoretical map. Psychology Review, 28(2), 2-6.

Bader, R. (2013).  Nonlinearities and synchronization in musical acoustics and music psychology. Springer.

Bae, Y. (2001). The distribution, construction, tuning, and performance technique
of the African log xylophone. Doctoral dissertation, The Ohio State University. Retrieved from https://etd.ohiolink.edu/!etd.send_file?accession=osu148639784122017&disposition=inline

Baharloo, S., Johnston, P., Service, S., Gitschier, J., & Freimer, N. (1998). Absolute pitch: An approach for identification of genetic and nongenetic components. American Journal of Human Genetics, 62, 224–231.

Baharloo, S., Service, S., & Risch, N. (2000). Familial aggregation of absolute pitch. American Journal of Human Genetics, 67(3), 755-758.

Bahat, A. (1980). The musical traditions of the oriental Jews. The World of Music, 22(2), 46-55.

Bailey, D. (1980). Musical improvisation: Its nature and practice in music. Prentice-Hall.

Baily, J. (2004). Music censorship in Afghanistan before and after the Taliban. In M. Korpe (Ed.), Shoot the Singer!: Music Censorship Today (pp. 19-28). Zed Books.

Bakan, M. (2018). Speaking for ourselves: Conversations on life, music, and autism. Oxford University Press.

Baker, D. N. (1969). Jazz improvisation. Maher Publications.

Baker, D. J., Ventura, J., Calamia, M., Shanahan, D., & Elliott, E. M. (2020). Examining musical sophistication: A replication and theoretical commentary on the Goldsmiths Musical Sophistication Index. Musicae Scientiae, 24(4), 411-429

Baker, F., & Young, L. (2016). The relationship between theory and practice. In B. Wheeler & K. Murphy (Eds.), Music therapy research, (3rd ed., pp. 26–36). Barcelona

Balaban, M., Anderson, L., & Wisniewski, A. (1998). Lateral asymmetries in infant melody perception. Developmental Psychology, 34(1), 39-48.

Balaban, M., Ebcioglu, K. & Laske, O. (2004). Understanding music with AI: Perspectives on music cognition. AAAI Press.

Balbag, M. A., Pedersen, N. L., & Gatz, M. (2014). Playing a musical instrument as a protective factor against dementia and cognitive impairment: A population-based twin study. International Journal of Alzheimer’s Disease, 2014.

Balkwill, L.-L. & Thompson, W. (1999). A cross-cultural investigation of the perception of emotions in music: Psychophysical and cultural cues. Music Perception, 17, 43-64.

Balkwill, L.-L., Thompson, W., & Matsunaga, R. (2004). Recognition of emotion in Japanese, Western, and Hindustani music by Japanese listeners. Japanese Psychological Research, 46(4), 337-349.

Ball, P. (2010). The music instinct: How music works and why we can’t do without it. Oxford University Press.

Ballantine, C. (1984). Music and its social meanings. Gordon and Breach.

Bally, K., Campbell, D., Chesnick, K., & Tranmer, J. (2003). Effects of patient-controlled music therapy during coronary angiography on procedural pain and anxiety distress syndrome. Critical Care Nurse, 23(2), 50-8.

Balter, M. (2004). Evolution of behavior: Seeking the key to music. Science, 306, 1120-1122.  

Balter, M. (2009a). Early start for human art? Ochre may revise timeline. Science, 323, 569.

Balter, M. (2009b). On the origins of art and symbolism. Science, 323, 709-711. 

Baltes, F., Avram, J., Miclea, M., & Miu, A. (2011). Emotions induced by operatic music: Psychophysiological effects of music, plot, and acting: A scientist’s tribute to Maria Callas. Brain and Cognition, 76, 146-157.

Balzer, H. U. (2009). Chronobiology—as a foundation for and an approach to a new understanding of the influence of music. In R. Haas & V. Brandes (Eds.). Music that works: Contributions of biology, neurophysiology, psychology, sociology, medicine and musicology. (pp. 25-82). Springer.

Bamberger, J. (1991). The mind behind the musical ear. Harvard University Press.

Bamberger, J. (1999). Learning from the children we teach. Bulletin of the Council for Research in Music Education, 142, 48–74.

Bamberger, J. (2006). What develops in musical development? The child as musician: A handbook of musical development (pp. 69-92). Oxford University Press.

Bamberger, J. (2013). Discovering the musical mind. Oxford University Press.

Bandini, E., Motes-Rodrigo, A., Steele, M. P., Rutz, C., & Tennie, C. (2020). Examining the mechanisms underlying the acquisition of animal tool behaviour. Biology Letters, 16(6), 20200122.

Bandura, A. (1977a). Self-efficacy: Toward a unifying theory of behavioral change. Psychological Review, 84(2), 191-215.

Bandura, A. (1977b). Social learning theory. Prentice Hall.

Bandura, A. (1989). Social cognitive theory. In R. Vasta (Ed.), Annals of child development. Vol. 6. Six theories of child development (pp. 1-60). JAI Press.

Bangert, M. (2006). Brain activation during piano playing. In E. Altenmüller, M. Wiesendanger, & J. Kesselring. (2006). Music, motor control, and the brain, (pp. 173-188). Oxford University Press.

Bangert, M. & Altenmüller, E. (2003). Mapping perception to action in piano practice: A longitudinal DC-EEG study. BMC Neuroscience, 4(26), 1-14.

Bangert, M., Peschel, T., Schlaug, G., Rotte, M., Drescher, D., Hinrichs, H., Heinze, H. & Altenmüller, E. (2006). Shared networks for auditory and motor processing in professional pianists: Evidence from fMRI conjunction. NeuroImage, 30, 917–926.

Bangert, M. & Schlaug, G. (2006). Specilalization of the specialized in features of external human brain morphology. European Journal of Neuroscience, 24, 1832-1834.

Banissy MJ, Kadosh RC, Maus GW, Walsh V, Ward J. 2009a. Prevalence, characteristics and a neurocognitive model of mirror-touch synaesthesia. Experimental Brain Research, 198, 261–72.

Banissy MJ, Stewart L, Muggleton NG, Griffiths T, Walsh V, et al. 2012. Grapheme-colour and tone-colour synaesthesia is associated with structural brain differences in visual regions implicated in colour, form and motion. Cognitive Neuroscience, 3:29–35

Bannan, N. (2012). Music, language, and human evolution. Oxford University Press.

Baptiste, R. (2007). William L. Dawson and the Negro folk symphony: Rediscovering the missing link from Africa to America. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the Association for the Study of African American Life and History, Atlanta Hilton, Charlotte, NC. http://www.allacademic.com/meta/p207125_index.html

Barale, F., & Minazzi, V. (2008). Off the beaten track: Freud, sound and music. Statement of a problem and some historico-critical notes. The International Journal of Psychanalysis, 89 (5), 937-957.

Barbero, F., Thomas, J., Bonelli, S., Balletto, E., & Schönrogge, K. (2009). Queen ants make distinctive sounds that are mimicked by a butterfly social parasite. Science, 323, 782-785.

Barbey, A. (2018). Network neuroscience theory of human intelligence. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 22(1), 8-20.

Barbour, J. M. (1951). Tuning and temperament: A historical survey. Michigan State College Press.

Barbot, B., & Lubart, T. (2012). Creative thinking in music: Its nature and assessment through musical exploratory behaviors. Psychology of Aesthetics, Creativity, and the Arts, 6(3), 231.

Barrett, F. S., Preller, K. H., Herdener, M., Janata, P., & Vollenweider, F. X. (2018). Serotonin 2A receptor signaling underlies LSD-induced alteration of the neural response to dynamic changes in music. Cerebral Cortex, 28(11), 3939-3950.

Barrett, J., & Webster, P. (2014). The musical experience: Rethinking music teaching and learning. New York: Oxford University Press.

Barrett, M. (Ed.). (2011). A cultural psychology of music education. Oxford University Press.

Barry, N. (1992). The effects of practice strategies, individual differences in cognitive style, and gender upon technical accuracy and musicality of student instrumental performance. Psychology of Music, 20(2), 112-123.

Barry, N. & Hallam, S. (2002). Practice. In R. Parncutt & G. McPherson (Eds.), The science and psychology of music performance (pp. 151-165). Oxford University Press.

Barry, N. & McArthur, V. (1994). Teaching practice strategies in the music studio: A survey of applied music teachers. Psycholgy of Music, 22(1), 44-55.

Bartholomew, E. F. (1899). Relation of psychology to music. New Era Publishing.

Bartholomew, E. F. (1902). Relation of psychology to music, 2nd ed. New Era Publishing.

Bartholomew, W. (1942). Acoustics of music. Prentice Hall.

Bartholomew, W. (1990). Fundamentals of musical acoustics, 2nd rev. ed. Dover.

Bartlett, D. (1996a). Physiological responses to music and sound stimuli. In D. Hodges (Ed.), Handbook of music psychology, 2nd ed., (pp. 343-385). IMR Press.

Bartlett, D. (1996b). Tonal and musical memory. In D. Hodges (Ed.), Handbook of Music Psychology, 2nd ed., (pp. 177-195). IMR Press.

Bartlett, D., Kaufman, D., & Smeltekop, R. (1993).  The effects of music listening and perceived sensory experiences on the immune system as measured by interleukin-1 and cortisol. Journal of Music Therapy, 30(4), 194–209.

Bartlette, C., Henry, M. L., & Moore, J. (2014). Interaction of relative pitch memory and latent absolute pitch for songs in an ordered list. Psychomusicology: Music, Mind, and Brain, 24(4), 279–290.

Bassetti, C., & Bottazzi, E. (2015). Rhythm in social interaction: Introduction. Etnografia e Ricerca Qualitativa, 8(3), 1-14.

Batson, G. (1996).  Conscious use of the human body in movement: The peripheral neuroanatomic basis of the Alexander Tecnhique. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 11, 3-11.

Baumann, S., Koeneke, S., Schmidt, C., Meyer, M., Lutz, K. & Jäncke, L. (2007). A network for audio-motor coordination in skilled pianists and non-musicians. Brain Research, 1161, 65-78.

Baumgartner, H. (1992). Remembrance of things past: Music, autobiographical memory, and emotion. Advances in Consumer Research, 19(1), 613-620.

Baumgartner, T., Esslen, M., & Jäncke, L. (2006). From emotion perception to emotion experience: Emotions evoked by pictures and classical music. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 60, 34-43.

Beament, J. (2003). How we hear music: The relationship between music and the hearing mechanism. Rochester, NY: Boydell Press.

Beaty, R. (2015). The neuroscience of musical improvisation. Neuroscience and biobehavioral reviews, 51, 108-117.

Beaty, R., Benedek, M., Wilkins, R., Jauk, E., Fink, A., Silvia, P., Hodges, D., Koschutnig, K., & Neubauer, A. (2014). Creativity and the default network: A funtional connectivity analysis of the creative brain at rest. Neuropsychogia, 64, 92-98.

Beaty, R., Smeekens, B., Silvia, P., Hodges, D., & Kane, M. (2013). A first look at the role of domain-general cognitive and creative abilities in jazz improvisation. Psychomusicology:Music, Mind, and Brain, 23(4), 262-268.

Bebeau, M. (1982). Effects of traditional and simplified methods of rhythm-reading instruction. Journal of Research in Music Education, 30(2), 107-119.

Bebey, F. (1999). African music: A people’s art. Lawrence Hill Books.

Beck, R., Cesario, T., Yousefi, A., & Enamoto, H. (2000). Choral singing, performance perception, and immune system changes in salivary immunoglobulin A and cortisol. Music Perception, 18(1), 87-106.

Becker, J. (2001). Anthropological perspectives on music and emotion. In P. N. Juslin & J. A. Sloboda (Eds.), Music and emotion: Theory and research (pp. 135–160). Oxford University Press.

Becker, J. (2004). Deep listeners: Music, emotion, and trancing. Indiana University Press.

Becker, J. (2009). Ethnomusicology and empiricism in the twenty-first century. Ethnomusicology, 53(1), 478-501.

Beckham, A. (1942). A study of social background and musical ability of superior Negro children. Journal of Applied Psychology, 26, 210-217. (Psychological Abstracts 36:4080).

Becklake, M., & Kauffman, F. (1999). Gender differences in airway behaviour over the human life span. Thorax, 54, 1110-1138.

Bednarik, R. (2003). A figurine from the African Acheulian. Current Anthropology, 44(3), 405-413.

Beebe, B., Gerstman, L., Carson, B., Dolinas, M., Zigman, A., Rosensweig, H., Faughey, K., & Korma, M. (1982). Rhythmic communication in the mother-infant dyad. In M. Davis (Ed.), Interaction rhythms: Periodicity in communication behavior,(pp. 79–100).  Human Sciences Press.

Beeli, G., Esslen, M., Jäncke, L. (2005). Synaesthesia: when coloured sounds taste sweet. Nature, 434: 38

Bégel, V., Benoit, C. E., Correa, A., Cutanda, D., Kotz, S. A., & Dalla Bella, S. (2017). “Lost in time” but still moving to the beat. Neuropsychologia, 94, 129-138.

Begg, T. J. A., Schmidt, A., Kocher, A., Larmuseau, M. H., Runfeldt, G., Maier, P. A., … & Krause, J. (2023). Genomic analyses of hair from Ludwig van Beethoven. Current Biology, 33(8), 1431-1447.

Behrens, G. & Green, S. (1993). The ability to identify emotional content of solo improvisations performed vocally and on three different instruments. Psychology of Music, 21(1), 20-33.

Békésy, G. von. (1960). Experiments in hearing. McGraw-Hill.

Belfi, A. M., & Loui, P. (2020). Musical anhedonia and rewards of music listening: Current advances and a proposed model. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1464(1), 99-114.

Belin, P., Van Eeckhout, P., Zilbovicius, M., Remy, P., François, C., Guillaume, S., Chain, F., Rancurel, G., & Samson, Y. (1996). Recovery from nonfluent aphasia after melodic intonation therapy: A PET study Neurology, 47(6), 1504-1511.

Belkacem, K., Samadi, R., Goupil, M-J., Lefèvre, L., Baudin, F., Deheuvels, S., et al. (2009). Solar-like oscillations in a massive star. Science, 324, 1540-1542.

Bellugi, U., Lichtenberger, L., Jones, W., Lai, Z., & St. George, M. (2000). The neurocognitive profile of Williams syndrome: A complex pattern of strengths and weaknesses. Journal of Cognitive Neurosience, 12(Supplement 1), 7-29.

Benade, A. (2012). Fundamentals of musical acoustics, 2nd rev. ed. Dover.

Benade, A. (2014). Horns, strings, & harmony. Dover.

Benchmark Papers in Acoustics. (1977). Musical acoustics: Piano and wind instruments. Dowden, Hutchinson & Ross.

Bendor, D. & Wang, X. (2005). The neuronal representation of pitch in primate auditory cortex. Nature, 436(7054), 1161-1165.

Bengtsson, S.L., Csikszentmihályi, M. And Ullén, F., (2007). Cortical regions involved in the generation of musical structures during improvisation in pianists. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 19(5), pp. 830-842

Bengtsson, S., Nagy, Z., Skare, S., Forsman, L. Forssberg, H., & Ullen, F. (2005). Extensive piano practicing has regionally specific effects on white matter development. Nature Neuroscience, 8(9), 1148-1150.

Bengtsson, S. & Ullen, F. (2006). Dissociation between melodic and rhythmic processing during piano performance from musical scores. Neuroimage, 30(1), 272-284.

Benson, D. (2006). Music: A mathematical offering. Cambridge University Press.

Bentley, A. (1966). Musical ability in children and its measurement. Harrap.

Benzon, W. L. (2001). Beethoven’s anvil: Music in mind and culture. Basic Books.

Beranek, L. L. (2003). Subjective rank-orderings and acoustical measurements for fifty-eight concert halls. Acta Acustica united with Acustica, 89(3), 494-508.

Beranek, L. (2004). Concert Halls and Opera Houses: Music, Acoustics, and Architecture, 2d ed. Springer, New York.

Baranek, L. (2008). Concert hall acoustics—2008. Journal of the Audio Engineering Society, 56(7/8), 532-544.

Berg, R., & Stork, D. (2005). The physics of sound. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson Prentice Hall.

Berger, B. (1992). Mapping the mindfields. Omni, 14(4), 56–58.

Berger, D. (2002). Music therapy, sensory integration, and the autistic child. Jessica Kingsley Publishers.

Berger, D. (2016). Kids, music ‘n’ autism: Bringing out the music in your child. Jessica Kingsley Publishers.

Berger, H., & Stone, R. (Eds.). (2019). Theory for ethnomusicology: Histories, conversations, insights, 2^nd ed. Routledge.

Berger, J., & Turow, G. (2012). Music, science, and the rhythmic brain: Cultural and clinical implications. Routledge.

Bergeson, T. R., & Trehub, S. E. (2002). Absolute pitch and tempo in mothers’ songs to infants. Psychological Science, 13(1), 72-75.

Berk, L. (2004). Development through the lifespan, 3rd ed. Allyn & Bacon.

Berkowitz, A. (2010). The improvising mind. Oxford University Press.

Berkowitz, A. & Ansari, D. (2008). Generation of novel motor sequences: The neural correlates of musical improvisation. NeuroImage, 41(2), 535-543.

Berlinksy, D. (2019). Human nature. Discovery Institute.

Berlot, E., Formisano, E., & De Martino, F. (2018). Mapping frequency-specific tone predictions in the human auditory cortex at high spatial resolution. Journal of Neuroscience, 38(21), 4934-4942.

Berlyne, D. (1971). Aesthetics and psychobiology. Appleton-Century-Crofts.

Berlyne, D. (1974). Studies in the new experimental aesthetics: Steps toward an objective psychology of aesthetic appreciation. John Wiley & Sons.

Berman, G. (1999). Synesthesia and the arts. Leonardo, 32(1), 15-22.

Bermudez, J., & Zatorre, R. (2005). Differences in gray matter between musicians and nonmusicans. The neurosciences and music II: From perception to performance. Annals of the New York academy of sciences, 1060, 395-399.

Bermudez, P. & Zatorre, R. (2009). A distribution of absolute pitch ability as revealed by computerized testing. Music Perception, 27(2), 89-101.

Bernard, J. (1986). Messiaen’s synaesthesia: The correspondence between color and sound structure in his music. Music Perception, 4:41–68.

Bernardi, L., Porta, C., & Sleight, P. (2006). Cardiovascular, cerebrovascular, and respiratory changes induced by different types of music in musicians and non-musicians: The importance of silence. Heart, 92, 445–452.

Bernatzky, G., Presch, M., Anderson, M., & Panksepp, J. (2011). Emotional foundations of music as a non-pharmacological pain management tool in modern medicine. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 35(9), 1989-1999.

Bertoncini, J., Morais, J., Bijeljac-Babic, R., McAdams, S., Peretz, I. & Mehler, J. (1989). Dichotic perception and laterality in neonates. Brain and Language, 37, 591-605.

Besmer, F. (1983). Horses, musicians, & gods: The Hausa cult of possession-trance. Ahmadu Bello University Press.

Best, C., Hoffman, H. & Glanville, B. (1982). Development of infant ear asymmetries in speech and music. Perception and Psychophysics, 31, 75-85.

Bharucha, J. (1987). Music cognition and perceptual facilitation: A connectionist framework. Music Perception, 5(1), 1-30.

Bhattacharya, J., Petsche, H., & Pereda, E. (2001). Interdependencies in the spontaneous EEG while listening to music. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 42, 287-301.

Biasutti, M., & Frezza, L. (2009). Dimensions of music improvisation. Creativity Research Journal, 21(2-3), 232-242.

Biasutti, M., Welch, G, MacRitchie, J., McPherson, G., & Himonides, E. (Eds.). (2020). The impact of music on human development and well-being. Frontiers Research Topics.

Bidelman, G. M., & Grall, J. (2014). Functional organization for musical consonance and tonal pitch hierarchy in human auditory cortex. NeuroImage, 101, 204-214.

Bidelman, G. M., & Krishnan, A. (2009). Neural correlates of consonance, dissonance, and the hierarchy of musical pitch in the human brainstem. Journal of Neuroscience, 29(42), 13165-13171.

Bieleninik, Ł., Claire G., & Gold, C. (2016). Music therapy for preterm infants and their parents: A meta-analysis. Pediatrics 138(3), e20160971.

Bierbaum, M. (1958). Variations in heart action under the influence of musical stimuli. Unpublished Master’s thesis, University of Kansas.

Bigand, E. (1993). Contributions of music to research on human auditory cognition. In S. McAdams & E. Bigand (Eds.) Thinking in sound: The cognitive psychology of human audition, (pp. 231-277). Oxford University Press.

Bigand, E., Filipic, S., & Lalitte, P. (2005). The time course of emotional responses to music. The neurosciences and music II: From perception to performance. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1060, 429-437.

Bigand, E., Lalitte, P., & Dowling, W. (2009). Special issue – music and language: 25 years after Ledahl and Jackendoff’s GTTM. Music Perception, 26(3), 183-186.

Bigand, E. & Poulin-Charronnat, B. (2006). Are we “experienced listeners”? A review of the musical capacities that do not depend on formal musical training. Cognition, 100, 100-130.

Bigand, E. & Poulin-Charronnat, B. (2009). Tonal cognition. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, (pp. 59-71). Oxford University Press.

Bigand, E., & Poulin-Charronnat, B. (2016). Tonal cognition. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.). The Oxford handbook of music psychology (pp. 95-111). Oxford University Press.

Bigand, E., Tillmann, B., Peretz, I., Zarorre, R., Lopez, L., & Majno, M. (Eds.). (2015). The neurosciences and music V: Cognitive stimulation and rehabilitation. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1337.

Bigge, M. & Shermis, S. (2004). Learning theories for teachers, 6th ed. Allyn & Bacon.

Bilbao, S. (2009). Numerical Sound Synthesis. John Wiley & Sons.

Billroth, T. (1895). Wer ist musikalisch? (Who is musical?). Gebruder Paetel.

Binet, A. & Courtier, J. (1895). Researchers graphiques sur le musique. Annee psychologigue,  2, 201-222. Cited in Eagle, Jr., C. A review of human physiological systems and their response to musical stimuli. Paper presented at Southeastern Conference of National Association for Music Therapy, Tallahassee, Florida, 1972.

Bird, H. (2016). Performing arts medicine in clinical practice. Springer.

Birge, E. B. (1928). History of public school music in the United States. Music Educators National Conference.

Bittman, B., Berk, L., Shannon, M., Sharaf, M., Westengard, J., Guegler, K., & Ruff, D. (2005). Recreational music making modulates the human stress response: A preliminary individualized gene expression strategy. Medical Science Monitor, 11(2), BR231-40.

Blacher, P., De Gasperin, O., Grasso, G., Sarton‐Lohéac, S., Allemann, R., & Chapuisat, M. (2023). Cryptic recessive lethality of a supergene controlling social organization in ants. Molecular Ecology, 32(5), 1062-1072.

Blacking, J. (1973). How musical is man? University of Washington Press.

Blacking, J. (1995a). Music, culture, and experience. University of Chicago Press.

Blacking, J. (1995b). Venda children’s songs: A study in ethnomusicological analysis. University of Chicago Press.

Blackwell, J., & McPherson, G. (2022). Readiness for learning to perform music. In G. McPherson (Ed.), The Oxford handbook of music performance: Development, and learning, proficiencies, performance practices, and psychology. Vol. 1. (pp. 56-83).Oxford University Press.

Blair, M. & Shimp, T. (1992). Consequences of an unpleasant experience with music: A second-order negative conditioning perspective. Journal of Advertising, 21(1), 45-43.

Blake, E. & Cross, I. (2008). Flint tools as portable sound-producing objects in the upper palaeolithic context: An experimental study. In P. Cunningham, J. Heeb & R. Paardekooper, (Eds.) Experiencing Archaeology by Experiment, (pp. 1-19). Oxbow Books.

Blauert, J. (1997). Spatial hearing: The pscyhophysics of human sound localization, 2nd ed. MIT Press.

Blinkov, S. M. & Glezer, I. I. (1968). The human brain in figures and tables: A quantitative handbook (Trans. by B. Haigh). Basic Books.

Blood, A. & Zatorre, R. (2001). Intensely pleasurable responses to music correlate with activity in brain regions implicated in reward and emotion. PNAS (Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences), 98(20), 11818-11823.

Blood, A., Zatorre, R., Bermudez, P., & Evans, A. C. (1999). Emotional responses to pleasant and unpleasant music correlate with activity in paralimbic brain regions. Nature Neuroscience, 2(4), 382-387.

Bloom, B. (1956). Taxonomy of educational objectives. Handbook I: Cognitive domain. McKay.

Bloom, F., Lazerson, A. & Hofstadter, L. (1985).  Brain, mind, and behavior. Freeman.

Boaretto, E., Wu, X., Yuan, J., Bar-Yosef, O., Chu, V., Pan, Y., Liu, K., Cohen, D., Jiao, T., Li, S., Gu, H., Goldberg, P., & Weiner, S. (2009). Radiocarbon dating of charcoal and bone collagen associated with early pottery at Yuchanyan Cave, Hunan Province, China. PNAS Early Edition (Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences), 1-6. www.pnas.org/cgi/doi/10.1073/pnas.0900539106

Bobko, D., Schiffman, H., Castino, R., & Chiappetta, W. (1977). Contextual effects in duration experience. American Journal of Pyschology, 90(4), 577-586.

Boebinger, D., Norman-Haignere, S.V., McDermott, J.H., and Kanwisher, N. (2021). Music-selective neural populations arise without musical training. Journal of  Neurophysiology, 125, 2237–2263.

Boer, D., & Fischer, R. (2012). Towards a holistic model of functions of music listening across cultures: A culturally decentred qualitative approach. Psychology of Music, 40(2), 179–200.

Boer, D., Fischer, R., Gürkan, H., Abubakar, A., Njenga, J., & Zenger, M. (2012). Young people’s topography of musical functions: Personal, social and cultural experiences with music across genders and six societies. International Journal of Psychology, 47(5), 355–369.

Boghdady, M., & E walds-Kvist, B. (2020). The influence of music on the surgical task performance: A systematicreview. Interntional Journal of Surgery, 73, 101-112.

Bohlman, P. (2005). Music. In M. Goodman (Ed.), The Oxford Handbook of Jewish Studies (pp. 852-869). Oxford University Press.

Boiles, C. (1984). Universals of musical behavior: A taxonomic approach.  The World of Music, 26(2), 50-64.

Bond, K. (2009). The human nature of dance: Towards a theory of aesthetic community. In S. Malloch & C. Trevarthen (Eds.), Communicative musicality, (pp. 401-422). Oxford University Press.

Bonny, H. (1980). Music and sound in health. In A. Hasting, J. Fadiman, & J. Gordon (Eds.). Health for the whole person. Westview Press.

Bonny, H. (2001). Music and spirituality. Music therapy perspectives, 19(1), 59-62.

Bonny, H. & Savary, L. (1973). Music and your mind: Listening with a new consciousness. Harper and Row.

Borthwick, S. & Davidson, J. (2002). Developing a child’s identity as a musician: A family ‘script’ perspective. In R. MacDonald, D. Hargreaves, & D. Miell (Eds.), Musical identities, (pp. 60-78). Oxford University Press.

Boso, M., Emanuele, E., Minazzi, V., Abbamonte, M. & Politi, P. (2007). Effect of long-term interactive music therapy on behavior profile and musical skills in young adults with severe autism. Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 13(7), 709-712.

Bostwick, K. S., Riccio, M. L., & Humphries, J. M. (2012). Massive, solidified bone in the wing of a volant courting bird. Biology letters, rsbl20120382.

Botvin, G. (1974). Acquiring conservation of melody and cross-modal transfer through successive approximation. Journal of Research in Music Education, 22(3), 226-233.

Bourke, R., & Francis, L. (2000). Personality and religion among music students. Pastoral Psychology, 48(6), 437-444.

Boyce-Tillman, J. (2014). Music and well-being. The Journal for Transdisciplinary Research in Southern Africa, 10(2), 12-33.

Boyle, J. (1970). The effect of prescribed rhythmical movements on the ability to read music at sight. Journal of Research in Music Education, 18(3), 307-318. 

Boyle, J. & Radocy, R. (1987). Measurement and evaluation of musical experiences. Schirmer Books.

BPI (The British Recorded Music Industry). (2010). Digital music.  

      http://bpi.co.uk/category/digital-music.aspx

Brand, M. (1986). Relationship between home musical environment and selected musical attributes of second-grade children. Journal of Research in Music Education, 34(2), 111-120.

Brandfonbrener, A. (1986). Coping with stress. Medical Problems of Performing Musicians, 1(1),12-16.

Brandfonbrener, A. (1995). Musicians with focal dystonia: A report of 58 cases seen during a ten-year period at a Performing Arts Clinic. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 10, 121-127.

Brandfonbrener, A. & Kjelland, J. (2002). Music medicine. In R. Parncutt & G. McPherson (Eds.), The science and psychology of music performance, (pp. 83-96). Oxford University Press.

Brandfonbrener, A. & Lederman, R. (2002). Performing arts medicine. In R. Colwell & C. Richardson (Eds.), The new handbook of research on music teaching and learning, (pp. 1009-1022). Oxford University Press.

Brandt, P. (2009). Music and how we became human—a view from cognitive semiotics. In S. Malloch & C. Trevarthen (Eds.), Communicative musicality: Exploring the basis of human companionship, (pp. 31-59). Oxford University Press.

Brandt, A., Gebrian, M., & Slevc, L. R. (2012). Music and early language acquisition. Frontiers in Psychology, 3, 327.

Brashears, S., Morlet, T., Berlin, C., & Hood, L. (2003). Olivocochlear efferent suppression in classical musicians. Journal of the American Academy of Audiology, 14(6), 314-324.

Brashers-Krug, T., Shadmehr, R., & Bizzi, E. (1996). Consolidation in human motor memory. Nature, 382, 252-255.

Brattico, E. (2019). The neuroaesthetics of music: A research agenda coming of age. In M. Thaut & D. Hodges (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music and the brain (pp. 364-390). Oxford University Press.

Brattico, E., Brattico, P. & Jacobsen, T. (2009). The origins of the aesthetic enjoyment of music—a review of the literature. Musicae Scientiae (Special issue 2009–2010), 13, 15–31.

Braun, A. & Bock, J. (2007). Born to learn: Early learning optimizes brain function. In W. Gruhn & F. Rauscher (Eds.), Neurosciences in Music Pedagogy, (pp. 27-51). Nova Science Publishers.

Bregman, A. (1990). Auditory scene analysis: The perceptual organization of sound. The MIT Press.

Bregman, A. (1993). Auditory scene analysis: Hearing in complex environments. In S. McAdams & E. Bigand (Eds.), Thinking in sound: The cognitive psychology of human audition, (pp. 10-36). Oxford University Press.

Bremmer, M., & Nijs, L. (2024). Embodiment in music education. Journal de recherche en éducations artistiques (JREA), (2). https://doi.org/10.26034/vd.jrea.2024.4717

Britannica, T. Editors of Encyclopaedia (2023, June 26). wave. Encyclopedia Britannica. https://www.britannica.com/science/wave-physics

Broadhouse, J. (1892). Musical acoustics or the phenomena of sound, 3rd ed.William Reeves.

Bronowski, J. (1973). The ascent of man. Little, Brown.

Brotherson, S. (2005). Understanding Brain Development in Young Children.   https://www.researchgate.net/publication/252178274_Understanding_Brain_Development_in_Young_Children

Brotons, M. (1994). Effects of performing conditions on music performance anxiety and performance quality. Journal of Music Therapy, 31, 63-81.

Brotons, M. & Marti, P. (2003). Music therapy with Alzheimer’s patients and their family caregivers: A pilot project. Journal of Music Therapy, 40(2), 138-150.

Broudy, H. (1968). The case for aesthetic education. In R. Choate (Ed.), Documentary report of the Tanglewood symposium, (pp. 9-13). Music Educators National Conference.

Broughton, S., & Ellingham, M. (Eds.). (2000). World music: The rough guide. Vol. 2: Latin and North America, Caribbean, India, Asia and Pacific. Rough Guides.

Brown, F. (1982). Rhythmicity as an emerging variable for psychology. In F. Brown & R. Graeber (Eds.), Rhythmic aspects of behavior (pp. 3-38). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Brown, F. (2008). Music. In J. Corrigan (Ed.), The Oxford handbook of religion and emotion (pp. 200-222). Oxford University Press.

Brown, J. (2004). Short-term memory. In R. Gregory (Ed.), Oxford companion to the mind, 2nd ed., (pp. 841-842). Oxford University Press.

Brown, R. (1981). Music and language. In R. Choate (Ed.), Documentary Report of the Ann Arbor symposium, (pp. 233-265). Music Educators National Conference.

Brown, R. M., Zatorre, R. J., & Penhune, V. B. (2015). Expert music performance: cognitive, neural, and developmental bases. In Progress in Brain Research (Vol. 217, pp. 57-86). Elsevier.

Brown, S., & Jordania, J. (2013). Universals in the world’s musics. Psychology of Music, 41(2), 229-248.

Brown, S., Martinez, M., Hodges, D., Fox, P., & Parsons, L. (2004). The song system of the human brain. Cognitive Brain Research, 20, 363-375.

Brown, S., Martinez, M. & Parsons, L. (2004). Passive music listening spontaneously engages limbic and paralimbic systems. NeuroReport, 15(13), 2033-2037.

Brown, S., Martinez, M., & Parsons, L. (2006). Music and language side by side in the brain: A PET study of the generation of melodies and sentences. European Journal of Neuroscience, 23, 2791-2803.

Bruer, J. (1999). The myth of the first three years. The Free Press.

Brummett, V. (Ed.). (1997). Music as intelligence. Ithaca College.

Bruner, J. (1963). The process of education. Vintage Books.

Bruner, J. (1966). Toward a theory of instruction. Norton & Co.

Bruner, J. (1969). On knowing: Essays for the left hand. NY: Atheneum.

Bruner, J. (1990). Acts of meaning. Harvard University Press.

Bruner, J., Goodnow, J., & Austin, G. (1956). A study of thinking. John Wiley & Sons.

Bruns, A. (2021). Middle ear function. Medscape. https://emedicine.medscape.com/article/874456-overview#?form=fpf

Bruscia, K. (1998). Defining music therapy, 2d ed. Barcelona Publishers.

Bruscia, K. (2011). Case examples of music therapy for Alzheimer’s disease. Barcelona Publishers.

Brust, J. (2001). Music and the neurologist: A historical perspective. In R. Zatorre & I. Peretz (Eds.), The biological foundations of music. Annals of the New York academy of sciences, 930, 143-152.

Bryce, D. (2015). Endurance: Shackleton’s Extraordinary Voyage. New Word City.

Bouzouggar, A., Barton, M., et al. (2007). 82,000-year—old shell beads from North Africa and implications for the origins of modern human behavior. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 104(104), 9964-9969.

Buck, P. (1944). Psychology for musicians. Oxford University Press,

Builione, R. & Lipton, J. (1983). Stereotypes and personality of classical musicians. Psychomusicology, 3, 36-43.

Bullmore, E. & Sporns, O. (2009). Complex brain networks: Graph theoretical analysis of structural and functional systems. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 10(4),186-198.

Bunt, L. & Hoskyns, S. (2002). The handbook of music therapy. Routledge.

Bunzeck, N., Wuestenberg, T., Lutz, K., Heinze, H. J., & Jäncke, L. (2005). Scanning silence: mental imagery of complex sounds. Neuroimage, 26(4), 1119-1127.

Burkhart, C. & Schenker, H. (1978). Schenker’s “motivic parallelisms”. Journal of Music Theory, 22(2), 145-175.

Burns, D. (2001). The effect of the Bonny method of guided imagery and music on the mood and life quality of cancer patients. Journal of Music Therapy, 38(1), 51-65.

Buschman, T. J., & Miller, E. K. (2010). Shifting the spotlight of attention: evidence for discrete computations in cognition. Frontiers in Human Neuroscience, 4, 194.

Butcher, H. (1968). Human intelligence: Its nature and assessment. Harper & Row.

Butkovic, A., Ullén, F., & Mosing, M. A. (2015). Personality related traits as predictors of music practice: Underlying environmental and genetic influences. Personality and Individual Differences, 74, 133-138.

Butler, C. (1995). Investigating the effects of stress on the success and failure of music conservatory students. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 10(1), 24-31.

Butler, D. (1992). The musician’s guide to perception and cognition. Schirmer Books.

Buttram, J. (1996). Learning theory and related developments: Overview and applications in music education and music therapy. In D. Hodges (Ed.). Handbook of music psychology, 2nd ed.,  (pp. 401-468). IMR Press.

Butzlaff, R. (2000). Can music be used to teach reading? Journal of Aesthetic Education, 34(3/4), 167-178.

Buxton, R. B. (2009). Introduction to functional magnetic resonance imaging: Principles and techniques. Cambridge University Press.

Byers-Heinlein, K., Tsui, A. S. M., Bergmann, C., Black, A. K., Brown, A., Carbajal, M. J., … & Wermelinger, S. (2021). A multilab study of bilingual infants: Exploring the preference for infant-directed speech. Advances in Methods and Practices in Psychological Science, 4(1), 1-30. DOI: 10:1177/2515245920974622.

Byl, N. & Priori, A. (2006). The development of focal dystonia in musicians as a consequence of maladaptive plasticity: Implications for intervention. In E. Altenmüller, M. Wiesendanger, & J. Kesselring, (Eds.), Music, motor control, and the brain, (pp. 293-307). Oxford University Press.

Byo, J. (1988). The effect of barlines in music notation on rhythm reading performance. Contributions to Music Education, 15, 7-14.

Byo, J. (1992). Effects of barlines, pitch, and meter on musicians’ rhythm reading performance. Journal of Band Research, 27(2), 34–44.

Byo, J. & Cassidy, J. (2008). An exploratory study of time use in the practice of music majors: Self-report and observation analysis. Update: Applications of Research in Music Education, 27(1), 33-40.

Byrne, C. (2005). Pedagogical communication in the music classroom. In D. Miell, R. MacDonald, & D. Hargreaves (Eds.), Musical communication, (pp. 301-319). Oxford University Press.

Cacioppo, J., Berntson, G., Larsen, J., Poehlmann, K., & Ito, T. (2000). The psychophysiology of emotion. In R. Lewis & J. Haviland-Jones (Eds.) The handbook of emotions, 2d ed., 173-191. Guilford Press.

Cahn, D. (2008). The effects of varying ratios of physical and mental practice, and task difficulty on performance of a tonal pattern. Psychology of Music, 36(2), 179-191. https://doi.org/10.1177/0305735607085011

Calvin, W. (2014). How brains think: Evolving intelligence, then and now. Basic Books.

Campbell, D. (1926). Arabian medicine and its influence on the middle ages, 2 Vols. Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co.

Campbell, J. (1986).  Winston Churchill’s afternoon nap. Simon and Schuster.

Campbell, P. (2011). Musical enculturation: Sociocultural influences and meanings of children’s experiences in and through music. In M. Barrett (Ed.), A cultural psychology of music education (pp. 61–81). Oxford University Press.

Campbell, P., Connell, C., & Beegle, A. (2007).  Adolescents’ expressed meanings of music in and out of school. Journal of Research in Music Education, 55(3), 220-236.

Campbell, P., & Wade. B. (2004). Teaching music globally: Experience music, expressing culture. Oxford University Press.

Campbell, T., Beaman, C. P., & Berry, D. C. (2002). Auditory memory and the irrelevant sound effect: Further evidence for changing-state disruption. Memory, 10(3), 199-214.

Campbell, W. & Heller, J. (1980). An orientation for considering models of musical behavior. In D. Hodges (Ed.), Handbook of music psychology (pp. 29-36). National Association for Music Therapy.

Camera, L. (2015). Definition of ‘core subjects’ expanded under senate bipartisan NCLB rewrite. Education Week (April 8). http://blogs.edweek.org/edweek/campaign-k-12/2015/04/definition_of_core_subjects_ex.html

Campbell, W., & Heller, J. (1980). An orientation for considering models of musical behavior. In D. Hodges (Ed.), Handbook of music psychology (pp. 29–36). National Association for Music Therapy.

Cancro, R. (Ed.). (1971). Intelligence: Genetic and environmental influences. Grune & Stratton.

Caprara, G. & Cervone, D. (2000). Personality: Determinants, dynamics, and potentials. Cambridge University Press.

Carano, K. T., & Baker, J. A. (2017). Sounds around the world: Music as social studies pedagogy. In M. Hickey & J. Clabough (Eds.),  Digging Deeper: Activities for Enriching and Expanding Social Studies Instruction K-12 (pp. 131-148). Information Age Publishing.

Carey, J. (2008). Brain Facts. Society for Neuroscience.  

Carlson, E., Saarikallio, S., Toiviainen, P., Bogert, B., Kliuchko, M., & Brattico, E. (2015). Maladaptive and adaptive emotion regulation through music: a behavioral and neuroimaging study of males and females. Frontiers in Human Neuroscience, 9, 466. 1-13. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnhum.2015.00466

Carlson, J., Geisinger, K., & Jonson, J. (2017). The Twentieth Mental Measurements Yearbook. University of Nebraska Press.

Carollo, A., Stella, M., Lim, M., Bizzego, A., & Esposito, G. (2024). Emotional content and semantic structure of dialogues predict interpersonal neural synchrony in the prefrontal cortex: A hyperscanning study with functional near-infrared spectroscopy. bioRxiv, 2024-02. https://www.biorxiv.org/content/biorxiv/early/2024/02/19/2024.02.15.580458.full.pdf

Carrick, F., Oggero, E. & Pagnacco, G. (2007). Posturographic changes associated with music listening. The Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 13(5), 519-526.

Carroll, C. L. (2020). Seeing the invisible: Theorising connections between informal and formal musical knowledge. Research Studies in Music Education, 42(1), 37–55.

Carter, R. (2009). The human brain book. DK.

Carter, S.  (1982).  Mentally retarded.  In W. Lathom and C. Eagle, Jr.(Eds.), Music therapy for handicapped children. National Association for Music Therapy.

Carterette, E., Monahan, C., Holman, E., Bell, T. & Fiske, R. (1982). Rhythmic and melodic structures in perceptual space. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 72, S1:S11A.

Carvalho, M., Cera, N., & Silva, S. (2022). The “ifs” and “hows” of the role of music on the implementation of emotional regulation strategies. Behavioral Sciences, 12(6), 199-225.

Cassidy, J. (1993). Effects of various sightsinging strategies on nonmusic majors’ pitch accuracy. Journal of Research in Music Education, 41(4), 293-302.

Cassidy, J. & Standley, J. (1995). The effect of music listening on physiological responses of premature infants in the NICU, Journal of Music Therapy, 32(4), 208-227.

Caufield, K. (2018). U.S. music consumption up 12.5% in 2017, R&B/Hip-Hop is year’s most popular genre. Billboard. Retrieved from https://www.billboard.com/articles/columns/chart-beat/8085975/us-music-consumption-up-2017-rb-hip-hop-most-popular-genre

Cevasco, A. & Grant, R. (2003). Comparison of different methods for eliciting exercise-to-music for clients with Alzheimer’s disease. Journal of Music Therapy, 40(1), 41-56.

Chaffin, R. (2007). Learning Clair de Lune: Retrieval practice and expert memorization. Music Perception, 24(4), 377-393.

Chaffin, R. & Imreh, G. (2001). A comparison of practice and self-report as sources of information about goals of expert practice. Psychology of Music, 29(1), 39-69.

Chaffin, R. & Imreh, G. (2003). “Seeing the big picture”: Piano practice as expert problem solving. Music Perception, 20(4), 465-490.

Chaffin, R. & Lemieux, A. (2004). General perspectives on achieving musical excellence. In A. Williamon (Ed.), Musical excellence, (pp. 19-39). Oxford University Press.

Chaffin, R., Lemieux, A., & Chen, C. (2007).  “It is different each time I play”: Variability in highly prepared musical performance. Music Perception, 24(5), 455-472.

Chaigne, A., & Kergomard, J. (2016). Acoustics of musical instruments. Springer-Verlag.

Chailley, J. (1964). 40,000 years of music. Farrar, Straus, and Giroux.

Chambers, C. (2019). The seven deadly sins of psychology. Princeton University Press.

Chamorro-Premuzic, T., & Furnham, A. (2007) Personality and music: Can traits explain how people use music in everyday life? British Journal of Psychology, 98, 175–185.

Chamorro-Premuzic,T., Gomà-i-Freixanet, M., Furnham, A., & Muro, A. (2009). Personality, self-estimated intelligence, and uses of music: A Spanish replication and extension using structural equation modeling. Psychology of Aesthetics, Creativity, and the Arts, 3(3), 149–155.

Chan, Y., Lee, P., Ng, T., Ngan, H., & Wong, L. (2003). The use of music to reduce anxiety for patients undergoing colposcopy: A randomized trial. Gynecological Oncology, 9(1), 213-217.

Chanda, M., & Levitin, D. (2013). The neurochemistry of music. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 17(4), 179-192.

Chandra “Hears” a Black Hole for the First Time. Retrieved on April 21, 2007 from ­ http://chandra.harvard.edu/press/03_releases/press_090903.html

Chandra X-Ray Observatory. (2022). New NASA black hole sonifications with a remix. https://chandra.harvard.edu/photo/2022/sonify5/

Changizi, M. (2011). Harnessed: How language and music mimicked nature and transformed ape to man. BenBella Books.

Chapin, K. & Clark, A. (2013). Speaking of music. Oxford University Press.

Chapple, E.  (1982). Movement and sound: The musical language of body rhythms in interaction. In M. Davis (Ed.), Interaction rhythms: Periodicity in communication behavior, (pp. 31–51).  Human Sciences Press.

Chardonnens Lehmann, S. (2021). Autonomy of the student musician. Comprehensive analysis of teachers’ representations and strategies, between prescription and construction of knowledge. OICRM Music Review, 8 (1), 148–167. https://doi.org/10.7202/1079794ar

Charnetski, C. & Brennan, F., Jr. (1998). Effect of music and auditory stimuli on secretory immunoglobulin A (IgA). Perceptual and Motor Skills, 87, 1163-1170.

Chasin, M. (Ed.). (2009). Hearing loss in musicians: Prevention and management. Plural Publishing

Chebat, J-C., Chebat, C., & Vaillant, D. (2001). Environmental background music and in-store selling. Journal of Business Research, 54, 115-123.

Chen, D., Xu, X., Wang, Z., & Chen, J. (2005). Alteration of gastric myoelectrical and autonomic activities with audio stimulation in healthy humans. Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology, 40(7), 814-821.

Chen, D., Xu, X., Zhao, Q., Yin, J., Sallam, H., & Chen, J. (2008).  Effects of audio stimulation on gastric myoelectrical activity and sympathovagal balance in healthy adolescents and adults. Journal of Gastroenterology and Hepatology, 23, 141-149.

Chen, J., Woollacott, M., & Pologe, S. (2006). Accuracy and underlying mechanisms of shifting movements in cellists. Experimental Brain Research, 174(3), 467-476.

Chen, J., Woollacott, M., Pologe, S., & Moore, G. (2008). Pitch and space maps of skilled cellists: Accuracy, variability, and error correction. Experimental Brain Research, 188(4), 492-503.

Chen, Y., Green, H., Putt, M., Allison, O., Kuschner, E., Kim, M., … Edgar, J. (2023). Maturation of auditory cortex neural responses during infancy and toddlerhood. NeuroImage, 275, 120163.

Cheng, N. (1987).  Life and death in Shanghai.  Time Magazine, 8 June, 42–56.

Cheour, M., Kushnerenko, E., Ceponiene, R., Fellman, V., & Näätänen, R. (2002). Electric brain responses obtained from newborn infants to changes in duration in complex harmonic tones. Developmental Neuropsychology, 22(2), 471-479.

Cherry, E. (1953). Some experiments on the recognition of speech, with one and with two ears. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 25(5), 975-979.

Chesky, K. (2008). Preventing music-induced hearing loss. Music Educators Journal, 94(3), 36-41.

Chesky, K., Kondraske, G., Henoch, M., Hipple, J. & Rubin, B. (2002). Musicians’ health. In R. Colwell & C. Richardson (Eds.), The new handbook of research on music teaching and learning, (pp. 1023-1039). Oxford University Press.

Chiao, J., Li, S., Seligman, R., & Turner, R. (Eds.). (2016). The Oxford handbook of cultural neuroscience. Oxford University Press.

Chin, T., & Rickard, N. S. (2014). Emotion regulation strategy mediates both positive and negative relationships between music uses and well-being. Psychology of Music, 42(5), 692-713.

Chinn Cannon, M. (2018). The effects of instrumental music instruction on the neurological responses and adaptive behaviors of children with autism spectrum disorder (Doctoral dissertation, Univeristy of North Carolina at Greensboro). Retrieved from https://libres.uncg.edu/ir/uncg/f/Chinn%20Cannon_uncg_0154D_12444.pdf

Chmiel, A., & Schubert, E. (2017). Back to the inverted-U for music preference: A review of the literature. Psychology of Music, 45(6), 886-909.

Cho, E., & Yeoun Han, J. (2022). Small music ensemble and empathy: A replication study in a South Korean music student sample. Psychology of Music, 50(4), 1121-1135.

Chole, H., Woodard, S., & Bloch, G. (2019). Body size variation in bees: Regulation, mechanisms, and relationship to social organization. Current Opinion in Insect Science, 35, 77-87.

Chon, S. H. (2008). Quantifying the consonance of complex tones with missing fundamentals (Doctoral dissertation, Stanford University).

Chornik, K. (2013). Music and Torture in Chilean Detention Centers: Conversations with an Ex-Agent of Pinochet’s Secret Police. the world of music, 51-65.

Chou, L., Wang, R., Chen, S., & Pai, L. (2003). Effects of music therapy on oxygen saturation in premature infants receiving endotracheal suctioning. Journal of Nursing Research, 11(3), 209-216.

Christe, I. (2007). Everybody wants some: The Van Halen saga. John Wiley & Sons.

Chugani, H., Behen, M., Muzik, O., Juhász, C., Nagy, F., & Chugani, D. (2001). Local brain functional activity following early deprivation: A study of postinstitutionalized Romanian orphans. NeuroImage, 14, 1290–1301.

Chugani, H., Phelps, M. & Mazziotta, J. (1993). Positron emission tomography study of human brain functional development. In M. Johnson (Ed.), Brain development and cognition, (pp. 125-143). Blackwell Publishers.

Chusid, J. (1985). Correlative neuroanatomy and functional neurology, 19th ed.  Los Altos, CA: Lange Medical Publications.

Ciccone, A. (2015). Role of rhythmicity in infant development. Encephale, 41(4 Suppl 1), S15-21.

Cirisano, T. (2023). Music industry earnings H1 2023: Dawn of the post-streaming era. MidiaResearch.com. https://midiaresearch.com/search/all/all/all/music+industry+earnings

Claiborne, R. (1974). The birth of writing. Time-Life Books.

Clark, L., Iversen, S., & Goodwin, G. (2001). The influence of positive and negative mood states on risk taking, verbal fluency, and salivary cortisol. Journal of Affective Disorders, 63, 179-187.

Clarke, D., & Clarke, E. (Eds.). (2011). Music and consciousness. Oxford University Press.

Clarke, E. (1988). Generative principles in music performance. In J. A. Sloboda (Ed.). Generative processes in music: The psychology of performance, improvisation, and composition (pp. 1-26). Clarendon Press.

Clarke, E. (2004). Empirical musicology. Oxford University Press.

Clarke, E. (2005). Ways of listening: An ecological approach to the perception of musical meaning. Oxford University Press.

Clarke, E., & Cook, N. (Eds.). (2004). Empirical musicology: Aims, methods, prospects. Oxford University Press.

Clarke, E., Dibben, N., & Pitts, S. (2009). Music and mind in everyday life. Oxford University Press.

Clarke, E. & Emmerson, S. (Eds.). (1989). Music, mind and structure. Harwood Academic Publishers.

Clarke, S. (2023). Amy Beach the Synesthete: An Essay by Dr. Sabrina Clarke. https://wam.rutgers.edu/amy-beach-the-synesthete-an-essay-by-dr-sabrina-clarke/

Clavin, W.  (2023). 15 Years of Radio Data Reveals Evidence of Space-Time Murmur. NASA Jet Propulsion Laboratory. (June 28). https://www.nasa.gov/universe/15-years-of-radio-data-reveals-evidence-of-space-time-murmur/

Clayton, M. (2009). The social and personal functions of music in cross-cultural perspective. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, (pp. 35-44). Oxford University Press.

Clayton, M. (2016). The social and personal functions of music in cross-cultural perspective. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, (2nd ed.; pp. 47–59). Oxford University Press.

Clayton, M., Dueck, B., & Leante, L. (2013). Experience and meaning in music performance. Oxford University Press.

Clayton, M., Herbert, T., & Middleton, R. (Eds.). (2003). The cultural study of music: A critical introduction. Routledge.

Clayton, M., Sager, R. & Will, U. (2005). In time with the music: The concept of entrainment and its significance for ethnomusicology. ESEM Counterpoint, 1, 1-82.

Cleary, T. J., & Callan, G. L. (2018). Assessing self-regulated learning using microanalytic methods. In D. H. Schunk & J. A. Greene (Eds.), Handbook of self-regulation of learning and performance (pp. 338–351). Routledge/Taylor & Francis Group. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315697048-22

Clynes, M.  (1977).  Sentics: The touch of emotions. Anchor Press.

Clynes, M. (Ed.). (1982).  Music, mind, and brain: The neuropsychology of music. Plenum Press.

Clynes, M. & Walker, J. (1982). Neurobiologic functions of rhythm, time, and pulse in music. In M. Clynes (Ed.), Music, mind, and brain, (pp. 171-216). Plenum Press.

Cochen De Cock, V., Dotov, D., Damm, L., Lacombe, S., Ihalainen, P., Picot, M. C., … & Dalla Bella, S. (2021). BeatWalk: Personalized music-based gait rehabilitation in Parkinson’s disease. Frontiers in Psychology, 12, 1153.

Cochrane, T., Fantini, B., & Scherer, K. (Eds.). (2013). The emotional power of music. Oxford University Press.

Coffman, D. (1990). Effects of mental practice, physical practice, and knowledge of results on piano performance.  Journal of Research in Music Education, 38(3), 187-196.

Cogan, R. (1984). New images of musical sound. Harvard University Press.

Cogburn, D. (2003). HCI in the so-called developing world: What’s in it for everyone. Interactions, 10(2), 80–87.

Cohen, A. (2009). Music in performance arts: Film, theatre and dance. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, (pp. 441-451). Oxford University Press.

Cohen, D. (1996). The Secret Language of the Mind. San Francisco: Chronicle Books.

Cohen, N. (2016). Principles of objectivist research. In B. Wheeler & K. Murphy (Eds.), Music therapy research, 3^rd ed., (pp. 118–130). Barcelona.

Cohn, J., Ambadar, Z., & Ekman, P. (2007). Observer-based measurement of facial expression with the Facial Action Coding System. In J. Coan & J. Allen (Eds.),  Handbook of Emotion Elicitation and Assessment, (pp. 203-221). Oxford University Press.

Coker, J. (1970). Patterns for jazz. Prentice-Hall.

Coleman, J., Pratt, R., Stoddard, R., Gerstmann, D., & Abel, H. (1997). The effects of the male and female singing and speaking voices on selected physiological and behavioral measures of premature infants in the intensive care unit. International Journal of Arts Medicine, 5(2), 4-11.

Colley, A. (2008). Young people’s musical taste: Relationship with gender and gender‐related traits. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 38(8), 2039-2055.

Colley, B. (1987). A comparison of syllabic methods for improving rhythm literacy. Journal of Research in Music Education, 35(4), 221-235.

Collier, G. (2007). Beyond valence and activity in the emotional connotations of music. Psychology of Music, 35, 110-131.

Collins, J. and Porras, J. I. (1994) Built to last: Successful habits of visionary companies. Harper Collins Publishing.

Collins, N., & d’Escriván, J. (2017). The Cambridge companion to electronic music. Cambridge University Press.

Collyer, S., Davis, P., Thorpe, C., & Callaghan, J. (2007). Sound pressure level and spectral balance linearity and symmetry in the messa di voce of female classical singers. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 121(3), 1728-1736.

Coloma, D. & Kleiner, B. (2005). How can music be used in business? Management Research News, 28(11), 115-120.

Colwell, R. (1970). The evaluation of music teaching and learning. Prentice-Hall.

Colwell, R. (Ed.). (1992). Handbook of research on music teaching and learning. Schirmer Books.

Colwell, R. (Ed.). (2006). MENC handbook of musical cognition and development. Oxford University Press.

Colwell, R., Hewitt, M., & Fonder, M. (2017). The teaching of instrumental music, 5th ed. Routledge.

Colwell, R. & Richardson, C. (Eds.). (2002). The new handbook on music teaching and learning. Oxford University Press.

Colwell, R., & Webster, P. (2011). MENC handbook of research on music learning. Oxford University Press.

Colwell, R. & Wing, L. (2004). An orientation to music education: Structural knowledge for teaching music. Prentice Hall.

Conable, B. (1995). How to learn the Alexander Technique, 3rd ed. Andover Press.

Conable, B. & Conable, B. (2000). What every musician needs to know about the body. Andover Press.

Conard, N. (2003). Paleolithic ivory sculptures from southwestern Germany and the origins of figurative art. Nature, 426(6968), 830.

Connectivism Learning Theory. (2021). https://www.wgu.edu/blog/connectivism-learning-theory2105.html

Connolly, C. & Williamon, A. (2004). Mental skills training. In A. Williamon (Ed.), Musical excellence, (pp. 222-245). Oxford University Press.

Conrad, C., Niess, H., Jauch, K-W., Bruns, C., Hartl, W., & Welker, L. (2007). Overture for growth hormone: Requiem for interleukin-6? Cricital Care Medicine, 35(12), 2709-2713.

Conrad, N. (2009). A female figurine from the basal Aurignacian of Hohle Fels Cave in southwestern Germany. Nature, 459, 248-252.

Conrad, N., Malina, M., & Münzel, S. (2009). New flutes document the earliest musical tradition in southwestern Germany. Nature, 460, 737-740.

Constable, G.  (1973). The Neanderthals. Time-Life Books.

Conti, A. (2000). Oncology in neuroimmunomodulation: What progress has been made? Neuroimmunomodulation: Perspectives at the new millennium. Annals of the New York academy of sciences, 917, 68-83.

Cook, N. (1987). Musical form and the listener. The Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism, 46(1), 23-29.

Cook, P. (2001). Music, cognition, and computerized sound: An introduction to psychoacoustics. The MIT Press.

Cook, T., Roy, A. R., & Welker, K. M. (2019). Music as an emotion regulation strategy: An examination of genres of music and their roles in emotion regulation. Psychology of Music, 47(1), 144-154.

Coon, H. & Cavey, G. (1989).  Genetic and environmental determinants of musical ability in twins. Behavior Genetics, 19(2), 183–193.

Cope, D. (1996). Experiments in musical intelligence. A-R Editions.

Cope, D. (2005). Computer models of musical creativity. The MIT Press.

Cornelius, S. & Natvig, M. (2012). Music: A social experience. Routledge.

Cotter, K. N., Silvia, P. J., & Fayn, K. (2018). What does feeling like crying when listening to music feel like?. Psychology of Aesthetics, Creativity, and the Arts, 12(2), 216-227.

Couto, L., Hust, S. J., Rodgers, K. B., Kang, S., & Li, J. (2022). A content analysis of music lyrics exploring the co-occurrence of violence, sexual content, and degrading terms toward women. Sexuality & Culture, 26(6), 1965-1980.

Cottrell, S. (Ed.). (2021). Music, dance, anthropology. Sean Kingston.

Cowan, A. (2023). Unsound: A cultural history of music and eugenics. Dissertation from Harvard University.

Cowan N. (2008). What are the differences between long-term, short-term, and working memory? Progress in Brain Research. 169:323-38. doi: 10.1016/S0079-6123(07)00020-9. PMID: 18394484; PMCID: PMC2657600.

Cox, A. (2016). Music & Embodied cognition: Listening, moving, feeling, & thinking. Indiana University Press.

Cox, G., & Stevens, R. (20160. The origins and foundations of music education: International perspectives. Bloomsbury Academic

Cox, T. J., & D’Antonio, P. (2003). Engineering art: The science of concert hall acoustics. Interdisciplinary science reviews, 28(2), 119-129.

Craig, D. (2005). An exploratory study of physiological changes during “chills” induced by music. Musicæ scientiæ: The journal of the European Society for the Cognitive Sciences of Music, 9(2), 273-285.

Creech, A. (2009). The role of the family in supporting learning. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, (pp. 295 – 306). Oxford University Press.

Creech, A., Hodges, D., & Hallam, S. (Eds.). (2021). The Routledge international handbook of music psychology in education and the community. Routledge.

Critchley, M. & Hensen, R. (Eds.). (1977).  Music and the brain: Studies in the neurology of music. Charles C. Thomas.

Croom, A. M. (2012). Music, neuroscience, and the psychology of well-being: A précis. Frontiers in Psychology, 2, 393.

Cronje, R., Pretorius, P., & Davel, J. (1963). Marasmus in South African Bantu children. South African Medical Journal, 37(8), 867-870.

Cronshaw, A. (1999). Norway: Fjords and fiddles. In M. Ellingham, O. Duane, & V. Dowell, V. (Eds.). (1999). World music: The rough guide. Vol. 1: Africa, Europe and the Middle East (pp. 211-218). Rough Guides.

Cross, I. (2009a). The evolutionary nature of musical meaning. Musicae Scientiae, Special Issue: Music and evolution, 179-200.

Cross, I. (2009b). The nature of music and its evolution. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, (pp. 3-13). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Cross, I. (2016). The nature of music and its evolution. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M.Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, 2^nd ed. (pp. 3–17). Oxford University Press.

Cross, I. & Deliège, I. (1993). Music and the Cognitive Sciences 1990. Contemporary Music Review, Vol. 9.

Cross, I. & Morley, I. (2009). The evolution of music: Theories, definitions and the nature of the evidence. In S. Malloch & C. Trevarthen (Eds.), Communicative musicality, (pp. 61-81). Oxford University Press.

Cross, I., & Tolbert, E. (2016). Music and meaning. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, 2^nd ed., (pp. 33–46). Oxford University Press.

Cross, I., Zubrow, E., & Cowan, F. (2002). Musical behaviours and the archaeological record: A preliminary study. In J. Mathieu (Ed.), Experimental Archaeology. British Archaeological Reports International Series, 1035, 25-34. Available online at http://www.mus.cam.ac.uk/~ic108/lithacoustics/

Crow, C. (1897). Maldon and Brunnanburh: Two old English songs of battle. Ginn & Co.

Crystal, H., Grober, E. & Masur, D. (1989). Preservation of musical memory in Alzheimer’s disease.  Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery, and Psychiatry, 52, 1415–16.

Csikszentmihályi, M. (1990/2008). Flow: The psychology of optimal experience. Harper & Row.

Csikszentmihályi, M. (1993). The evolving self: A psychology for the third millennium. HarperCollins.

Csikszentmihályi, M. (2014). Flow and the foundations of positive psychology: The collected works of Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi.Springer.

Csikszentmihályi, M. & Hunter, J. (2004). Happiness in everyday life: The uses of experience sampling. Journal of Happiness Studies, 4(2), 185-199.

Csikszentmihály, M., Rathunde, K., & Whalen, S. (1997). Talented teenagers: The roots of success and failure. Cambridge University Press.

Cuddy, L., Belleville, S., & Moussard, A. (2020). Music and the aging brain. Elsevier Science

Culver, C. (1951). Musical acoustics, 3rd ed. McGraw-Hill Education.

Culver, C. (1969). Musical acoustics, 4th ed. McGraw-Hill Education.

Currie, G. (2003). Aesthetics and cognitive science. In J. Levinson (Ed.), The Oxford handbook on aesthetics (pp. 706–721). Oxford University Press.

Curtis, N. (1921). American Indian cradle-songs. The Musical Quarterly, 7(4), 549-558.

Curtiss, S. (1977). Genie: A psycholinguistic study of a modern-day “wild child”. Academic Press.

Curwen, C. (2022). Music-Colour Synaesthesia: A Sensorimotor Account. Musicae Scientiae, 26(2), 388–407. https://doi.org/10.1177/1029864920956295

Curzel, F., Tillmann, B., & Ferreri, L. (2024). Lights on music cognition: a systematic and critical review of fNIRS applications and future perspectives. https://scholar.google.com/scholar?hl=en&as_sdt=0%2C26&q=Lights+on+music+cognition%3A+a+systematic+and+critical+review+of+fNIRS+applications+and+future+perspectives&btnG=

Cusack, R., Deeks, J., Aikman, G. & Carlyon, R. (2004). Effects of location, frequency region, and time course of selective attention on auditory scene analysis. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 30(4), 643-656.

Cusick, S. (2006). Music as torture/Music as weapon. Revista Trancultural de Música 10,0.https://www.redalyc.org/articulo.oa?id=82201011

Cutietta, R. (1979). The effects of including systemized sight-singing drill in the middle school choral rehearsal. Contributions to Music Education, 7, 12-20.

Cytowic, R. E. (2002). Synesthesia: A union of the senses, 2nd ed. Springer Verlag

Czepiel, A., Fink, L. K., Fink, L. T., Wald-Fuhrmann, M., Tröndle, M., & Merrill, J. (2021). Synchrony in the periphery: inter-subject correlation of physiological responses during live music concerts. Scientific reports, 11(1), 22457. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-021-00492-3

Czeszumski, A., Eustergerling, S., Lang, A., Menrath, D., Gerstenberger, M., Schuberth, S., Schreiber, F., Rendon, Z. Z., & König, P. (2020). Hyperscanning: A valid method to study neural inter-brain underpinnings of social interaction. Frontiers in Human Neuroscience, 14, 39. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnhum.2020.00039

Dahl, S. & Friberg, A. (2007). Visual perception of expressiveness in musicians’ body movements. Music Perception, 24(5), 433-454.

Daikoku, T. (2018). Neurophysiological markers of statistical learning in music and language: Hierarchy, entropy and uncertainty. Brain sciences, 8(6), 114.

Daikoku, T., & Goswami, U. (2022). Hierarchical amplitude modulation structures and rhythm patterns: Comparing Western musical genres, song, and nature sounds to Babytalk. Plos one, 17(10), e0275631

Daintith, J. (2010). Oxford dictionary of physics, 6th ed. Oxford University Press.

Dalla Bella, S. (2016). Music and brain plasticity. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, 2d ed. (pp. 325-342). Oxford University Press.

Dalla Bella, S., Kraus, N., Overy, K., Pantev, C., Snyder, J., Tervaniemi, M., Tillman, B., & Schlaug, G. (2009). The neurosciences of music III: Disorders and plasticity. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1169.

Dams, L. (1985). Palaeolithic lithophones: Descriptions and comparisons. Oxford Journal of Archaeology, 4, 31-46.

Danesi, M. (2020). An anthropology of puzzles: The role of puzzles in the origins and evolution of mind and culture. Routledge.

Dargie, D. (2007). “Umakhweyane”: A Musical Bow and Its Contribution to Zulu Music. African Music, 8(1), 60-81.

Darwin, C. (1897/nd). The descent of man. Modern Edition.

Dasilva, F., Blasi, A., & Dees, D. (1984). The sociology of music. University of Notre Dame Press.

Daughtry, J. (2003). Russia’s new anthem and the negotiation of national identity. Ethnomusicology, 47(1), 42-67.

D’Ausilio, A., Novembre, G., Fadiga, L., & Keller, P. (2015). What can music tell us about social interaction? Trends in Cognitive Science, 19(3), 111-114.

David, M. (1996). Designing a program of vocal hygiene for singers. Journal of Singing, 53(1), 15-20.

Davidson, J. (1993). Visual perception of peformance manner in the movements of solo musicians. Psychology of Music, 21, 103-113.

Davidson, J. (1994). Which areas of a pianist’s body convey information about expressive intention to an audience? Journal of Human Movement Studies, 26, 279–301.

Davidson, J. (1997). The social in musical performance. In D. Hargreaves & A. North (Eds.), The social psychology of music, (pp. 209–228). Oxford University Press.

Davidson, J. (2002). The solo performer’s identity. In R. MacDonald, D. Hargreaves & D. Miell (Eds.), Musical identities, (pp. 97–113). Oxford University Press.

Davidson, J. (Ed.). (2004). The music practitioner: Research for the music performer, teacher, and listener. Ashgate.

Davidson, J. (2005). Bodily communication in musical performance. In D. Miell, R. MacDonald, & D. Hargreaves (Eds.), Musical communication, (pp. 215-237). Oxford University Press.

Davidson, J. (2009). Movement and collaboration in musical performance. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, (pp. 364-376). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Davidson, J. W., & Broughton, M. C. (2022). Body Movement. In G. E. McPherson (Ed.), The Oxford handbook of music performance, vol. 1, (pp. 294-394). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780190056285.013.15

Davidson, J. & Correia, J. (2002). Body movement. In R. Parncutt & G. McPherson (Eds.), The science and psychology of music performance: Creative strategies for teaching and learning, (pp. 237–250). Oxford University Press.

Davidson, J., Howe, M., Moore, D., & Sloboda, J. (1996). The role of parental influences in the development of musical performance. British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 14(4), 399-412.

Davidson, J., Howe, M., & Sloboda, J. (1997). Environmental factors in the development of musical performance skill over the life span. In D. Hargreaves & A. North (Eds.), The social psychology of music, (pp. 188-206). Oxford University Press.

Davidson, J. & Malloch, S. (2009). Musical communication: The body movements of performance. In S. Malloch & C. Trevarthen (Eds.), Communicative musicality, (pp. 565-583). Oxford University Press.

Davidson, L., McKernon, P., & Gardner, H. (1981). The acquisition of song: A developmental approach. Documentary report of the Ann Arbor Symposium, (pp. 301-315). Music Educators National Conference.

Davidson, J., Sloboda, J., & Howe, M. (1995). The role of parents and teachers in the success and failure of instrumental learners. Bulletin of the Council for Research in Music Education, 40-44.

Davidson-Kelly, K. M. (2014). Mental imagery rehearsal strategies for expert pianists. Doctoral thesis, The University of Edinburgh.

Davies, J. B.  (1978).  The psychology of music. Stanford University Press.

Davies, S. (2010). Emotions expressed and aroused by music: Philosophical perspectives. In P. Juslin & J. Sloboda (Eds.), Handbook of music and emotion: Theory, research, applications, (pp. 15-43). Oxford University Press.

Davis, C. (1992).  The effects of music and basic relaxation instruction on pain and anxiety of women undergoing in-office gynecological procedures.  Journal of Music Therapy, 29(4), 202–16.

Davis, D. (2004). Psychoanalysis. In R. Gregory (Ed.), The Oxford companion to the mind, (pp. 763-764). Oxford University Press.

Davis, G. & Jones, R. (1988). The sound reinforcement handbook. Hal Leonard.

Davis, W. & Thaut, M. (1989). The influence of preferred relaxing music on measures of state anxiety, relaxation, and physiological responses.  Journal of Music Therapy, 26(4), 168–187.

Dawson, W. (1964). Negro folk symphony. Recorded by Leopold Stowkowski and the American Symphony Orchestra. Decca, DL-710077.

Dawson, W. (2007). Trauma to the high-level instrumentalist’s hand and upper extremity: An epidemiologic and outcome study. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 22(3), 105-109.

Dawson, W. J. (2008). Fit as a fiddle: The musician’s guide to playing healthy. Rowman & Littlefield Education.

Day, S. A. (2008). Regarding types of synesthesia and color-music art. СИНЕСТЕЗИЯ: СОДРУЖЕСТВО ЧУВСТВ И СИНТЕЗ ИСКУССТВ, 282-288. http://www.daysyn.com/Day2008.pdf

De Almeida, J. S., Lordier, L., Zollinger, B., Kunz, N., Bastiani, M., Gui, L., Adam-Darque, A., Brradori-Tola, C., Lazeyras, F., & Hüppi, P. S. (2020). Music enhances structural maturation of emotional processing neural pathways in very preterm infants. Neuroimage, 207, 116391.

Dean, R., & Bailes, F. (2015). Using time series analysis to evaluate skin conductance during movement in piano improvisation. Psychology of Music, 43(1), 3-23.

Deary, I. (2001). Intelligence: A very short introduction. Oxford University Press.

DeCasper, A. & Fifer, W. (1980). Of human bonding: Newborns prefer their mothers’ voices. Science, 208(4448), 1174-1176.  

DeCorte, E. (1990). Towards powerful learning environments for the acquisition of problem solving skills. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 5, 5-19.

DeDreu, C. K., Nijstad, B. A., Baas, M., Wolsink, I., & Roskes, M. (2012). Working memory benefits creative insight, musical improvisation, and original ideation through maintained task-focused attention. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 38(5), 656-669.

DeJong, M., van Mourik, K., & Schellekens, H. (1973). A physiological approach to aesthetic preference-music. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 22, 46-51.

De la Motte-Haber, H. (1985). Handbuch der musickpsychologie. (Handbook of music psychology). Laaber, Germany: Laaber-Verlag.

Deliège, I. (2001a). Introduction: Similarity perception  categorization  cue abstraction. Music Perception, 18(3), 233-243.

Deliège, I. (2001b). Prototype effects in music listening: An empirical approach to the notion of imprint. Music Perception, 18(3), 371-407.

Deliège, I., & Davidson, J. (Eds.). (2011). Music and the mind: Essays in honour of John Sloboda. Oxford University Press.

Deliège, I. & Mélen, M. (1997). Cue sbstraction in the representation of musical form. In I. Deliège & J. Sloboda (Eds.), Perception and cognition of music, (pp. 387-341). Psychology Press.

Deliège, I. & Sloboda, J. (Eds.). (1996). Musical beginnings: Origins and development of musical competence. Oxford University Press.

Deliège, I. & Sloboda, J. (Eds.). (1997). Perception and cognition of music. Psychology Press.

Deliège, I. & Wiggins, G. (Eds.). (2006). Musical creativity: Multidisciplinary research in theory and practice. Psychology Press.

de Lisle, R., Speedy, D., Thompson, J., & Maurice, D. (2006). Effects of pianism retraining on three pianists with focal dystonia. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 21(3), 105-111.

Dellato, M. (2023). Taylor Swift’s new era: The pop star becomes a billionaire. Forbes. (October 27, 2023). https://www.forbes.com/sites/marisadellatto/2023/10/27/taylor-swifts-new-era-the-pop-star-becomes-a-billionaire/?sh=7bfbd5675dee

de Melo-Martin, I., & Goering, S. (2022). “Eugenics”, The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy (Summer 2022 Edition), E. Zalta (ed.), URL = <https://plato.stanford.edu/archives/sum2022/entries/eugenics/>.

Demorest, S. (2000). Encouraging male participation in chorus. Music Educators Journal, 86(4), 38-41.

Demorest, S. & May, W. (1995).  Sight-singing instruction in the choral ensemble:  Factors related to individual performance. Journal of Research in Music Education, 43(2), 156-167.

Demorest, S., & Morrison, S. (2016). Quantifying culture: The cultural distance hypothesis of melodic expectancy. In J. Y. Chiao, S.-C. Li, R. Seligman, & R. Turner (Eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Cultural Neuroscience (pp. 183–194). Oxford University Press.

Demorest, S., Morrison, S., Stambaugh, L., Beken, M., Richards, T., & Johnson, C. (2009). An fMRI investigation of the cultural specificity of music memory. SCAN, 4(4), 1-10.

Denham, S., & Winkler, I. (2022). Auditory perceptual organization. In Encyclopedia of Computational Neuroscience (pp. 277-288). Springer New York.

Denisoff, R. (1983). Sing a song of social significance. Bowling Green State University Popular Press.

d’Errico, F., Henishilwood, C., Lawson, G., Vanhaeren, M., Tillier, A-M., Soressi, M., Bresson, F., Maureille, B., Nowell, A., Lakarra, J., Backwell, L., & Julien, M. (2003). Archaeological evidence for the emergence of language, symbolism, and music—an alternative multidisciplinary perspective. Journal of World Prehistory, 17(1), 1-70.

Desain, P. & Honing, H. (2003). The formation of rhythmic categories and metric priming. Perception, 32, 341-365. 

Deshpande, V. (1973). Indian musical traditions: An aesthetic study of the Gharanas in Hindustani music. (Trans. by S. Deshpande). R. G. Bhatkal.

De Souza, J. (2017). Music at hand: Instruments, bodies, and cognition. Oxford University Press.

Devaney, J. (2019). Eugenics and musical talent: Exploring Carl Seashore’s work on talent testing and performance. American Music Review, XLVIII (2), 1-6.

Deutsch, D. (Ed.). (1982). The psychology of music. Academic Press.

Deutsch, D. (1986). A musical paradox. Music Perception, 3(3), 275-280.

Deutsch, D. (Ed.). (1999). The psychology of music, 2d ed. Academic Press.

Deutsch, D. (2013). Absolute pitch. In D. Deutsch (Ed), The Psychology of Music, pp. 141-182. Elsevier.

Deutsch, D., Henthorn, T., & Dolson, M. (2004). Absolute pitch, speech, and tone language: Some experiments and a proposed framework. Music Perception, 21(3), 339-356.

Deutsch, J. (2004). Memory: Experimental approaches. In R. Gregory (Ed.), Oxford companion to the mind, 2nd ed., (pp. 568-571). Oxford University Press.

Devaney, J. (2019). Eugenics and musical talent: Exploring Carl Seashore’s work on talent testing and performance. American Music Review, XLVIII (2), 1-6.

de Vries, B (1991). Assessment of the affective response to music with Clynes’s sentograph. Psychology of Music, 19, 46-64.

Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy and education: An introduction to the philosophy of education. Macmillan.

Dhar, S., & Hall III, J. W. (2018). Otoacoustic emissions: Principles, procedures, and protocols. Plural Publishing.

Diamond, D. M., Campbell, A. M., Park, C. R., Halonen, J., & Zoladz, P. R. (2007). The temporal dynamics model of emotional memory processing: A synthesis on the neurobiological basis of stress-induced amnesia, flashbulb and traumatic memories, and the Yerkes-Dodson law. Neural plasticity, 2007.

Diaz, F. (2022). Mindfulness. In G. McPherson (Ed.), The Oxford handbook of music performance, vol. 2. (pp. 65-83). Oxford University Press.

Dibben, N. (2002). Gender identity and music. In R. MacDonald, D. Hargreaves, & D. Miell (Eds.), Musical identities, (pp. 117-133). Oxford University Press.

Dictionary of Psychology. (2001). Oxford University Press.

Diener, E., & Biswas-Diener, R. (2020). The replication crisis in psychology. Noba textbook series: Psychology. DEF publishers. http://noba.to/q4cvydeh

Dileo, C. (2013). A proposed model for identifying practices: A content analysis of the first 4 years of music and medicine. Music Medicine, 5, 110–118

Di Pietro, M., Laganaro, M., Leemann, B., & Schnider, A. (2004). Receptive amusia: temporal auditory processing deficit in a professional musician following a left temporo-parietal lesion. Neuropsychologia, 42(7), 868-877.

Di Rosa, C., Cieri, F., Antonucci, I., Stuppia, L., & Gatta, V. (2015). Music in DNA: From Williams syndrome to musical genes. Open Journal of Genetics, 5(1), 12-26.

Diserens, C., & Fine, H. (1939). A psychology of music. Authors.

Dissanayake, E. (2000). Antecedents of the temporal arts in early mother-infant interaction. In N. Wallin, B. Merker, & S. Brown (Eds.) The origins of music, (pp. 389-410). The MIT Press.

Dissanayake, E. (2009a). Bodies swayed to music: The temporal arts as integral to ceremonial ritual. In S. Malloch & C. Trevarthen (Eds.) Communicative musicality: Exploring the basis of human companionship, (pp. 533-544). Oxford University Press.

Dissanayake, E. (2009b). Root, leaf, blossom, or bole: Concerning the origin and adaptive function of music. In S. Malloch & C. Trevarthen (Eds.) Communicative musicality: Exploring the basis of human companionship, (pp. 17-30). Oxford University Press.

Dixon‐Salazar, T. J., & Gleeson, J. G. (2010). Genetic regulation of human brain development: lessons from Mendelian diseases. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1214(1), 156-167.

do Amaral, M. A. S., Neto, M. G., de Queiroz, J. G., Martins-Filho, P. R. S., Saquetto, M. B., & Carvalho, V. O. (2016). Effect of music therapy on blood pressure of individuals with hypertension: A systematic review and Meta-analysis. International journal of cardiology, 214, 461-464.

Dogiel, J. (1880). Uver den einfluss der musik auf den blutkreislauf. Archiv fur physiologie, 416-428. Cited in Eagle, Jr., C. A review of human physiological systems and their response to musical stimuli. Paper presented at Southeastern Conference of National Association for Music Therapy, Tallahassee, Florida, 1972.

Dogruoz Karatekin, B., & Icagasioglu, A. (2021). The effect of therapeutic instrumental music performance method on upper extremity functions in adolescent cerebral palsy. Acta Neurology Belgium, 121, 1179–1189. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13760-021-01618-0

Doidge, N. (2007). The brain that changes itself. Penguin.

Dolan, E., & Rehding, A. (Eds.). (2018). The Oxford handbook of timbre. Oxford University Press.

Doll‐Lee, J., Passarotto, E., Altenmüller, E., & Lee, A. (2024). Gender Differences in Task Specific Dystonia: What Can we Learn from Musician’s Dystonia? Movement Disorders Clinical Practice, 1-8. DOI: 10.1002/mdc3.14015

Don, A., Schellenberg, E., & Rourke, B. (1999). Music and language skills of children with Williams syndrome. Child Neuropsychology, 5(3), 154-170.

Donahue, T. (2005). A guide to musical temperament. Scarecrow Press.

Donaldson, J. & Duckert, L. (1991). Anatomy of the ear. In M. Paparella, D. Shumrick, J. Gluckman, & W. Meyerhoff (Eds.), Otolaryngology, Vol. 1. Basic Sciences and Related Principles, 3rd ed., (pp.23-58).Saunders.

Dorfman, A. (1984). How Muzak manipulates you. Science Digest, 92(5), 26.

Dornfeld, H. V. (2023). Songs of Sorrow, Hope, and Praise: Toward a Historical Analysis of Negro Spirituals. Liberty University. https://www.proquest.com/docview/2820041939?pq-origsite=gscholar&fromopenview=true

Dorsaint-Pierre, R., Penhune, V., Watkins, K., Neelin, P., Lerch, J., Bouffard, M., & Zatorre, R. (2006). Asymmetries of the planum temporale and Heschl’s gyrus: Relationship to language lateralization. Brain, 129(5), 1164-1176.

Douglas, G. (2007). Myanmar’s nation-building cultural policy: Traditional music and political legitimacy. Y. Terada (Ed.), Authenticity and Cultural Identity. Senri Ethnological Reports, 65, 27-41.

Douglas, G. (2009). Music in mainland Southeast Asia. Oxford University Press.

Douglas, S., & Willatts, P. (1994). The relationship between musical ability and literacy skills. Journal of Research in reading, 17(2), 99-107.

Dowling, W. (1973). The perception of interleaved melodies. Cognitive Psychology, 5(3), 322-337.

Dowling, W. (1978). Scale and contour: Two components of a theory of memory for melodies. Psychological Review, 85(4), 341-354.

Dowling, W. (1999). The development of music perception and cognition. In D. Deutsch (Ed.). The psychology of music, 2d ed. (pp. 603-627). Academic Press.

Dowling, W., & Bartlett, J. (1981). The importance of interval information in long-term memory for melodies. Psychomusicology, 1(1), 30-49.

Dowling, W. & Harwood, D. (1986). Music cognition. Orlando, FL: Academic Press.

Dowling, W. & Tighe, T. (1993). Psychology and music: The understanding of melody and rhythm. Lawrence Erlbaum.

Downes, S. (2005). An introduction to connective knowledge. Stephen’s Web. https://www.downes.ca/cgi-bin/page.cgi?post=33034

Doyon, J. & Benali, H. (2005). Reorganization and plasticity in the adult brain during learning of motor skills. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 15, 161-167.

Drake, R. (1957). Drake musical aptitude tests. Science Research Associates.

Drayna, D., Manichaikul, A., de Lange, M., Snieder, H. & Spector, T. (2001). Genetic correlates of musical pitch recognition in humans. Science, 291, 1969-1971.

Droh, R. & R. Spintge. (Eds.). (1983). Angst, schmerz, musik in der anästhesie (Fear, pain, music in anesthesia). Roche.

Duarte, F. (2024). Music streaming services stats (2024). Exploding Topics. https://explodingtopics.com/blog/music-streaming-stats#

Dubé, L., Chebat, J-C. & Morin, S. (1995). The effects of background music on consumers’ desire to affiliate in buyer seller interactions, Psychology and Marketing, 12(4), 305-319.

Dubos, R. (1974). Beast or angel? Scribner.

Dubos, R. (1981). Celebrations of life. McGraw-Hill.

Dubos, R. (2017). Beast or angel? Choosing to be human. Taylor & Francis.

Duerksen, G. (1972). Some effects of expectation on evaluation of recorded musical performance. Journal of Research in Music Education, 20(2), 268-272.

Duke, R. (2005). Intelligent music teaching. Learning and Behavior Resources.

Duke, R., & Byo, J. (2018). Building musicianship in the instrumental classroom. In G. McPherson & G. Welch (Eds.), Vocal, instrumental, and ensemble learning and teaching: An Oxford handbook of music education, vol. 3, (165-183). Oxford University Press.

Duke, R., Simmons, A., & Cash, C. (2009). It’s not how much; It’s how. Journal of Research in Music Education, 56(4), 310-321.

Dukes, R., Bisel, T., Borega, K., Lobato, E., & Owens, M. (2003). Expressions of love, sex, and hurt in popular songs: A content analysis of all-time greatest hits. The Social Science Journal, 40(4), 643-650.

Duncan, J., Seitz, R., Kolodny, J., Bor, D., Herzog, H., Ahmed, A., Newell, F., & Emslie, H. (2000). A neural basis for general intelligence. Science, 289, 457-459.

Dunn, M. (2023). Solar system with 6 perfectly in-sync planets found in Milky Way. https://apnews.com/article/six-planets-solar-system-nasa-esa-3d67e5a1ba7cbea101d756fc6e47f33d

Dutton, D. (2009). The art instinct. Oxford University Press.

Dyce, J. A., & O’Connor, B. P. (1994). The Personalities of Popular Musicians. Psychology of Music, 22(2), 168–173.

Dykens, E. M., Rosner, B. A., Ly, T., & Sagun, J. (2005). Music and anxiety in Williams syndrome: A harmonious or discordant relationship?. American Journal on Mental Retardation, 110(5), 346-358.

Eagle, Jr., C. (Ed.). (1976).  Music therapy index. An international interdisciplinary index to the literature of the psychology, psychophysiology, psychophysics and sociology of music, vol. 1. National Association for Music Therapy.

Eagle, Jr., C. (Ed.). (1978).  Music psychology index. The international interdisciplinary index of the influence of music on behavior: References to the literature from the natural and behavioral sciences, and the fine and therapeutic arts for the years 1976–77, vol. 2. Institute for Therapeutics Research.

Eagle, Jr., C. (1982). Music therapy for handicapped individuals: An annotated and indexed bibliography. National Association for Music Therapy.

Eagle, Jr., C. (1996). An introductory perspective on music psychology. In D. Hodges (Ed.), Handbook of music psychology, 2d ed., (pp.1-28). IMR Press.

Eagle, Jr., C. & Miniter, J. (Eds.). (1984). Music psychology index. The international Interdisciplinary index of the influence of music on behavior: References to the literature from the natural and behavioral sciences, and the fine and therapeutic arts for the years 1978–80, vol. 3. Institute for Therapeutics Research and Oryx Press.

Eargle, J. (2013).  Music, sound, technology, 2d ed. Springer.

Economic Times. (2015). List of the most crowded music concerts in history. The Economic Times (November 8). https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/magazines/panache/list-of-the-most-crowded-music-concerts-in-history/articleshow/49702777.cms.

Edwards, J. (2011). The use of music therapy to promote attachment between parents and children. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 38(3), 190-195.

Eerola, T., & Vuoskoski, J. K. (2012). A review of music and emotion studies: Approaches, emotion models, and stimuli. Music Perception: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 30(3), 307-340.

Eisner, E. (1982). Cognition and curriculum: A basis for deciding what to teach. London.

Eisner, E. (1985). Aesthetic modes of knowing. In E. Eisner (Ed.), Learning and teaching: The ways of knowing. Eight-fourth yearbook of the National Society for the Study of Education, (pp. 23-36). University of Chicago Press.

Ekman, P., Levenson, R., & Friesen, W. (1983). Autonomic nervous system activity distinguishes among emotions. Science, 221, 1208-1210. 

Elbert, T., Pantev, C., Wienbruch, C., Rockstroh, B., & Taub, E. (1995). Increased cortical representation of the fingers of the left hand in string players. Science, 270, 305–307.

Eliot, L. (2000). What’s going on in there? How the brain and mind develop in the first five years of life. Bantam.

Ellingham, M., Duane, O., & Dowell, V. (Eds.). (1999). World music: The rough guide, vol. 1: Africa, Europe and the Middle East. Rough Guides.

Ellington, D. (1973). Duke Ellington: Music is my mistress. Doubleday.

Elliott, C. (1975). Attacks and releases as factors in instrument identification. Journal of Research in Music Education, 23(1), 35-40.

Elmer-DeWitt, P. (1987). From Mozart to megabytes. Time Magazine, March 16, p. 71.

Ember, C. & Ember, M. (1973). Cultural anthropology. Prentice-Hall.

Emmorey, K., Allen, J., Bruss, J., Schenker, N. & Damasio, H. (2003). A morphometric analysis of auditory brain regions in congenitally deaf adults. PNAS Neuroscience  (Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences), 100(17), 10049–10054.

Emmott, C., & Alexander, M. (2014). Schemata. In P. Hühn, J. Meister, & W. Schmid (Eds.), pp. 756-764). Handbook of narratology, 2d ed. Series: De Gruyter handbook, vol. 1 (pp. 756-764). de Gruyter.

Engel, A., Hijmans, B. S., Cerliani, L., Bangert, M., Nanetti, L., Keller, P. E., & Keysers, C. (2014). Inter‐individual differences in audio‐motor learning of piano melodies and white matter fiber tract architecture. Human brain mapping, 35(5), 2483-2497.

Enk, R., Franzke, P., Offermanns, K., Hohenadel, M., Boehlig, A., Nitsche, I., Kalda, T., Sack, U., & Koelsch, S. (2008). Music and the immune system. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 69, 207-241.

Ercikan, K., & Roth, W. M. (2006). What good is polarizing research into qualitative and quantitative? Educational Researcher, 35(5), 14–23.

Ericsson, K. (1997). Deliberate practice and the acquisition of expert performance: An overview. In H. Jørgensen & A. Lehmann (Eds), Does practice make perfect? Current theory and research on instrumental music practice, (pp. 9-52). Norges Musikkhøgskole.

Ericsson, E. (2008). Deliberate practice and acquisition of expert performance: A general overview. Academic Emergence Medicine, 15, 988-994.

Ericsson, K., Krampe, R., & Tesch-Römer, C. (1993). The role of deliberate practice in the acquisition of expert performance. Psychological Review, 100(3), 363-406.

Erkkinen, M., & Berkowitz, A. (2019). Brain research in music improvisation. In M. Thaut & D. Hodges (Eds.), The Oxford Handbook on Music and the Brain, (pp. 487-520). Oxford University Press.

Eser, A. (2023). Essential hip hop industry statistics in 2024. Zipdo. https://zipdo.co/statistics/hip-hop-industry/#:~:text=Hip%20Hop%20accounted%20for%2021.7,of%20approximately%20%2418.92%20in%202021

Esfidani, M.R., Rafiei Samani, S., & Khanlari, A. (2022). Music and consumer behavior in chain stores: theoretical explanation and empirical evidence. The International Review of Retail, Distribution and Consumer Research, 32, 331 – 348.

Estis, J., Dean-Clyton, A., Moore, R., & Rowell, T. (2011). Pitch-matching accuracy in trained singers and untrained individuals: The impact of musical interference and noise. Journal of Voice, 25, (2) 173-180.

Etzel, J., Johnsen, E., Dickerson, J., Tranel, D., & Adolphs, R. (2006). Cardiovascular and respiratory responses during musical mood induction. International Journal of Pscyhophysiology, 61, 57-69.

Eugenics. Oxford English Dictionary. 

https://www-oed-com.libproxy.uncg.edu/view/Entry/86532712?redirectedFrom=eugenics#eid

Evans, P., & Martin, A. J. (2018). Explicit Instruction. In A. O’Donnell, N. C. Barnes, & J. Reeve (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of educational psychology. (online edn, Oxford Academic). https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199841332.013.53

Evans, P., & McPherson, G. E.(2014). Identity and practice: The motivational benefits of a long-term musical identity. Psychology of Music, 43, 407–22.

Evans, P., & McPherson, G. E. (2017). Processes of musical identity consolidation during adolescence. In R. Macdonald, D. Hargreaves & D. Miell (Eds.), Oxford handbook of musical identities (pp. 213-231). Oxford University Press.

Evans, P., McPherson, G., E., & Davidson, J. W. (2013). The role of psychological needs in ceasing music and music learning activities. Psychology of Music, 41(5), 600-619.

Evans, P., & Ryan, R. M. (2022). Intrinsic and extrinsic motivations for music performance. In G. E. McPherson (Ed.), The Oxford handbook of music performance (pp. 576–603). Oxford University Press.

Everest, F. A. (1986). Auditory perception: An audio training course. Mix Bookshelf.

Everest, F. & Pohlmann, K. (2009). Master handbook of acoustics, 5th ed. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Evers, S. & Suhr, B. (2000). Changes of the neurotransmitter serotonin but not of hormones during short time music perception. European Archives of Psychiatry and Clinical Neuroscience, 250(3), 144-147.

Fabian, D., Timmers, R., & Schubert, E. (Eds.). (2014). Expressiveness in music performance Oxford University Press.

Fábián, T. (2012). Mind-body connections: Pathways of psychosomatic coupling under meditation and other states of consciousness. Nova Science.

Fabiani, M., & Friberg, A. (2011). Influence of pitch, loudness, and timbre on the perception of instrument dynamics. The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 130(4), EL193-EL199.

Fact Sheet. (1995). Teaching Music Today, 47.

Fadil, T. F. (2022). The effect of hip-hop on the social movement. Eximia, 5(1), 14-23.

Fahrenberg, J. (2001). Origins and developments of ambulatory monitoring and assessment. In J. Fahrenberg & M. Myrtek (Eds.), Progress in Ambulatory Assessment. Computer-assisted Psychological and Psychophysiological Methods in Monitoring and Field Studies, (pp. 587-614). Hogrefe and Huber.

Falk, D. (2009). New information about Albert Einstein’s brain. Frontiers in Evolutionary Neuroscience, 1(3), doi:10.3389/neuro.18.003.2009

Fancourt, D., & Finn, S. (2019). What is the evidence on the role of the arts in improving health and well-being? A scoping review. World Health Organization.

Fancourt, D., Ockelford, A., & Belai, A. (2014). The psychoneuroimmunological effects of music: A systematic review and a new model. Brain, behavior, and immunity, 36, 15-26.

Farb, P. (1978). Humankind. Bantam Books.  

Farm Aid. (2009). http://www.farmaid.org/site/c.qlI5IhNVJsE/b.2723605/k.C7B8/Concert.htm

Farmer, H. (1969). The music of ancient Egypt. In E. Wellesz (Ed.), Ancient and Oriental music, (pp. 255-82). Oxford University Press.

Farnsworth, C. (1930). Short studies in musical psychology. Oxford University Press.

Farnsworth, P. (1941).  Further data on the Adlerian theory of artistry. Journal of General Psychology, 24, 447–50.

Farnsworth, P. (1958). The social psychology of music. Holt, Rinehart and Winston.

Farnsworth, P. (1969). The social psychology of music, 2d ed. Iowa State University Press.

Fasano, M. C., Cabral, J., Stevner, A., Vuust, P., Cantou, P., Brattico, E., & Kringelbach, M. L. (2023). The early adolescent brain on music: Analysis of functional dynamics reveals engagement of orbitofrontal cortex reward system. Human Brain Mapping, 44(2), 429–446. https://doi.org/10.1002/hbm.26060

Fasanaro, A., Spitaleri, D., Valiani, R., & Grossi, D. (1990). Dissociation in musical reading: A musician affected by alexia without agraphia. Music Perception, 7(3), 259-272.

Fassbender, C. (1996). Infants’ auditory sensitivity towards acoustic parameters of speech and music. In I. Deliège & J. Sloboda (Eds.), Musical beginnings: Origins and development of musical competence, (pp. 56-87). Oxford University Press.

Faulkner, R. & Davidson, J. (2006). Men in chorus: Collaboration and competition in  homo-social vocal behaviour. Psychology of Music, 34(2), 219-237.

Feder, S., Karmel, R., & Pollock, G. (Eds.). (1993). Psychoanalytic explorations in music. International Universities Press.

Feldman, D. (2016). Two roads diverged in the musical wood: A coincidence appraoch to the lives and careers of Nyiregyházi and Menuhin. In G. McPherson (Ed.), Musical prodigies (pp. 115-133). Oxford University Press.

Feldman, R., Magori-Cohen, R., Galili, G., Singer, M., & Louzoun, Y. (2011). Mother and infant coordinate heart rhythms through episodes of interaction synchrony. Infant Behavior and Development, 34(4), 569-577.

Feltz, D. L., & Landers, D. M. (1983). The effects of mental practice on motor skill learning and performance: A meta-analysis. Journal of Sport Psychology, 5(1), 25–57.

Feneberg, A. C., Mewes, R., Doerr, J. M., & Nater, U. M. (2021). The effects of music listening on somatic symptoms and stress markers in the everyday life of women with somatic complaints and depression. Scientific Reports, 11(1), 24062.

Ferguson, S. & Voll, K. (2004). Burn pain and anxiety: The use of music relaxation during rehabilitation. Journal of Burn Care Rehabilitation, 25(1), 8-14.

Ferreri, L., Mas-Herrero, E., Zatorre, R. J., Ripollés, P., Gomez-Andres, A., Alicart, H., Olivé, G., Marco-Pallarés, J., Antonijoan, R., Valle, M., & Riba, J. (2019). Dopamine modulates the reward experiences elicited by music. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 201811878.

Ferreri, L., Moussard, A., Bigand, E., & Tillmann, B. (2019). Music and the aging brain. In M. Thaut & D. Hodges (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music and the brain (pp. 623-644). Oxford University Press.

Filkin, D. (1998). Stephen Hawking’s Universe: The Cosmos Explained. Basic Books.

Filley, C. (2005). White matter and behavioral neurology. In J. Ulmer, L. Parsons, M. Moseley, & J. Gabrieli (Eds.), White matter in cognitive neuroscience. Annals of the New York academic of sciences, 1064, 162-183.

Fincher, J. (1976). Human intelligence. Putnam.

Fine, P., Berry, A., & Rosner, B. (2006). The effect of pattern recognition and tonal predictability on sight-singing ability. Psychology of Music, 34(4), 431-447.

Fink, L. K., Warrenburg, L. A., Howlin, C., Randall, W. M., Hansen, N. C., & Wald-Fuhrmann, M. (2021). Viral tunes: changes in musical behaviours and interest in coronamusic predict socio-emotional coping during COVID-19 lockdown. Humanities and Social Sciences Communications, 8(1).

Firmino, É. A., Bueno, J. L. O., & Bigand, E. (2009). Travelling through pitch space speeds up musical time. Music Perception, 26(3), 205-209.

Fishbein, M. & Middlestadt, S. (1988). Medical problems among ICSOM musicians: Overview of a national survey. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 3(1), 1-9.

Fisk, J. (1997). Composers on music: Eight centuries of writings, 2d ed. Northeastern University Press.

Fiske, H. (1990). Music and mind: Philosophical essays on the cognition and meaning of music. Edwin Mellen.

Fitch, T. (2006). The biology and evolution of music: A comparative perspective. Cognition, 100, 173-215.

Fitch, T. (2009). Biology of music: Another one bites the dust. Current Biology, 19(10), R403-R404.

Fleck, A. (2023). The numbers behind Taylor Swift’s ‘The Eras Tour’. Statista. https://www.statista.com/chart/31033/key-figures-from-swifts-the-eras-tour/

Fleming, N.D. & Mills, C. (1992). Helping Students Understand How They Learn. The Teaching Professor, Vol. 7 No. 4, Magma Publications.

Fletcher, H. & Munson, W. (1933). Loudness, its definition, measurement and calculation. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 5, 82-108.

Fletcher, P. (1987). Education and music. Oxford University Press.

Fletcher, N. & Rossing, T. (2012). The physics of musical instruments. Springer-Verlag.

Flom, R., Gentile, D., & Pick, A. (2008). Infants’ discrimination of happy and sad music. Infant Behavior and Development, 31(4), 716-728.

Foley, E. (1975). The effects of training in conservation of tonal and rhythmic patterns on second-grade children. Journal of Research in Music Education, 23:4, 240-248.

Foley, E. (Ed.). (2015). Music and spirituality. MDPI.

Folkard, S. (1982). Circadian rhythms and human memory. In F. Brown & R. Graeber (Eds.), Rhythmic aspects of behavior, (pp. 241–272). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Folkestad, G. (2002). National identity and music. In R. MacDonald, D. Hargreaves, & D. Miell (Eds.), Musical identities, (pp. 151-162). Oxford University Press.

Folkestad, G. (2005). Here, there and everywhere: Music education research in a globalised world. Music Education Research, 7(3), 279–287.

Folkestad, G. (2006). Formal and informal learning situations or practices vs formal and informal ways of learning. British Journal of Music Education, 23(2), 135–145.

Forgeard, M., Winner, E., Norton, A., & Schlaug, G. (2008). practicing a musical instrument in childhood is associated with enhanced verbal ability and nonverbal reasoning. PLoS ONE 3(10): e3566. dot:10.1371/journal.pone.0003566

Foulke, E. & Sticht, T. (1969). Review of research on the intelligibility and comprehension of accelerated speech. Psychological Bulletin, 72(1), 50-62.

Fox, J. (2017). Tanglewood is a $103m economic engine for the Berkshires, study says. The Boston Globe, (May 15). https://www.bostonglobe.com/metro/2017/05/14/tanglewood-economic-engine-for-berkshires-study-says/bCMgzSYphOQcl1q1Et2dOK/story.html?s_campaign=todaysheadlines:newsletter

Fox, P., Parsons, L., & Hodges, D. (1998). Neural basis of the comprehension of musical harmony, melody, and rhythm. Society for Neuroscience Abstracts, 28, 1763.

Frances, R. (1988). The perception of music. (Trans. by W. Dowling). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Frank, A. (2023). Scientists found ripples in space and time: And you have to buy groceries. The Atlantic (June 29). https://www.theatlantic.com/science/archive/2023/06/universe-gravitational-waves-nanograv-discovery/674570/#

Franklin, E. (1972). Music education: Psychology and method. London: George G. Harrap.

Fraser, C. (2004). Social psychology. In R. Gregory (Ed.), Oxford Companion to the Mind, 2nd ed. Oxford University Press, 850-851.

Freeman, W. (1995). 
Societies of Brains: A Study in the Neuroscience of Love and Hate. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Freeman, W. (2000). A neurobiological role of music in social bonding. In N. Wallin, B. Merker, & S. Brown (Eds.), The origins of music, (pp. 411-424). The MIT Press.

Freud, S. (1910/1957). The origin and development of psychoanalysis. In J. Rickman (Ed.), A general selection from the works of Sigmund Freud, (pp. 3-36). Doubleday Anchor Books.

Freund, H. & Hefter, H. (1990). Timing mechanisms in skilled hand movements. In F. Wilson & F. Roehmann (Eds.), Music and child development, (pp. 179–190). MMB Music.

Frey, B. (2018). The SAGE encyclopedia of educational research, measurement, and evaluation (Vols. 1-4). SAGE Publications, 

Fridja, N.  (1988). The laws of emotion. American Psychologist, 43(5)349-58.

Frieler, K., Müllensiefen, D., Fischinger, T., Schlemmer, K., Jakubowski, K., & Lothwesen, K. (2013). Replication in music psychology. Musicae Scientiae, 17(3), 265–276.

Fritz, T., Jentschke, S., Gosselin, N., Sammler, D., Peretz, I., Turner, R., Friederici, A., & Koelsch, S. (2009). Universal recognition of three basic emotions in music. Current Biology, 19, 573-576.

Froelich, H. (2007). Sociology for Music Teachers. Prentice Hall.

Frolenkov, G., Belyantseva, I., Friedman, T., & Griffith, A. (2004). Genetic insights into the morphogenesis of inner hair cells. Nature Reviews Genetics, 5, 489-498.

Fuentes, A. (2018). How humans and apes are different, and why it matters. Journal of Anthropological Research, 74(2), 151-167.

Fujioka, T., Ross, B., & Trainor, L. J. (2015). Beta-band oscillations represent auditory beat and its metrical hierarchy in perception and imagery. Journal of Neuroscience, 35(45), 15187-15198.

Fujioka, T., Trainor, L. J., Ross, B., Kakigi, R., & Pantev, C. (2004). Musical training enhances automatic encoding of melodic contour and interval structure. Journal of cognitive neuroscience, 16(6), 1010-1021.

Fukui, H. (2001). Music and testosterone: A new hypothesis for the origin and function of music. In R. Zatorre & I. Peretz (Eds.), The neurosciences and music. Annals of the New York academy of sciences, 999, 448-451.

Fukui, H. & Yamashita, M. (2003). The effects of music and visual stress on testosterone and cortisol in men and women. Neuroendocrinology Letters, 24(3-4), 173-180.

Fullagar, C. J., Knight, P. A., & Sovern, H. S. (2013). Challenge/skill balance, flow, and performance anxiety. Applied Psychology, 62(2), 236-259.

Fuller, L. (2004). National days/national ways: Historical, political, and religious celebrations around the world. Praeger.

Fumagalli, M., Moltke, I., Grarup, N., Racimo, F., Bjerregaard, P., Jørgensen, M. E., … & Nielsen, R. (2015). Greenlandic Inuit show genetic signatures of diet and climate adaptation. Science, 349(6254), 1343-1347.

Fung, V., & Lehmberg, L. (2016).  Music for life. Oxford University Press.

Furman, L. N., & Walden, T. A. (1990).  Effect of script knowledge on preschool children’s communicative interactions.  Developmental Psychology, 26(2), 227-233.

Fusaroli, R., Perlman, M., Mislove, A., Paxton, A., Matlock, T., & Dale, R. (2015). Timescales of massive human entrainment. PloS one, 10(4), e0122742.

Fyk, J. (1995). Melodic intonation, psychoacoustics, and the violin. Organon.

Gaab, N., Paetzold, M., Becker, M., Walker, M., & Schlaug, G. (2004). The influence of sleep on auditory learning: A behavioral study. NeuroReport, 15(4), 731-734.

Gabrielsson, A. (1992). The performance of music. In D. Deutsch (Ed.), The psychology of music, 2d ed., (pp. 501-602). Academic Press.

Gabrielsson, A. (2001). Emotions in strong experiences with music. In P. Juslin & J. Sloboda (Eds.), Music and emotion: theory and research, (pp. 431-449). Oxford University Press.

Gabrielsson, A. (2003). Music performance research at the millenium. Psychology of Music, 31(3), 221-272.

Gabrielsson, A. (2009). The relationship between musical structure and perceived expression. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), Oxford handbook of music psychology, (pp. 141-150). Oxford University Press.

Gabrielsson, A. (2010). Strong experiences with music. In P. Juslin & J. Sloboda (Eds.), Handbook of music and emotion, (pp. 547-574). Oxford University Press.

Gabrielsson, A. (2011). Strong experiences with music. Oxford University Press.

Gabrielsson, A. (2016). The relationship between musical structure and perceived expression. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology (pp. 215–232). Oxford University Press.

Gabrielsson, A. & Juslin, P. (1996). Emotional expression in music performance: Between the performer’s intention and the listener’s experience. Psychology of Music, 24(1), 68-91.

Gabrielsson, A. & Juslin, P. (2003). Emotional expression in music. In R. Davidson, K. Scherer & H. Goldsmith (Eds.), Handbook of affective sciences, (pp. 503–534). Oxford University Press.

Gabrielsson, A. & Lindström, E. (1995). Emotional expression in synthesizer and sentograph expression. Psychomusicology, 14, 94-116.

Gabrielsson, A. & Lindström, E. (2001). The influence of musical structure on emotional expression. In P. Juslin & J. Sloboda (Eds.), Music and emotion: Theory and research, (pp. 223–248). Oxford University Press.

Gabrielsson, A., & Lindström, E. (2010). The role of structure in the musical expression of emotions. In P. N. Juslin & J. Sloboda (Eds.), Handbook of music and emotion: Theory, research, applications (pp. 367-399). Oxford University Press. 

Gabrielsson, A. & Wik, S. (2003). Strong experiences related to music: A descriptive system. Musicae Scientiae, 7(2), 157-217.

Gage, N. & Berliner, D.  (1975).  Educational psychology. Rand McNally.

Gagné, F., & McPherson, G. E. (2016). Analyzing musical prodigiousness using Gagné’s Integrative Model of Talent Development. In G. E McPherson (Ed.), Musical prodigies: Interpretations from psychology, education, musicology and ethnomusicology (pp. 3-114).Oxford University Press.

Galván, A. (2010). Neural plasticity of development and learning. Human Brain Mapping, 31(6), 879-890.

Gardner, H. (1983). Frames of mind: The theory of multiple intelligences. Basic Books.

Gardner, H. (2006). Multiple intelligences: New horizons. Basic Books.

Gardner, H. (2011). Creating minds: An anatomy of creativity seen through the lives of Freud, Einstein, Picasso, Stravinsky, Eliot, Graham, and Gandhi. Basic Books.

Garfias, R. (1985). Music: Thinking globally, acting locally. In Becoming human through music, (pp. 23-28). Reston, VA: Music Educators National Conference.

Garlin, F. & Owen, K. (2006). Setting the tone with the tune: A meta-anlytic review of the effects of background music in retail settings. Journal of Business Research, 59, 755-764.

Garofalo, R. (2010). Politics, mediation, social context, and public use. In P. Juslin & J. Sloboda (Eds.), Handbook of music and emotion, (pp. 725-754). Oxford University Press.

Gärtner, H., Minnerop, M., Pieperhoff, P., Schleicher, A., Zilles, K., Altenmüller, E., & Amunts, K. (2013). Brain morphometry shows effects of long-term musical practice in middle-aged keyboard players. Frontiers in Psychology, 4, 636.

Gaser, C. & Schlaug, G. (2003). Gray matter differences between musicians and nonmusicians. The neurosciences and music. Annals of the New York academy of sciences, 999, 514-517.

Gaston, E. (1951). Dynamic music factors in mood change. Music Educators Journal, 37, 42-44.

Gaston, E. (Ed.). (1968). Music in therapy. Macmillan.

Gaston, E. T., & Eagle, C. T., Jr. (1970). The function of music in LSD therapy for alcoholic patients. The Journal of Music Therapy, 7, 3-19. 

Gates, J. (1989). Comparison of public singing by American men and women. Journal of Research in Music Education, 37(1), 32-47.

Gaunt, K. (2006). The games black girls play. New York University Press.

Gazzaniga, M. (2008). Human: The science behind what makes us unique. HarperCollins.

Ge, D., & Li, Y. (2012). Songs of Genes, by Genes, for Genes. Leonardo, 45(1), 96-97.

Geerdes, H. (1991). Improving acoustics for music teaching. Music Educators National Conference.

Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretation of cultures. Basic Books.

Geissmann, T. (2000). Gibbon songs and human music from an evolutionary perspective. In N. Wallin, B. Merker, & S. Brown (Eds.), The origins of music, (pp. 103-123). The MIT Press.

Gembris, H. (2002). The development of musical abilities. In R. Colwell and C. Richardson (Eds.), The New Handbook of Research on Music Teaching and Learning, (pp. 487-508). Oxford University Press.

Gembris, H & Davidson, J. (2002). Environmental influences. In R. Parncutt & G. McPherson (Eds.), The science  and psychology of music performance, (pp. 17-30). Oxford University Press.

Gendolla, G. & Krüsken, J. (2001). Mood state and cardiovascular response in active coping with an affect-regulative challenge. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 41(2), 169-180.

Geretsegger, M., Fusar-Poli, L., Elefant, C., Mössler, K., Vitale, G., Gold, C. (2022). Music therapy for autistic people. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 5(5):CD004381. doi: 10.1002/14651858

Geringer, J. & Kostka, M. (1984). An analysis of practice room behavior of college music students.Contributions to Music Education, 11, 24-27.

Gerling, C. & dos Santos, R. (2007). Intended versus perceived emotion. International Symposium on Performance Science. http://www.rcm.ac.uk/cache/fl0020232.pdf

Gerra, G., Zaimovic, A., Franchini, D., Palladino, M., Giucastro, G., Reali, N., Maestri, D., Caccavari, R., Delsignore, R., & Brambilla, F. (1998). Neuroendocrine responses of healthy volunteers to ‘techno-music’: relationships with personality traits and emotional state. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 28(1), 99-111.

Getzels, J. (1964). Creative thinking, problem-solving, and instruction. In E. Hilgard (Ed.), Theories of learning and instruction. The sixty-third yearbook of the National Society for the Study of Education, (pp. 240-267). University of Chicago Press.

Gilbertson, S. & Aldridge, D. (2008). Music therapy and traumatic brain injury: A light on a dark night. Jessica Kingsley.

Gilboa, A. & Bodner, E. (2009). What are your thoughts when the national anthem is playing? An empirical exploration. Psychology of Music, 37(4), 459-484.

Gill, A., Osborne, M., 7 McPherson, G. (2024). Sources of self-efficacy in class and studio music lessons. Research Studies in Music Education, 46(1), 4-27. 

Gill, K., & Purves, D. (2009) A Biological Rationale for Musical Scales. PLoS ONE 4(12): e8144.

Gillespie, W., & Myors, B. (2000). Personality of Rock Musicians. Psychology of Music, 28(2), 154–165.

Gilman, S. (2019). Music and psychoanalysis. In Y. Kim & S. Gilman (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music and the body (pp. 112-126). Oxford University Press. DOI: 10.1093/oxfordhb/9780190636234.013.8

Ginsborg, J., Spahn, C., & Williamon, A. (2012). Health promotion in higher music education. In R. MacDonald, G. Kreutz, & L. Michell (Eds.), Music, health, and wellbeing (pp. 356-366). Oxford University Press.

Gjerdingen, R. (2002). The psychology of music. In T. Christensen (Ed.), The Cambridge History of Western Music Theory,  (pp. 956–981). Cambridge University Press.

Gjerdingen, R. (2007). Music in the galant style. Oxford University Press.

Gjerdingen, R. (2019). Music in the galant style. Oxford University Press.

Gjermunds, N., Brechan, I., Johnsen, S. A. K., & Watten, R. G. (2020). Personality traits in musicians. Current Issues in Personality Psychology, 8(2), 100–107.

Gladwell, M. (2008). Outliers: The story of success. Little, Brown and Company.

Global Music Report 2017. (2017). International Federation of the Phonographic Industry. https://www.ifpi.org/downloads/GMR2017.pdf.

Goebel, N. (2016). Dr. Carl Seashore, Distinguished alum. Gustavus Adolphus College. https://psychologicalscience.blog.gustavus.edu/2016/02/25/dr-carl-seashore-distinguished-alum/

Glasser, S. (2016). Synaesthesia and child prodigiousness: The case of Olivier Messiaen. In G. E. McPherson (Ed.), Musical prodigies: Interpretations from psychology, musicology and ethnomusicology (pp. 453-470). Oxford University Press.

Glasser, S. (2018). The impact of synaesthesia and absolute pitch on musical development. Doctoral dissertation, University of Melbourne. https://rest.neptune-prod.its.unimelb.edu.au/server/api/core/bitstreams/ed4e382c-a04f-504c-a470-34d734bc737b/content

Glasser, S. (2021). Perceiving Music Through the Lens of Synaesthesia and Absolute Pitch. Perception, 50(8), 690–708.

Glasser, S. (2022). Synesthesia and music performance. In G. E. McPherson & G. Welch (Eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Music Performance, Vol. 1 (pp. 669-688). Oxford University Press.

Global Music Report. (2023). https://ifpi-website-cms.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/GMR_2023_State_of_the_Industry_ee2ea600e2.pdf

Gohl, A., Clayton, S., Strickland, K., Bufford, Y., Halle, J. & Greathouse, D. (2006). Median and ulnar neuropathies in university pianists. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 21(1), 17-24.

Gold, B. P., Pearce, M. T., McIntosh, A. R., Chang, C., Dagher, A., & Zatorre, R. J. (2023). Auditory and reward structures reflect the pleasure of musical expectancies during naturalistic listening. Frontiers in Neuroscience, 17, 209398.

Gold, C. (2012). The importance of being aware of what we don’t know. Nordic Journal of Music Therapy, 21(1), 1–2.

Goldberg, P., Weiner, S., Bar-Yosef, O., Xu, Q., & Liu, J. (2001). Site formation processes at Zhoukoudian, China. Journal of Human Evolution, 41(5), 483-530.

Golder S.A., Wilkinson D.M., Huberman B.A. (2007). Rhythms of Social Interaction: Messaging Within a Massive Online Network. In C. Steinfield, B. Pentland, M. Ackerman, N. Contractor (Eds.). Communities and Technologies (pp. 41-66). London: Springer.

Goldstein, E. (1996). Sensation & perception, 4^th ed. Brooks/Cole.

Goleman, D. (1986). Rethinking the value of intelligence tests. New York Times, 9 November, Section 12, p. 23.

Goller, A. I., Otten, L. J., & Ward, J. (2009). Seeing sounds and hearing colors: an event-related potential study of auditory–visual synesthesia. Journal of cognitive neuroscience, 21(10), 1869-1881.

Goller, F. (2022). The syrinx. Current Biology, 32(20):R1095-R1100

Gomez, P. & Danuser, B. (2004). Affective and physiological responses to environmental noises and music. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 53, 91-103.

Gomez, P. & Danuser, B. (2007). Relationships between musical structure and psychophysiological measures of emotion. Emotion, 7(2), 377-387.

Goolsby, T. (1989). Computer applications to eye movement research in music reading. Psychomusicology, 8, 111-126.

Goolsby, T. (1994a). Eye movement in music reading: Effects of reading ability, notational complexity, and encounters. Music Perception, 12(1), 77-96.

Goolsby, T. (1994b). Profiles of processing: Eye movements during sightreading. Music Perception, 12(1), 97-123.

Gopnik, A., Meltznoff, A. & Kuhl, P. (2001). The scientist in the crib. Perennial.

Gordon, E. (1961).  A study to determine the effects of practice and training on Drake musical aptitude test scores. Journal of Research in Music Education, 4, 63–74.

Gordon, E. (1967).  A comparison of the performance of culturally disadvantaged with that of culturally heterogenous students on the musical aptitude profile. Psychology in the Schools, 15, 260–68.

Gordon, E. (1968). A study of the efficiency of general intelligence and musical aptitude tests in predicting achievement in music. Council for Research in Music Education, 13, 40–45.

Gordon, E. (1971). The psychology of music teaching. Prentice-Hall.

Gordon, E. (1998). Introduction to research and the psychology of music. GIA Publications.

Gordon, E. (2007). Learning sequences in music: A contemporary music learning theory. GIA Publications.

Gordon, R., Martschenko, D., Nayak, S., Niarchou, M., Morrison, M., Bell, E., Jacoby, N., & Davis, L. (2023). Confronting ethical and social issues related to the genetics of musicality. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1522(1), 5-14.DOI: 10.1111/nyas.14972

Götting, M. (2023). Music industry revenue in the U.S. 2009-2022. Statista. https://www.statista.com/statistics/298190/music-industry-revenue-usa/

Gould, G. (1956). Liner notes to the recording of Bach Goldberg Variations. CBS Masterworks ML 5060.

Gramming, P., Nord, L., Sundberg, J., & Elliot, N. (1993). Does the nose resonate during singing? In SMAC 93: Proceedings of the Stockholm Music Acoustics Conference. Publication, 79, 166-171.

Granot, R. Y., Israel-Kolatt, R., Gilboa, A., & Kolatt, T. (2013). Accuracy of Pitch Matching Significantly Improved by Live Voice Model. Journal of Voice, 27(3), 390.e13-390.e20. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvoice.2013.01.001

Granot, R., Spitz, D. H., Cherki, B. R., Loui, P., Timmers, R., Schaefer, R. S., … & Israel, S. (2021). “Help! I need somebody”: Music as a global resource for obtaining wellbeing goals in times of crisis. Frontiers in psychology, 12, 648013.

Grant, M. J. (2014). Pathways to music torture. Transposition. Musique et Sciences Sociales, (4).

Grape, C., Sandgren, M., Hansson, L. O., Ericson, M., & Theorell, T. (2002). Does singing promote well-being?: An empirical study of professional and amateur singers during a singing lesson. Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science, 38(1), 65-74.

Gray, P., Krause, B., Atema, J., Payne, R., Krumhansl, C., & Baptista, L. (2001). The music of nature and the nature of music. Science, 291(5501), 52-54.

Graziano, A. & Johnson, J. (2006). Richard Wallaschek’s nineteenth-century contributions to the psychology of music. Music Perception, 23(4), 293-303.

Greasley, A., Fulford, R., Pickard, M., & Hamilton, N. (2020). Help musicians UK hearing survey: Musicians’ hearing and hearing protection. Psychology of Music, 48(4), 529-546.

Greasley, A., & Lamont, A. (2016). Musical preferences. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology (pp. 263-281). Oxford University Press.

Great Ape Trust. (2009). Music perception, learning, and production in apes.     http://www.greatapetrust.org/research/programs/programNC09.php

Greb, F., Steffens, J., & Schlotz, W. (2019). Modeling music-selection behavior in everyday life: a multilevel statistical learning approach and mediation analysis of experience sampling data. Frontiers in psychology, 10, 390.

Greeley, A. (1995). Sociology and religion: A collection of readings. HarperCollins College Publishers.

Green, L. (2017). How popular musicians learn: A way ahead for music education. Taylor & Francis Group.

Greenberg, D.M., Wride, S.J., Snowden, D.A., Spathis, D., Potter, J., & Rentfrow, P.J. (2022). Universals and variations in musical preferences: A study of preferential reactions to Western music in 53 countries. Journal of personality and social psychology, 122(2), 286-309.

Greer, R. (1981). An operant approach to motivation and affect: Ten years of research in music learning. Documentary report of the Ann Arbor Symposium. Music Educators National Conference.

Gregersen, P., Kowalsky, E., Kohn, N., & Marvin, E. (2001). Early childhood music education and predisposition to absolute pitch: teasing apart genes and environment. American Journal of Human Genetics, 98, 280-282.

Gregory, A. (1997). The roles of music in society: The ethnomusicological perspective. In D. Hargreaves & A. North (Eds.), The social psychology of music, (pp. 123-140). Oxford University Press.

Gregory, A. & Varney, N. (1996). Cross-cultural comparisons in the affective response to music. Psychology of Music, 24(1), 47-52.

Gregory, T. (1972). The effects of rhythmic notation variables on sight-reading errors. Journal of Research in Music Education, 20(4), 462-468.

Grewe, O. Kopiez, R., & Altenmüller, E. (2009). The chill parameter: Goose bumps and shivers as promising measures in emotion research. Music Perception, 27(1), 61-74.

Grewe, O., Nagel, F., Kopiez, R., & Altenmüller, E. (2007a). Emotions over time: Synchronicity and development of subjective, physiological, and facial affective reactions to music. Emotion, 7(4), 774-788.

Grewe, O., Nagel, F., Kopiez, R., & Altenmüller, E. (2007b). Listening to music as a re-creative process: Physiological, psychological, and psychacoustical correlates of chills and strong emotions. Music Perception, 24(3), 297-314.

Grey, J. (1977). Multidimensional perceptual scaling of musical timbres. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 61(5), 1270-1277.

Griesser, M. (2008). Referential calls signal predator behavior in a group-living bird species. Current Biology, 18(1), 69-73.

Grindea, C. (Ed.). (1995). Tensions in the performance of music, extended edition. Alexander Broude.

Gross, J. (2015). Emotion regulation: Current status and future prospects. Psychological Inquiry, 26(1), 1-26. 

Grossenbacher, G., & Lovelace, C. (2001). Mechanisms of synesthesia: Cognitive and physiological constraints. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 5(1), 36–41.

Grossman, S. P. (1967). A textbook of physiological psychology. Wiley and Sons.

Gruhn, W. & Rauscher, F. (Eds.). (2007). Neurosciences in music pedagogy. Nova Science Publishers, Inc.

Gruson, L. (1988). Rehearsal skill and musical competence: Does practice make perfect? In J. Sloboda (Ed.), Generative processes in music: The psychology of performance, improvisation, and composition, (pp. 91-112). Clarendon Press.

Grutzmacher, P. (1987). The effects of tonal pattern training on the aural perception, reading recognition, and melodic: Sight-reading achievement of first-year instrumental music students. Journal of Research in Music Education, 35(3), 171-181.

Guhn, M., Hamm, A., & Zentner, M. (2007).  Physiological and music-acoustic correlates of the chill response. Music Perception, 24(5), 473-483.

Guilford, J. P. (1951). Guilford test for creativity. Sheridan Supply Company.

Guilford, J. (1968). Intelligence has three facets. Science, 160(3828), 615-620.

Gulick, W., Gescheider, G., & Frisina, R. (1989). Hearing: Physiological acoustics, neural coding, and psychoacoustics. Oxford University Press.

Gupta, U. & Gupta, B. (2005). Psychophysiological responsivity to Indian instrumental music. Psychology of Music, 33(4), 363-372.

Gurney, E. (1880). The power of sound. Smild, Elder, & Co.

Gustavson, D., Coleman, P., Iversen, J., Maes, H., Gordon, R., & Lense, M. (2021). Mental health and music engagement: Review, framework, and guidelines for future studies. Translational Psychiatry, 11(1):370.

Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter, Minnesota. Information on Carl Seashore.  http://www.gustavus.edu/academics/psych/Epilogue/Seashore.html

Gute, D., & Gute, G. (2015). How creativity works in the brain. National Endowment for the Art.

Gutheil, E. (Ed.). (1952). Music and your emotions: A practical guide to music selections associated with desired emotional responses. Liveright.

Haack, P. (1975). The influence of loudness on the discrimination of sound factors. Journal of Research in Music Education, 23(1), 67-77.

Haack, P. (1995). Music, violence, and behavior. Unpublished typescript.

Haack. P. A. & Radocy, R. E. (1981). A case study of a chromesthetic. Journal of Research in Music Education, 29, 85-90.

Haar, J. (2007). Music of the spheres. L. Macy (Ed.), Grove Music Online. http://www.grovemusic.com

Haas, R. & Brandes, V. (Eds.). Music that works: Contributions of biology, neurophysiology, psychology, sociology, medicine and musicology. Springer.

Habib, M., & Besson, M. (2009). What do music training and musical experience teach us about brain plasticity? Music Perception, 26(3), 279-285.

Habib, M., Lardy, C., Desiles, T., Commeiras, C., Chobert, J., & Besson, M. (2016). Music and dyslexia: A new musical training method to improve reading and related disorders. Frontiers in Psychology, 7, 26.

Hackney, C. M. (1987). Anatomical features of the auditory pathway from cochlea to cortex.  British Medical Bulletin, 43(4), 780–801.

Háden, G. P., Honing, H., Török, M., & Winkler, I. (2015). Detecting the temporal structure of sound sequences in newborn infants. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 96(1), 23-28.

Háden, G. P., Mády, K., Török, M., & Winkler, I. (2020). Newborn infants differently process adult directed and infant directed speech. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 147, 107-112.

Hadjidimitriou, S. & Hadjileontiadis, L. (2012). Toward an EEG-based recognition of music liking using time-frequency analysis. IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 59(12), 3498-3510.

Haek, J. (2008). Residue cycles of Fibonacci series modulo m as tools for serial composition. Perspectives of New Music, 46(2), 33-58.

Haider, M. & Groll-Knapp, E. (1981). Psychophysiological investigations into the stress experienced by musicians in a symphony orchestra. In M. Piperek (Ed.), Stress and music, (pp. 15-34). Wilhelm Braumüller.

Haier, R., Jung, R., Yeo, R., Head, K., & Alkire, M. (2004). Structural brain variation and general intelligence. Neuroimage, 23(1), 425-433.

Hall, D.  (2002). Musical acoustics, 3rd ed.. Brooks Cole.

Hall, J. (1957). The language of musical acoustics. Brooks Cole.

Hall, J. (2007). New Handbook of Auditory Evoked Responses. Pearson Education, Inc.

Hall, P. C., West, J. H., & Hill, S. (2012). Sexualization in lyrics of popular music from 1959 to 2009: Implications for sexuality educators. Sexuality & Culture, 16(2), 103-117.

Hall, R. (2008). Geometrical music theory. Science, 320, 328-329.

Hallam, S. (1997). Approaches to instrumental music practice of experts and novices: Implications for education. In H. Jørgensen & A. Lehmann (Eds). Does practice make perfect? Current theory and research on instrumental music practice, (pp. 89-107). Norges Musikkhøgskole.

Hallam, S. (2001). The development of metacognition in musicians: Implications for education. British Journal of Music Education, 18(1), 27-39.

Hallam, S. (2005). Music Psychology in Education. Institute of Education, University of London.

Hallam, S. (2010). The power of music: Its impact on the intellectual, social and personal development of children and young people. International Journal of Music Education, 28(3), 269-289.

Hallam, S.(2016). Musicality. In G. E. McPherson (Ed.), The child as musician: A handbook of musical development⁽2nd Ed.), (pp. 67– 80). Oxford University Press.

Hallam, S. (2019). Psychology of music. Routledge.

Hallam, S., Cross, I., & Thaut, M. (Eds.). (2009). The Oxford handbook of music psychology. Oxford University Press.

Hallam, S., Cross, I., & Thaut, M. (Eds.). (2016a). The Oxford Handbook of Music Psychology, 2^nd ed. Oxford University Press.

Hallam, S., Cross, I., & Thaut, M. (2016b). Where now? In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology (pp. 905–913). Oxford University Press.

Hallam, S. & McDonald, R. (2009). The effects of music in community and educational settings. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, (pp. 471-480). Oxford University Press.

Hallam, S., & Prince, V. (2003). Conceptions of Musical Ability. Research Studies in Music Education, 20(1), 2-22. https://doi.org/10.1177/1321103X030200010101

Hallett, M. (2000). Transcranial magnetic stimulation and the human brain. Nature, 406, 147-150.

Halpern, A. (1988). Perceived and imagined tempos of familiar songs. Music Perception, 6(2), 193-202.

Halpern, A. (1989). Memory for the absolute pitch of familiar songs. Memory & Cognition, 17(5), 572-581.

Halpern, A., & Bartlett, J. (2010). Memory for melodies. In M. Jones (Ed.), Music perception (pp. 233-258). Springer.

Halpern, A., Zatorre, R., Bouffard, M. & Johnson, J. (2004). Behavioral and neural correlates of perceived and imagined musical timbre. Neuropsychologia, 42, 1281-1292.

Hamann, D. (1982).  An assessment of anxiety in instrumental and vocal performances.  Journal of Research in Music Education, 30(2), 77-90.

Hamann, D. (1983). Anxiety and musical performance. How will it affect your students? Update, 2(1), 7-9.

Hamann, D. & Sobaje, M. (1983). Anxiety and the college musician: A study of  performance conditions and subject variables. Psychology of Music, 11(1), 37-50.

Hamilton, A. (2021). Hyperscanning: Beyond the hype. Neuron, 109(3), 404-407. 

Hamilton, L., Kella, J., & Hamilton, W. (1995). Personality and occupational stress in elite performers. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 10(4), 86-89.

Hammel, A., & Hourigan, R. (2013). Teaching music to students with autism. Oxford University Press.

Hammond, M. (1982). Unearthing the oldest known Maya. National Geographic, 162(1), 126-40.

Han, S., Northoff, G., Vogeley, K., Wexler, B., Kitayama, S., & Varnum, M. (2013). A cultural neuroscience approach to the biosocial nature of the human brain. Annual Review of Psychology, 64, 335–359.

Handel, S. (1989). Listening: An introduction to the perception of auditory events. The MIT Press.

Hanley, B. & Montgomery, J. (2002). Contemporary curriculum practices and their theoretical bases. In R. Colwell & C. Richardson (Eds.), The new handbook of research on music teaching and learning, (pp. 113-143). Oxford University Press.

Hanna, J. (1984). Towards discovering the universals of dance. The World of Music, 26, (2), 88-101.

Hanna, W. (2007). The new Bloom’s taxonomy: Implications for music education. Arts Education Policy Review, 108(4), 7-16.

Hannon, E. (2009). Perceiving speech rhythm in music: Listeners classify instrumental songs according to language of origin. Cognition, 111, 403-409.

Hannon, E. & Trehub, S. (2005). Metrical categories in infancy and adulthood. Psychological Science, 16(1), 48-55.

Hanser, W. E., Mark, R. E., & Vingerhoets, A. J. (2022). Everyday crying over music: A survey. Musicae scientiae, 26(3), 516-537.

Hanson, H. (1925). Foreword. Psychological Tests of Musical Talent, Eastman School of Music. Eastman School of Music, The University of Rochester.

Hargreaves, D. J. (1986). The developmental psychology of music. Cambridge University Press.

Hargreaves, D. (1996). The development of artistic and musical competence. In I. Deliège & J. Sloboda (Eds.), Musical beginnings: Origins and development of musical competence, (pp. 145-70). Oxford University Press.

Hargreaves, D., McDonald, R., & Miell, D. (2018). Musical identities mediate musical development. In G. McPherson & G. Welch (Eds.), Music and music education in people’s lives, vol. 1 (pp. 124-142). Oxford University Press.

Hargreaves, D., Miell, D., & MacDonald, R. (2002). What are musical identities, and why are they important? In R. MacDonald, D. Hargreaves, & D. Miell (Eds.), Musical identities, (pp. 1-20). Oxford University Press.

Hargreaves, D., Miell, D., & MacDonald, R. (Eds.). (2012). Musical imaginations: Multidisciplinary perspectives on creativity, performance and perception. Oxford University Press.

Hargreaves, D. & North, A. (1997). The social psychology of music. Oxford University Press.

Hargreaves, D., North, A., & Tarrant, M. (2006). Musical preference and taste in childhood and adolescence. In G. McPherson (Ed.), The child as musician, (pp. 135-154). Oxford University Press.

Hari, R. (1990). The neuromagnetic method in the study of the human auditory cortex. In F. Grandori, M. Hoke, & G. Romani (Eds.), Auditory evoked magnetic fields and electric potentials. Advances in audiology, 6(1), 222–82.

Harrer, G. & Harrer, H. (1977).  Music, emotion, and autonomic function. In M. Critchley & R. Henson (Eds.), Music and the brain (pp. 202–216).  William Heinemann Medical Books.

Harris, W. (2021). How noise-canceling headphones work. How stuff works. https://electronics.howstuffworks.com/gadgets/audio-music/noise-canceling-headphone.htm

Harrison, S. (2023). Thousands of Swifties amass outside of stadium during Taylor Swift’s shows in Philadelphia. Consequence Sound. https://consequence.net/2023/05/taylor-swift-philadelphia/

Hartmann, W. ( 2013). Principles of musical acoustics. Springer.

Haruo, S. (1988). The symbolism of the Shishi performance as a community ritual. Japanese Journal of Religious Studies, 15(2-3), 137-153.

Haslam, Nick; Smillie, Luke. (2023). An Introduction to Personality, Individual Differences and Intelligence (SAGE Foundations of Psychology series) (p. 7). SAGE Publications. Kindle Edition.

Haslinger, B., Erhard, P., Altenmüller, E., Schroeder, U., Boecker, H., & Ceballos-Baumann, A. (2005). Transmodal sensorimotor networks during action observation in professional pianists. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 17(2), 282-293.

Hastings, M. H., Smyllie, N. J., & Patton, A. P. (2020). Molecular-genetic manipulation of the suprachiasmatic nucleus circadian clock. Journal of molecular biology, 432(12), 3639-3660.

Hatfield, J., Roberts, G., & Lemyre, P-L. (2022). Peak performance. In G. McPherson (Ed.), The Oxford handbook of music performance, vol. 2. (pp. 42-64). Oxford University Press.

Hattie, J., & Timperley, H. (2007). The power of feedback. Review of Educational Research, 77, 81-112. https://doi.org/10.3102/003465430298487

Haueisen, J. & Knösche, T. (2001). Involuntary motor activity in pianists evoked by music perception. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 13(6), 786-792.

Hauenstein, A. (1998). A conceptual framework for education objectives: A holistic approach to traditional taxonomies. University Press of America.

Hauser, M. (1997). The evolution of communication. The MIT Press.

Hauser, M. (2000). The sound and fury: Primate vocalizations as reflections of emotion and thought. In N. Wallin, B. Merker, & S. Brown (Eds.), The origins of music, (pp. 77-102). The MIT Press.

Hauser, M. & McDermott, J. (2003). The evolution of the music faculty: A comparative perspective. Nature Neuroscience, 6, 669-673.

Hausfeld, L., Disbergen, N. R., Valente, G., Zatorre, R. J., & Formisano, E. (2021). Modulating cortical instrument representations during auditory stream segregation and integration with polyphonic music. Frontiers in Neuroscience, 15, 635937.

Häussermann, C. (2006). Shamanism and biomedical approaches in Nepal: Dualism or synthesis? Music Therapy Today, 7(3), 514-622.

Haykin, S., & Chen, Z. (2005). The cocktail party problem. Neural Computation, 17(9), 1875-1902.

Heaton, P. (2003). Pitch memory, labeling and disembedding in autism. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 44(4), 543-551.

Heckman, A., Jeng, A., & Kesteloot, S. (2021). Musicians’ Hearing Conservation. Music Teachers National Association e-journal. https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Bruce-Edwards-4/publication/356405553_MTNA_E-Journal_Musicians’_Hearing_Conservation_Nov_2021/links/61986504d7d1af224b0bb847/MTNA-E-Journal-Musicians-Hearing-Conservation-Nov-2021.pdf

Hedden, S. (1980). Psychoacoustical parameters of music. In D. Hodges (Ed.), Handbook of music psychology, (pp. 63-92). National Association for Music Therapy.

Hekkert, P. & Snelders, H. (1995). Prototypicality as an explanatory concept in aesthetics: A reply to Boselie (1991). Empirical Studies of the Arts, 13(2), 149-160.

Hein, G. & Singer, T. (2008). I feel how you feel but not always: The empathetic brain and its modulation. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 18(2), 153-158.

Heller, J. (1962). The effects of formal training on Wing musical intelligence scores. Ph.D. diss, University of Iowa.

Heller, J., & O’Connor, E. (2002). Maintaining quality in research and reporting. In R. Colwell & C. Richardson (Eds.), The new handbook of research on music teaching and learning (pp. 1089–1107). Oxford University Press.

Helmholtz, H. L. F. von.  (1863/1954). On the sensations of tone as a physiological basis for the theory of music, 2nd ed. (Trans. by A. J. Ellis).  Reprint, Dover.

Helsel D. (2019). Paper Spirits and Flower Sacrifices: Hmong Shamans in the 21st Century. Journal of Transcultural Nursing, 30(2):132-136. doi:10.1177/1043659618777051

Heman-Ackah, Y. D., Sataloff, R. T., & Hawkshaw, M. (2013). The voice: A medical guide for achieving and maintaining a healthy voice. Science & Medicine.

Henthorn, T., & Deutsch, D. (2007). Ethnicity versus early environment: Comment on ‘Early Childhood Music Education and Predisposition to Absolute Pitch: Teasing Apart Genes and Environment’ by Peter K. Gregersen, Elena Kowalsky, Nina Kohn, and Elizabeth West Marvin [2000]. American Journal of Medical Genetics, Part A 143A:102–103.

Henrich, J., Heine, S. J., & Norenzayan, A. (2010). Most people are not WEIRD. Nature, 466, 29. https:// doi.org/10.1038/466029a

Henry, M. (2004).  The use of targeted pitch skills for sight-singing instruction in the choral rehearsal.  Journal of Research in Music Education, 52(3) 206-217.

Henry, M. (2008). The use of specific practice and performance strategies in sight-singing instruction. Update: Applications of Research in Music Education, 26(2), 11-16.

Henry, M. & Demorest, S. (1994). Individual sight-singing achievement in successful choral ensembles:  A preliminary study.  Update: Applications of Research in Music Education, 13(1), 4-8.

Henshilwood, C., d’Errico, F., Yates, R., Jacobs, Z., Tribolo, C., Duller, G. et al. (2002). Emergence of modern human behavior: Middle stone age engravings from South Africa. Nature, 295, 1278-1280.

Henshilwood, C., & Marean, C. (2003). The origina of moden human behavior: Critique of the models and their test implications. Current Anthroplogy, 44(5), 627-651.

Herculano-Houzel, S. (2009). The human brain in numbers: A linearly scaled-up primate brain. Frontiers in Human Neuroscience, 31.

Herholz, S., Lappe, C., & Pantev, C. (2009). Looking for a pattern: An MEG study on the abstract mismatch negativity in musicians and nonmusicians. BMC Neuroscience, 10(42), doi:10.1186/1471-2202-10-42.

Hermelin, B. (2001). Bright splinters of the mind: A personal story of research with autistic savants. Jessica Kingsley Publishers.

Hernandez, P. (2018). Streaming now accounts for 75 percent of music industry revenue. The Verge (Spetember 20). https://www.theverge.com/2018/9/20/17883584/streaming-record-sales-music-industry-revenue.

Hernandez-Ruiz, E., & Dvorak, A. L. (2021). Music stimuli for mindfulness practice: A replication study. Journal of Music Therapy, 58(2), 155-176.

Herrington, D. (1996). Effects of music in service environments: A field study. The Journal of Services Marketing, 10(2), 26-41.

Herzing, D., & Johnson, C. (Eds.). (2015). Dolphin communication and cognition: Past, present, and future. The MIT Press.

Hess, J. (2020). Finding the “both/and”: Balancing informal and formal music learning. International Journal of Music Education, 38(3), 441–455.

Hevner, K. (1936). Experimental studies of the elements of expression in music. The American Journal of Psychology, 48(2), 246-268.

Heye, A. & Lamont, A. (2010). Mobile listening situations in everyday life: The use of MP3 players while traveling. Musicae Scientiae, 14(1), 95-120.

Heymans, G. & Wiersma, E. (1906-1918). Beiträge zur speziellen Psychologie [Contributions to differential psychology]. Zeitschrift für Psychologie. Cited in Révész, G. (1954). Introduction to the psychology of music. (Trans. by G. deCourey). University of Oklahoma Press.

Hickok, G., Buchsbaum, B., Humphries, C., & Muftuler, T. (2003). Auditory-motor interaction revealed by fMRI: Speech, music, and working memory in area Spt. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 15(5), 673-682.

Hidaka, T., Beranek, L., Masuda, S., Nishihara, N., & Okano, T. (2000). Acoustical design of the Tokyo Opera City (TOC) concert hall, Japan. The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 107(1), 340-354.

Hilgard, E. & Bower, G. (1966). Theories of learning, 3rd ed. Appleton-Century-Crofts.

Hill, E. & Stoneham, M. (2000). Practical applications of pulse oximetry. Update in Anaesthesia, 11(4), 1-2.

Hiller, J. (2016). Epistemological foundations of objectivist and interpretivist research. In B. Wheeler & K. Murphy (Eds.), Music therapy research, 3^rd ed., (pp. 99–117). Barcelona.

Hills, P., & Argyle, M. (1998). Musical and religious experiences and their relationship to happiness. Personality and Individual Differences, 25, 91-102.

Hirokawa, E. & Ohira, H. (2003). The effects of music listening after a stressful task on immune functions, neuroendocrine responses, and emotional states in college students. Journal of Music Therapy, 40(3), 189-211.

Hirsch, I. (1959). Auditory perception of temporal order. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 31(6), 759-767.

Ho, V, Lee, J-A., & Martin, K. (2011). The cell biology of synaptic plasticity. Science, 334, 623-628.

Hochberg, J. (2004). Gestalt theory. In R. Gregory (Ed.), The Oxford companion to the mind, 2nd ed., (pp. 372-375). Oxford University Press.

Hodges, D. (Ed.). (1980). Handbook of music psychology. National Association for Music Therapy.

Hodges, D. (1989). Why are we musical? Speculations on an evolutionary plausibilty for musical behavior. Bulletin of the Council for Research in Music Education, 99, 7-22.

Hodges, D. (Ed.). (1996). Handbook of music psychology, 2nd ed. IMR Press.

Hodges, D. (1997). Standing together under one umbrella: A multidisciplinary, interdisciplinary view of music psychology.  Proceedings of European Society for the Cognition of Music, Third International Conference, Uppsala, Sweden, (pp. 33-42).

Hodges, D. (2009). Bodily Responses to Music. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), Oxford Handbook of Music Psychology (pp. 121-130). Oxford University Press.

Hodges, D. (2010a). Can neuroscience help us do a better job of teaching music? General Music Today, 23(2), 3-12.

Hodges, D. (2010b). Psychophysiological responses to music. In P. Juslin & J. Sloboda (Eds.), Music and Emotion (pp. 279-311). Oxford University Press. 

Hodges, D. (2013a). Music as an agent of resilience. In M. Kent, M. Davis, & J. Reich (Eds.), The resilience handbook: Approaches to stress and trauma (pp. 100-112). Routledge.

Hodges, D. (2013b). Music listeners, philosophers, and researchers. Physics of Life Reviews, 10(3), 275–276.

Hodges, D. (2016a). Bodily responses to music. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), Oxford handbook of music psychology, 2nd ed. (pp. 183-196). Oxford University Press.

Hodges, D. (2016b). The neuroaesthetics of music.  In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), Oxford handbook of music psychology, 2nd ed. (pp. 247-262). Oxford University Press.

Hodges, D. (2017). A concise survey of music philosophy. Routledge.

Hodges, D. (2019). Music through the lens of cultural neuroscience. In M. Thaut & D. Hodges (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music and the brain (pp. 19-41). Oxford University Press.

Hodges, D. (2020). Music in the human experience: An introduction to music psychology. Routledge.

Hodges, D. (2021). Ruminations on music psychology research. In A. Creech, D. Hodges, & S. Hallam (Eds.), Routledge international handbook of music psychology in education and the community (pp. 21-37). Routledge.

Hodges, D.,  Hairston, W., & Burdette, J. (2005). Aspects of multisensory perception: The integration of visual and auditory information in music experiences. In G. Avanzini, L. Lopez, S. Koelsch, & M. Majno (Eds.), The neurosciences and music II: From perception to performance. Annals of the New York academy of sciences, 1060, 175-185.

Hodges, D., Hairston, D., Maldjian, J., & Burdette, J. (2010). Keepng an open mind’s eye: Mediation of cross-modal inhibition in music conductors. In S. Demorest, S. Morrison & P. Campbell (Eds.), Proceedings of the 11th International Conference on Music Perception and Cognition (ICMPC11) (pp. 415-416). Seattle: ICMPC.

Hodges, D. & Nolker, D. (2011). The acquisition of music reading skills. In R. Colwell & P. Webster (Eds.), MENC handbook of research on music learning, Vol. II: Applications (pp. 61-91). Oxford University Press.

Hodgson, D., & Verpooten, J. (2015). The evolutionary significance of the arts: Exploring the by-product hypothesis in the context of ritual, precursors, and cultural evolution. Biological Theory, 10(1), 73-85.

Hoffmann, D. L., Standish, C. D., García-Diez, M., Pettitt, P. B., Milton, J. A., Zilhão, J., Alcolea-González, J., Cantalejo-Duarte, P., Collado, H., de Balbín, R., Lorblanchet, M., Ramos-Muñoz, Weniger, G.-Ch., & Pike, A. (2018). U-Th dating of carbonate crusts reveals Neandertal origin of Iberian cave art. Science, 359(6378), 912-915.

Hoffman, J. (1986). A psychological view of the neurobiology of perception. In J. LeDoux & W. Hirst (Eds.), Mind and brain: Dialogues in  cognitive neuroscience, (pp. 91–100).  Cambridge University Press.

Hofmann, D. (1982). Music educators in Israel: Challenge to a multi-cultural society. In J. Dobbs (Ed.), International society for music education yearbook, 9, 148-51.

Hofstadter, D. (1979). Gödel, Escher, Bach: An eternal golden braid. Basic Books.

Hoke, K., Ryan, M., & Wilczynski, W. (2007). Functional coupling between substantia nigra and basal ganglia homologues in amphibians.  Behavioral Neuroscience, 121(6), 1393-1399.

Hoke, K., Ryan, M., & Wilczynski, W. (2008). Candidate neural locus for sex differences in reproductive decisions. Biology Letters, 4(5), 518-521.

Holman, T. (2010). Sound for film and television, 3d ed. Focal Press.

Holt, J. (1978). It’s never too late: My musical life story. Delacorte.

Honing, H. (2002). Structure and interpretation of rhythm and timing. Dutch Journal of Music Theory, 7(3), 227-232.

Honing, H. (2011). The illiterate listener: On music cognition, musicality and methodology. Vossiuspers UvA

Honing, H. (2014). Musical cognition: A science of listening. Transaction Publishers.

Honing, H. (2017). Musical cognition: Listening, moving, feeling. Transaction Publishers.

Honing, H. (2022). Music cognition: The basics.  Routledge.

Honing, H., Bouwer, F. L., & Háden, G. P. (2014). Perceiving temporal regularity in music: The role of auditory event-related potentials (ERPs) in probing beat perception. In H. Merchant & V. de Lafuente (Eds.), Neurobiology of interval timing (pp. 305-323). Springer.

Honing, H., & Ladinig, O. (2009). Exposure influences expressive timing judgments in music. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 35(1), 281-288.

Honing, H., Ladinig, O., Háden, G., & Winkler, I. (2009a). Is beat induction innate or learned? Probing emergent meter perception in adults and newborns using event-related brain potentials. The neurosciences and music III—disorders and plasticity. Annals of the New York academy of sciences, 1169, 93-96.

Honing, H., Ladinig, O., Háden, G., & Winkler, I. (2009b). Probing attentive and preattentive emergent meter in adult listeners without extensive music training. Music Perception, 26(4), 377-386.

Hood, L. (2001). Suppression of otoacoustic emissions in normal individuals and in patients with auditory disorders. In M. Robinette & T. Glattke (Eds.), Otoacoustic emissions: Clinical applications, 2nd ed., (pp. 325-348). Thieme Medical Publishers.

Hood, M. (1971). The Ethnomusicologist. McGraw-Hill.

Hooper, J. (1981). Releasing the mystic in your brain. Science Digest, 89(4), 78-81, 120-22.

Hooper, J. (1982). Mind tripping. Omni, October, 154-60.

Horden, P. (Ed.). (2017). Music as medicine: The history of music therapy since antiquity. Routledge.

Hornbostel, E. & Sachs, C. (1992). Classification of musical instruments. In H. Meyers (Ed.), Ethnomusicology: An introduction, (pp. 444-461). W.W. Norton.

Horvath, K. (2008). Adopting a healthy approach to instrumental music making. Music Educators Journal, 94(3), 30-34.

Horvath, J. (2010). Playing less hurt: An injury prevention guide for musicians. Hal Leonard.

Hou, J., Song, B., Chen, A. C., Sun, C., Zhou, J., Zhu, H., & Beauchaine, T. P. (2017). Review on neural correlates of emotion regulation and music: Implications for emotion dysregulation. Frontiers in Psychology, 8, 501, 1-8.

Howard, D. M. (2007a). Equal or non-equal temperament in a capella SATB singing. Logopedics phoniatrics vocology, 32(2), 87-94.

Howard, D. M. (2007b). Intonation drift in a capella soprano, alto, tenor, bass quartet singing with key modulation. Journal of Voice, 21(3), 300-315.

Howard, D. & Angus, J. (2006). Acoustics and psychoacoustics, 3rd ed. Focal Press.

Howard, D., & Angus, J. (2017). Acoustics and psychoacoustics, 5^th ed. Routledge.

Howard, M., Volkov, I., Mirsky, R., Garell, P., Noh, M., Granner, M., Damasio, H., Steinschneider, M., Reale, R., Hind, J., & Brugge, J. (2000). Auditory cortex on the human posterior superior temporal gyrus. The Journal of Comparative Neurology. 416, 79-92.

Howe, M., Davidson, J., & Sloboda, J. (1998). Innate talents: Reality or myth? Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 21(3), 399-442.

Howe, M. & Sloboda, J. (1991). Helping children to become highly competent adults: What can parents do? In J. Radford (Ed.), Talent, teaching and achievement, (pp. 26-38). Jessica Kingsley Publishers.

Howell, P., Cross, I. & West, R. (Eds.). (1985). Musical structure and cognition. Academic Press.

Howell, P., West, R., & Cross, I. (Eds.). (1991). Representing musical structure. Academic Press.

Howes, F. (1927). The borderland of music and psychology. Oxford University Press.

Howle, M. (1993). Musical savants. Update, 11(1), 5–7.

Hudspeth, A. J. (1983). The hair cells of the inner ear. Scientific American, 248, 54–64.

Human Genome Project (2017).  http://www.ornl.gov/sci/techresources/Human_Genome/home.shtml

Hume, D. (1739/2019). A treatise of human nature. BookRix.

Hummelsheim, H. (1999). Rationales for improving motor function. Current Opinion in Neurology, 12, 697-701.

Hund-Georgiadis, M. & von Cramon, D. (1999). Motor-learning-related changes in piano players and non-musicians revealed by functional magnetic-resonance signals. Experimental Brain Research, 125(4), 417-425.

Hunsaker, L. (1994). Heart rate and rhythm responses during trumpet playing. Medical Problems of Perform Artists. 9, 69-72.

Hunt, T. (2018). The hippies were right: It’s all about vibrations, Man! Scientific American. https://blogs.scientificamerican.com/observations/the-hippies-were-right-its-all-about-vibrations-man/#:~:text=All%20things%20in%20our%20universe,by%20oscillation%20between%20two%20states.

Hunter, P., & Schellenberg, E. (2010). Music and emotion. In M. Riess Jones, R. Fay, & A. Popper (Eds.), Music perception (pp. 129-164). Springer.

Hurd, R. (1933). Musical acoustics. A. Hammond.

Huron, D. (2006). Sweet anticipation: Music and the psychology of expectation. The MIT Press.

Huron, D. (2009). Aesthetics. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology (pp. 151-159). Oxford University Press.

Huron, D. (2016). Aesthetics. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, 2^nd ed., (pp. 233–245). Oxford University Press.

Hutcheson, J., Domke, D., Billeaudeaux, A., & Garland, P. (2004). U.S. national identity, policital elites, and a patriotic press following September 11. Political Communication, 21, 27-50.

Hutchinson, J., Murphy, J., DeLucia, B., O’Neill, E., Curtis, D., Mellano, K., … & Coker, N. (2024). Effects of Preferred versus Nonpreferred Music on Bench Press Performance: A Replication and Extension Study. Communications in Kinesiology, 1(6).

Hutchinson, S., Lee, L., Gaab, N., & Schlaug, G. (2003). Cerebellar volume of musicians. Cerebral Cortex, 13(9), 943-949.

Huttenlocher, P. (2002). Neural plasticity: The effects of environment on the development of the cerebral cortex. Harvard University Press.

Hyde, I. (1927). Effects of music upon electro-cardiograms and blood pressure. In M. Schoen (Ed.), The effects of music. Harcourt, Brace and Co., Inc.

Hyde, K., Lerch, J., Norton, A., Forgeard, M., Winner, E., Evans, A., & Schlaug, G. (2009). Musical training shapes structural brain development. The Journal of Neuroscience, 29,(10), 3019-3025.

Hyman, M. (2007). The first mind-body medicine: bringing shamanism into the 21st century. Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 13(5), 10-11.

Hynes, N., & Manson, S. (2016). The sound of silence: Why music in supermarkets is just a distraction. Journal of Retailing and Consumer Services, 28, 171-178.

IFPI releases 2018 music consumer report. (2018). https://www.ifpi.org/news/IFPI-releases-2018-music-consumer-insight-report.

IJzermans, J. (1995). Music and theory of the possession cult leaders in Chibale, Serenge District, Zambia. Ethnomusicology, 39(2), 245-274.

Imberty, M. (1996). Linguistic and musical development in preschool and school-age children. In I. Deliège & J. Sloboda (Eds.), Musical beginnings: Origins and development of musical competence, (pp. 191-213). Oxford University Press.

Imberty, M. (2000). The question of innate competencies in musical communication. In N. Wallin, B. Merker & S. Brown (Eds.), The origins of music, (pp. 449-462). The MIT Press.

Imig, D. (1997). In V. Richardson, (Ed.), Constructivist teacher education: Building new understandings (pp. vii-viii.). The Falmer Press.

Indzhykulian, A. A., Stepanyan, R., Nelina, A., Spinelli, K. J., Ahmed, Z. M., Belyantseva, I. A., … & Frolenkov, G. I. (2013). Molecular remodeling of tip links underlies mechanosensory regeneration in auditory hair cells. PLoS biology, 11(6), e1001583.

Ingeber, D., Broudy, R., & Pearson, C. (1982). Music therapy: Tune-up for mind and body. Science Digest, 90:1, 78.

Iorio, C., Brattico, E., Munk Larsen, F., Vuust, P., & Bonetti, L. (2021). The effect of mental practice on music memorization. Psychology of Music, 50(1), 230-244.

Isacoff, S. (2009). Temperament: How music became a battleground for the great minds of western civilization. Knopf Doubleday.

Isbell, D. (2008). Musicians and teachers: The socialization and occupational identity of preservice music teachers. Journal of Research in Music Education, 56(2), 162-178.

Istók, E., Brattico, E., Jacobsen, T., Krohn, K., Müller, M., & Tervaniemi, M. (2009). Aesthetic responses to music: A questionnaire study. Musicæ Scientiæ, 13(2), 183-206.

Ito, T., Bishop, D. C., & Oliver, D. L. (2016). Functional organization of the local circuit in the inferior colliculus. Anatomical science international, 91, 22-34.

Iverson, P. & Krumhansl, C. (1989). Pitch and timbre interaction in isolated tones and in sequences. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, Supplement 1, 86, S58.

Iwanaga, M., Ikeda, M., & Iwaki, T. (1996). The Effects of Repetitive Exposure to Music on Subjective and Physiological Responses. Journal of Music Therapy, 33(3), 219-230.

Iyer, R. (2018). Elements of Indian Music. Mel Bay.

Izen, S., Cassano-Coleman, R., Piazza, E. (2023). Music as a window into real-world communication. Frontiers in Psychology, 14:1012839. doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2023.1012839. PMID: 37496799; PMCID: PMC10368476.

Jabusch, H-C. (2006). Movement analysis in pianists. In E. Altenmüller,  M. Wiesendanger, & J. Kesslring (Eds.), Music, motor control and the brain, (pp. 109-123). Oxford University Press.

Jabusch, H-C. & Altenmüller, E. (2006). Epidemiology, phenomenology, and therapy of musician’s cramp. In E. Altenmüller, M. Wiesendanger, & J. Kesselring, (Eds.), Music, motor control, and the brain, (pp. 265-282). Oxford University Press.

Jabusch, H-C., Alpers, H., Kopiez, R., Vauth, H., & Altenmüller, E. (2009). The influence of practice on the development of motor skills in pianists: A longitudinal study in a selected motor task. Human Movement Science, 28, 74-84.

Jackendoff, R. (2009). Parallels and nonparallels between language and music. (2009). Music Perception, 26(3), 195-204.

Jackendoff, R. & Lerdahl, F. (2006). The capacity for music: What is it, and what’s special about it? Cognition, 100, 33-72.

Jacob, U. S., Olasoji, O. E., Osisanya, A., & Pillay, J. (2023). Cognitive behavioural and melodic intonation therapies on verbal communication skills of persons with apraxia of speech. Journal of Intellectual Disability-Diagnosis and Treatment, 11(3), 124-133.

Jacoby, N., Margulis, E. H., Clayton, M., Hannon, E., Honing, H., Iversen, J., … & Wald-Fuhrmann, M. (2020). Cross-cultural work in music cognition: Challenges, insights, and recommendations. Music Perception, 37(3), 185-195.

Jaffe, J. C. (2005). Innovative approaches to the design of symphony halls. Acoustical science and technology, 26(2), 240-243.

Jain, R., & Bagdare, S. (2011). Music and consumption experience: a review. International Journal of Retail & Distribution Management, 39(4), 289-302.

James, A. (2014). The musical brain. Createspace.

James, J. (1993). The music of the spheres: Music, science, and the natural order of the universe. Grove Press. 

Janata, P. (2005). Brain networks that track musical structure. In G. Avancini, L. Lopez, S. Koelsch, & M. Majno (Eds.), The neurosciences and music II: From perception to performance. Annals of the New York academy of sciences, 1060, 111-124.

Janata, P. (2013). Cognitive neuroscience of music.In K. Ochsner & S. Kosslyn (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of cognitive neuroscience, vol. 1. (pp. 111-134). Oxford University Press.

Janata, P., Birk, J., Van Horn, J., Leman, M., Tillman, B., & Bharucha, J.  (2002). The cortical topography of tonal structures underlying western music. Science, 298, 2167-2170.

Jäncke, L., Shah, N., & Peters, M. (2000). Cortical activations in primary and secondary motor areas for complex bimanual movements in professional pianists. Cognitive Brain Research, 10(3), 177-183.

Jankowsky, R. (2006). Black spirits, white saints: Music, spirit possession, and sub-Saharans in Tunisia. Ethnomusicology, 50(3), 373-410.

Jankowsky, R. (2007). Music, spirit possession and the in-between: Ethnomusicological inquiry and the challenge of trance. Ethnomusicology Forum, 16(2), 185-208.

Jenny, H. (1967, 1972). Cymatics. The structure and dynamics of waves and vibrations, vols. 1 & 2. Basilius Presse.

Jansens, S. Bloothooft, G., & de Krom, G. (1997). Perception and acoustics of emotions in singing. Proceedings of the Fifth European conference on speech communication and technology, IV, 2155-2158. Rhodes, Greece: ESCA.

Jansiewicz, E., Goldberg, M. Newschaffer, C., Denckla, M., Landa, R., & Mostofsky, S. (2006). Motor signs distinguish children with high functioning autism and Asperger’s Syndrome from controls. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 36(5), 613-621.

Janzen, T., & Thaut, M. (2019). Cerebral organization of music processing. In M. Thaut & D. Hodges (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music and the brain (pp. 89-121). Oxford University Press.

Järvelä, I. (2019). Genomics approaches for studying musical aptitude and related traits. In M. Thaut & D. Hodges (Eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Music and the Brain (pp. 439-458). Oxford Univerity Press.

Jarvis, P. (2006). Towards a comprehensive theory of human learning. Lifelong learning and the learning society, vol. 1. Routledge.

Jeans, J. (1937/1961). Science and music. Reprint, Cambridge University Press.

Jeffries, K., Fritz, J. & Braun, A. (2003). Words in melody: An H₂¹⁵O PET study of brain activation during singing and speaking. NeuroReport, 14(5), 749-754.

Jenkins, J. (1970). Musical instruments. County Hall.

Jensvold, M. (2017). Ape language. In A. Fuentes (Ed.), The International encyclopedia of primatology, 3 volumes. Wiley.

Jezova, D., Hlavacova, N., Makatsori, A., Duncko, R., Loder, I., & Hinghofer-Szalkay, H. (2013). Increased anxiety induced by listening to unpleasant music during stress exposure is associated with reduced blood pressure and ACTH responses in healthy men. Neuroendocrinology, 98(2), 144-150.

Johnson, C. (2017). Undergraduate online music course offerings rising exponentially: A research study. Paper presented at the 10th International Conference for Research in Music Education,Bath Spa University, 24–27 April 2017.

Johnson, C., & Lamothe, V. (2017). Shared experiences in effective faculty support for learning to teach post-secondary music in the online environment. Paper presented at the 10th International Conference for Research in Music Education, Bath Spa University, 24–27 April 2017.

Johnson, C., & Lamothe, V. C. (2021). Creating Authentic Assessments for Online Music Courses: Mapping a Learning Task. In Management Association (Ed.), Research Anthology on Developing Effective Online Learning Courses (pp. 531-553). IGI Global. https://doi.org/10.4018/978-1-7998-8047-9.ch028 

Johnson, D., Tyson, A., & Winter, R. (1985). The Beethoven sketchbooks: History, reconstruction, inventory. University of California Press.

Johnson, J. (2024). The potential of group singing to promote health and well-being. In R. Fleming (Ed.), Music and mind: Harnessing the arts for health and wellness (pp. 301-308). Viking.

Johnson, J., & Ulatowska, H. (1995). The nature of the tune and text in the production of songs. In R. Pratt and R. Spintge (Eds.), MusicMedicine II, (pp. 153-168). MMB Music.

Johnson, M. (1998). The neural basis of cognitive development. In E. Kuhn & S. Siegler (Eds.), Handbook of child psychology, Vol. 2, 5th ed., (pp. 1-49). Wiley & Sons.

Johnson, M. (2001). Infants’ initial “knowledge” of the world: A cognitive neuroscience perspective. In F. Lacerda, C. von Hofsten & M. Heimann (Eds.), Emerging cognitive abilities in early infancy, (pp. 53-72). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Johnson-Laird, P. N. (1987a). Reasoning, imagining, and creating. Bulletin of the British Psychological Society, 40,121-129.

Johnson-Laird, P. N. (1987b).  Reasoning, imagining, and creating.  Council for Research in Music Education, 95, 71-87.

Johnson-Laird, P. N. (1988). Freedom and constraint in creativity. In R. J. Sternberg. (Ed). The nature of creativity. Cambridge University Press.

Johnson-Laird, P. N. (1991).  Jazz improvisation: A theory at the computational level.  In P. Howell., R. West, & I. Cross (Eds.). Representing musical structure (291-325). Academic Press.

Johnston, I. (2002). Measured tones: The interplay of physics and music, 2nd ed. Institute of Physics Publishing.

Jonaitis, E. & Saffran, J. (2009). Learning harmony: The role of serial statistics. Cognitive Science, 33, 951-968.

Jones, B. (1986). Saturday morning wasteland.  Kansas Alumni, June, 21–27.

Jones, G. (2005). Live Aid 1985: A day of magic. CNN International.com (July 6). Retrieved from http://edition.cnn.com/2005/SHOWBIZ/Music/07/01/liveaid.memories/index.html.

Jones, M. (2009). Musical time. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, (pp. 81-92). Oxford University Press.

Jones, M. (2016). Musical time. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.). The Oxford handbook of music psychology (pp. 125-141). Oxford University Press.

Jones, M. (2019). Time will tell: A theory of dynamic attending. Oxford University Press.

Jones, M., Fay, R., & Popper, A. (Eds.). (2010). Music Perception. Springer.

Jonides, J., Lewis, R., Nee, D., Lustig, C., Berman, M., & Moore, K. (2008). The mind and brain of short-term memory. Annual Review of Psychology, 59,193-224.

Joordens, J., d’Errico, F., Wesselingh, F. et al. (2015). Homo erectus at Trinil on Java used shells for tool production and engraving. Nature 518, 228–231 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1038/nature13962

Jørgensen, H. (1997). Time for practicing? Higher level music students’ use of time for instrumental practicing. In H. Jørgensen & A. Lehmann (Eds), Does practice make perfect? Current theory and research on instrumental music practice, (pp. 123-139). Norges Musikkhøgskole.

Jørgensen, H. (2004). Strategies for individual practice. In A. Williamon (Ed.), Musical excellence, (pp. 85-103). Oxford University Press.

Jørgensen, H. & Lehmann, A. (Eds.). (1997). Does practice make perfect? Current theory and research on instrumental music practice. Norges musikkhøgskole.

Jorgensen, O. (1991). Tuning: Containing the perfection of eighteenth-century temperament, the lost art of nineteenth-century temperament, andthe science of equal temperament, complete with instructions for aural and electronic tuning. Michigan State University Press.

Joubart, D. (1994). Lions of darkness. National Geographic, 18(2), 34-53.

Juchniewicz, J. (2008). The influence of physical movement on the perception of musical performance. Psychology of Music, 36(4), 417-427.

Juslin, P. (2003). Five facets of musical expression: A psychologist’s perspective on music performance. Psychology of Music, 31, 273-302.

Juslin, P. (2009a). Emotion in music performance. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, (pp. 377-389). Oxford University Press.

Juslin, P. (2009b). Emotional responses to music. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Music Psychology, (pp. 131-140). Oxford University Press.

Juslin, P. (2013). From everyday emotions to aesthetic emotions: Towards a unified theory of musical emotions. Physics of Life Reviews, 10(3), 235-266.

Juslin, P. (2019). Musical emotions explained. Oxford University Press.

Juslin, P. (2023). Musical performance evaluation: Ten insights from psychological studies of aesthetic judgment. Journal of Comparative Literature and Aesthetics, 46(1), pp. 93-106. 

Juslin, P., Friberg, A., Schoonderwaldt, E., & Karlsson, J. (2004). Feedback learning of musical expressivity. In A. Williamon (Ed.), Musical excellence, (pp. 247-270). Oxford University Press.

Juslin, P. & Laukka, P. (2004). Expression, perception, and introduction of musical emotions: A review and a questionnaire study of everyday listening. Journal of New Music Research, 33(3), 217-238.

Juslin, P., Liljeström, S., Västfjäll, D., Barradas, G., & Silva, A. (2008). An experience sampling study of emotional reactions to music: Listener, music, and situation. Emotion, 8(5), 668-683.

Juslin, P., Liljeström, S.,Västfjäll, D., & Lundqvist, L-O. (2010). How does music evoke emotions? Exploring the underlying mechanisms. In P. Juslin & J. Sloboda (Eds.), Handbook of music and emotion (pp. 605-642). Oxford University Press.

Juslin, P. & Persson, R. (2002). Emotional communication. In R. Parncutt & G. McPherson (Eds.), The science and psychology of music performance: Creative strategies for teaching and learning, (pp. 219–236). Oxford University Press.

Juslin, P., & Sakka, L. (2019). Neural correlates of music and emotion. In M. Thaut & D. Hodges (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music and the brain (pp. 285-332). Oxford University Press.

Juslin, P. & Sloboda, J. (Eds.). (2001). Music and emotion. Oxford University Press.

Juslin, P. & Sloboda, J. (Eds.). (2010). Music and emotion, 2nd ed. Oxford University Press.

Juslin, P. & Sloboda, J. (Eds.). (2010). Handbook of music and emotion. Oxford University Press.

Juslin, P. & Västfjäll, D. (2008). Emotional responses to music: The need to consider underlying mechanisms. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 31(5), 559-575.

Justus, T. & Bharucha, J. (2002). Music perception and cognition. In S. Yantis (Ed.), Handbook of experimental psychology, Vol. I: Sensation and perception, 3rd ed., (pp. 453-492). Wiley and Sons.

Kail, R. & Salthouse, T. (1994). Processing speed as a mental capacity. Acta Pscyhologia, 86, 199-225.

Kageyama, N. The bulletproof musician. http://bulletproofmusician.com

Kalcounis-Rueppell, M., Metheny, J., & Vonhoff, M. (2006). Production of ultrasonic vocalizations by Peromyscus mice in the wild. Frontiers in Zoology, 3(3), 1-12.

Karageorghis, C.I., & Priest, D. (2011). Music in the exercise domain: a review and synthesis (Part I). International Review of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 5, 44 – 66.

Karma, K. (2003). Technology for musicianship—Audilex the missing link? General Music Today, 16(3), 32-34.

Kastner, J. D. (2020). Healing bruises: Identity tensions in a beginning teacher’s use of formal and informal music learning. Research Studies in Music Education, 42(1), 3–18.

Katagiri, J. (2009). The effect of background music and song texts on the emotional understanding of children with autism. Journal of Music Therapy, 46(1), 15-31).

Kathios, N., Patel, A.D. and Loui, P., 2024. Musical anhedonia, timbre, and the rewards of music listening. Cognition, 243, p.105672.

Katz, R. (1982). Boiling energy: Community healing among the Kalahari Kung. Harvard University Press.

Kawamura, M., Midorikawa, A., & Kezuka, M. (2000). Cerebral localization of the center for reading and writing music. NeuroReport, 11, 3299-3303.

Keali’inohomoku, J. (1985). Music and dance of the Hawaiian and Hopi peoples. In Becoming human through music, (pp. 5-22). Reston, VA: Music Educators National Conference.

Kean, S. (2012). The violinist’s thumb: And other lost tales of love, war, and genius. Back Bay Books.

Keegan, S. (2013). Watch Portuguese pianist Maria João Pires play flawlessly despite orchestra playing WRONG Mozart song. Daily Mirror (November 2). Retreived on December 7, 2018 from: https://www.mirror.co.uk/news/weird-news/watch-portuguese-pianist-maria-joo-2668045

Keeler, J., Roth, E., Neuser, B., Spitsbergen, J., Waters, D., & Vianney, J. (2015). The neurochemistry and social flow of singing: Bonding and oxytocin. Frontiers in human neuroscience, 9(518), 1-10.

Kemp, A. (1981). Personality differences between the players of string, woodwind, brass, and keyboard instruments, and singers. Bulletin of the Council for Research in Music Education, 66-67, 33-38.

Kemp, A. (1982). The personality structure of the musician. Psychology of Music, 10(2), 3-6.

Kemp, A. (1985). Psychological androgyny in musicians. Bulletin of the Council for Research in Music Education, 85, 102-08.

Kemp, A. (1996). The musical temperament. Oxford University Press.

Kemp, A. & Mills, J. (2002). Musical potential. In R. Parncutt & G.McPherson (Eds.), The science and psychology of music performance (pp. 3-16). Oxford University Press.

Kendall, R. (1986). The role of acoustic signal partitions in listener categorization of musical phrases. Music Perception, 4, 185-213.

Kendig, F. & Levitt, G. (1982). Overture: Sex, math and music. Science Digest, 90, (1), 72-73.

Kennedy, M. (1999). It’s cool because we like to sing: Junior high boys’ experience of choral music. Presentation at Desert Skies Symposium on Research in Music Education. Tucson, AZ (February).

Kennedy, M. C. (2004). “It’s a metamorphosis”: Guiding the voice change at the American Boychoir School. Journal of Research in Music Education, 52(3), 264–280.

Kenny, D. T. (2005). A systematic review of treatments for music performance anxiety. Anxiety, Stress, and Coping, 18(3), 183-208.

Kenny, D. T. (2006). Music performance anxiety: Origins, phenomenology, assessment and treatment. Context: Journal of music research, 31, 51.

Kenny, D. (2011). The psychology of music performance anxiety. Oxford University Press.

Kenny, D., Driscoll, T., & Ackermann, B. (2014). Psychological well-being in professional orchestral musicians in Australia: A descriptive population study. Psychology of Music, 42(2), 210-232.

Kern, P., & Humpal, M. (Eds.). (2012). Music therapy and autism spectrum disorders. Jessica Kingsley Publishers.

Kertz-Welzel, A. (2018). Globalizing music education: A framework. Indiana University Press.

Kestenbaum, D. (2004). Sounds may be of tiny ‘molecular motors’ hard at work. NPR Stories retrieved on April 21, 2007, from http://www.npr.org/templates/story/story.php?storyId=3859762 

Khalfa, S., Dalla Bella, S., Roy, M., Peretz, I., & Lupien, S. (2003). Effects of relaxing music on salivary cortisol level after psychological stress. In G. Avanzini et al. (Eds.), The neurosciences and music. Annals of the New York academy of sciences, 999, 374-376.

Khalfa, S., Peretz, I., Blondin, J., & Manon, R. (2002). Event-related skin conductance responses to musical emotions in humans. Neuroscience Letters, 328, 145–149.

Khalfa, S., Roy, M., Rainville, P., Dalla Bella, S. & Peretz, I. (2008). Role of tempo entrainment in psychophysiological differentiation of happy and sad music? International Journal of Psychophysiology, doi:10.1016/j.ijpsycho.2007.12.001.

Khenkin, Alex. (nd). High frequency sound absorption in the air: Facts and fiction. http://www.gearslutz.com/board/attachments/highend/119635d1240952170-capturing-ultrasonics-hf_sound.pdf

Kibler, V. & Rider, M. (1983).  The effect of progressive muscle relaxation and music on stress as measured by finger temperature response.  Journal of Clinical Psychology, 39, 213–215.

Killian, J. & Henry, M. (2005).  A comparison of successful and unsuccessful strategies in individual sight-singing preparation and performance.  Journal of Research in Music Education, 53(1),51-65.

Kim, D-E., Shin, M-J., Lee, K-M., Chu, K., Woo, S., Kim, Y., Song, E-C., Lee, J-W., Park, S-H., & Roh, J-K. (2004). Musical training-induced functional reorganization of the adult brain: Functional magnetic resonance imaging and transcranial magnetic stimulation study on amateur string players. Human Brain Mapping, 23(4), 188-199.

Kimura, D. (2011). From ear to brain. Brain and Cognition, 76(2), 214-217.

King, E., & Waddington, C. (Eds.). (2017). Music and empathy. Routledge.

King, N. (2021). The excellent mind: Intellectual virtues for everyday life. Oxford University Press.

Kinsler, V. & Carpenter, R. (1995). Saccadic eye movements while reading music.Vision Research, 35(10), 1447-1458.

Kirchner, J. (2004-2005). Managing musical performance anxiety. The  American Music Teacher, 54(3), 31-33.

Kirnarskaya, D. (2009).  The natural musician. Oxford University Press.

Kirschner, P. A., Sweller, J., & Clark, R. E. (2006). Why minimal guidance during instruction does not work: An analysis of the failure of constructivist, discovery, problem-based, experiential, and inquiry-based teaching. Educational psychologist, 41(2), 75-86.

Kivy, P. (1989). Sound sentiment: An essay on the musical emotions. Temple University Press.

Kivy, P. (1990). Music alone: Philosophical reflections on the purely musical experience. Cornell University Press.

Kleber, B., Veit, R., Birbaumer, N., Gruzelier, J., & Lotze, M. (2010). The brain of opera singers: experience-dependent changes in functional activation. Cerebral Cortex, 20(5), 1144-1152.

Klein, B. (2013). As heard on TV: Popular music in advertising. Ashgate Publishing, Ltd..

Kleinman, J., & Buckoke, P. (2013). The Alexander technique for musicians. Bloomsbury.

Klemish, J. (1970). A comparative study of two methods of teaching music reading to first-grade children. Journal of Research in Music Education, 18(3), 355-364.

Klickstein, G. (2009). The musician’s way: A guide to practice, performance, and wellness. Oxford University Press.

Knight, W. & Rickard, N. (2001). Relaxing music prevents stress-induced increases in subjective anxiety, systolic blood pressure, and heart rate in healthy males and females. Journal of Music Therapy, 38, 254-272.

Knoeferle, K. M., Paus, V. C., & Vossen, A. (2017). An Upbeat Crowd: Fast In-store Music Alleviates Negative Effects of High Social Density on Customers’ Spending. Journal of Retailing, 93(4), 541-549.

Koch, S. (2014). Rhythm is it: Effects of dynamic body feedback on affect and attitudes. Frontiers in Psychology, 5(537), 1-11.

Kochan, A. (2003). To your health: Treating the pain of playing musical instruments. International Musician, 101(8), 9.

Koelsch, S. (2012). Brain and music. Wiley-Blackwell.

Koelsch, S. (2013). From Social Contact to Social Cohesion—The 7 Cs. Music and Medicine, 5(4), 204-209.

Koelsch, S. (2014). Brain correlates of music-evoked emotions. Nature Reviews Neuroscience 15(3), 170–180.

Koelsch, S. (2024). Good vibrations: The healing power of music. Cambridge University Press.

Koelsch, S., Fritz, T., Cramon, Y., Müller, K., & Friederici, A. (2006). Investigating emotion with music: An fMRI study. Human Brain Mapping, 27, 239-250.

Koelsch, S., & Jäncke, L. (2015). Music and the heart. European heart journal, 36(44), 3043-3049.

Koelsch, S., & Siebel, W. A. (2005). Towards a neural basis of music perception. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 9(12), 578-584.

Koelsch, S., Siebel, W., & Fritz, T. (2010). Functional neuroimaging. In P. Juslin & J. Sloboda (Eds.), Handbook of Music and Emotions, (pp. 314-344). Oxford University Press.

Koelsch, S., & Skouras, S. (2014). Functional centrality of amygdala, striatum and hypothalamus in a “small‐world” network underlying joy: An fMRI study with music. Human brain mapping, 35(7), 3485-3498.

Koelsch, S., Vuust, P., & Friston, K. (2018). Predictive processes and the peculiar case of music. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 23(1), 63-77.

Koen, B. (2008). Beyond the roof of the world: Music, prayer, and healing in the Pamir Mountains. Oxford University Press.

Koen, B. (2008). Oxford handbook of medical ethnomusicology. Oxford University Press.

Koepchen, H., Droh, R., Spintge, R., Abel, H-H., Klüssenforf, D., & Koralewski, E. (1992). Physiological rhythmicity and music in medicine. In R. Spintge and R. Droh (Eds.), MusicMedicine, (pp. 39-70). MMB Music.

Koepp, S. (1985). Little labels. Time Magazine, 11 March, 51.

Koeppel, D. (2012). The virtuoso. National Geographic, 221(5), 63-66.

Kofler, M., Müller, J., Wenning, G., Reggiani, L., Hollosi, P., Bösch, S., Ransmayr, G., Valls-Solé, J. & Poewe, W. (2001). The auditory startle reaction in Parkinsonian disorders. Movement Disorders, 16(1), 62-71.

Koger, S., Chapin, K., & Brotons, M. (1999). Is music therapy an effective intervention for dementia? A meta-analytic review of literature. Journal of Music Therapy, 36(1), 2-15.

Köhler, W. (1925). The mentality of apes. Trans. E. Winter. Harcourt, Brace & Co.

Kolinsky, R., Cuvelier, H., Goetry, V., Peretz, I., & Morais, J. (2009). Music training facilitates lexical stress processing. Music Perception, 26(3), 235-247.

Konečni, V. (2005). The aesthetic trinity: Awe, being moved, thrills. Bulletin of Psychology and the Arts, 5(2), 27-44.

Konečni, V. (2007). Music and emotion: An empirical critique of a key issue in the philosophy of music. Proceedings of the 5^th International Conference. (Daugavpils, Latvia, October 2007) “Person – Color – Nature – Music”, 31-40.

Konečni, V. J. (2008). Does music induce emotion? A theoretical and methodological analysis. Psychology of Aesthetics, Creativity, and the Arts, 2, 115-129.

Konečni, V. (2013). Music, affect, method, data: Reflections on the Carroll v. Kivy debate. American Journal of Psychology, 126(2), 179-195.

Konečni, V., Brown, A., & Wanic, R. (2008). Comparative effects of music and recalled life-events on emotional state. Psychology of Music, 36(3), 289-308.

Konečni, V., Wanic, R., & Brown, A. (2007). Emotional and aesthetic antecedents and consequences of music-induced thrills. American Journal of Psychology, 120(4), 619-643.

Kopiez, R. & Galley, N. (2002). The musician’s glance: A pilot study comparing eye movement parameters in musicians and non-musicians. In C. Stevens, D. Burnham, G. McPherson, E. Schubert, & J. Renwick (Eds.), Proceedings of the 7^th international conference on music perception and cognition, (pp. 683-686). Sydney.

Kopiez, R., Langner, J., & Steinhagen, P. (1999). Afrikanische trommler (Ghana) bewerten und spielen europäische Rhythmen [Cross-cultural study of the evaluation and performance of rhythm]. Musicae Scientiae, 3, 139-160.

Kosakowski, H. L., Norman‐Haignere, S., Mynick, A., Takahashi, A., Saxe, R., & Kanwisher, N. (2023). Preliminary evidence for selective cortical responses to music in one‐month‐old infants. Developmental Science, e13387.

Koshimori, Y. (2019). Neurochemical responses to music. In M. Thaut & D. Hodges (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music and the brain (pp. 333-363). Oxford University Press.

Kotlyar, G. & Morozov, P. (1976). Acoustical correlates of the emotional content of vocalized speech. Soviet Physics. Acoustics, 22, 370-376.

Kovacevich, A., & Huron, D. (2018). Two studies of autonomous sensory meridian response (ASMR): The relationship between ASMR and music-induced frisson. Empirical Musicology Review, 13(1-2), 39-63.

Koza, J. (1993). The “missing males” and other gender issues in music education: Evidence from the Music Supervisors’ Journal, 1914-1924. Journal of Research in Music Education, 41(3), 212-232.

Koza, J. (2021). “Destined to Fail”: Carl Seashore’s World of Eugenics, Psychology, Education, and Music. University of Michigan Press.

Kraeling, C. & Mowry, L. (1969). Music in the Bible. In E. Wellesz (Ed.), Ancient and Oriental music, (pp. 283-312). Oxford University Press.

Krakouer L., Houghton. S., Douglas, G., & West J. (2001). The efficacy of music therapy in effecting behaviour change in persons with cerebral palsy. International Journal of Psychosocial Rehabilitation, 6, 29-37.

Kramer, J. (1973). The Fibonacci series in twentieth-century music.Journal of Music Theory, 17(1), 110-148.

Krathwohl, D., Bloom, B., & Masia, B.  (1964). Taxonomy of education objectives. Handbook II: Affective domain. McKay

Kraus, N. (2024). Sound connects us. In R. Fleming (Ed.), Music and mind: Harnessing the arts for health and wellness (pp. 38-56). Viking.

Krause, B. (1987). The niche hypothesis: How animals taught us to dance and sing. Retrieved on April 22, 2009 from http://www.wildsanctuary.com

Krause, B. (1998). Into a wild sanctuary. Heyday Books.

Krause, B. (2002). Wild soundscapes: Discovering the voice of the natural world. Wilderness Press.

Krause, B. (2012). The great animal orchestra. Finding the origins of music in the world’s wild places. Little, Brown & Co.

Krause, M. A., & Beran, M. J. (2020). Words matter: Reflections on language projects with chimpanzees and their implications. American Journal of  Primatology. 82, e23187 (2020).

Krauss, Z. J. (2019). The effects of music therapy on individuals suffering from psychiatric disorders: A literature review and look into future prospects. Musical Offerings, 10(2), 2. doi: 10.15385/jmo.2019.10.2.2DOI: 10.15385/jmo.2019.10.2.2

Kreutz, G., Bongard, S., Rohrmann, S., Hodapp, V. & Grebe, D. (2004). Effects of choir singing or listening on secretory immunoglobulin A, cortisol, and emotional state. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 27(6), 623-635.

Kreutz, G., Murcia, C., & Bongard, S. (2012) Psychoneuroendocrine research on music and health: An overview. In R. MacDonald, G. Kreutz, & L. Mitchell (Eds.), Music, Health, and Wellbeing (pp. 457–476). Oxford University Press.

Kries, J. von. (1926). Wer ist musikalisch? Gedanken zur psychologie der tonkunst. (Who is musical? Thoughts on the psychology of music). Verlag von Julius Springer.

Krings, T., Töpper, R., Foltys, H., Erberich, S., Sparing, R., Willmes, K., & Thron, A. (2000). Cortical activation patterns during complex motor tasks in piano players and control subjects. A functional magnetic resonance imaging study. Neuroscience Letters, 278(3), 189-193.

Kripke, D. (1982). Ultradian rhythms in behavior and phyiology. In F. Brown & R. Graeber (Eds.). Rhythmic aspects of behavior, (pp. 313–343). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Kristeva, R., Chakarova, V., Schulte-Mönting, J., & Spreer, J. (2003). Activation of cortical areas in music execution and imagining: a high-resolution EEG study. Neuroimage, 20(3), 1872-1883.

Krumhansl, C. (1990). Cognitive foundations of musical pitch. Oxford University Press.

Krumhansl, C. (1995). Music psychology and music theory: Problems and prospects. Music Theory Spectrum, 17(1), 53-80.

Krumhansl, C. (1997). An Exploratory Study of Musical Emotions and Psychophysiology. Canadian Journal of Experimental Psychology, 51(4), 336-352.

Krumhansl, C., & Cuddy, L. (2010). A theory of tonal hierarchies in music. In M. Jones, R. Fay, & A. Popper (Eds.), Music perception (pp. 51-87). Springer.

Krumhansl, C., Toivanen, P., Eerola, T., Toiviainen, P., Järvinen, T., & Louhivuori, J. (2000). Cross-cultural music cognition: Cognitive methodology applied to North Sami yoiks. Cognition, 76(1), 13-58.

Kubovy,M. (1999). On the pleasures of the muind. In D. Kahneman, E., Diener, & N. Schwarz (Eds.), Well-being: The foundations of hedonic psychology, (pp. 134-154). Russell Sage Foundation.

Kubrin, C. & Weitzer, R. (2010).  Rap music’s violent and misogynistic effects: Fact of fiction? Popular Culture, Crime and Social Control Sociology of Crime, Law and Deviance, 14, 121-143.

Kuckelkorn, K.L., Manzano, Ö.D., & Ullén, F. (2021). Musical expertise and personality – differences related to occupational choice and instrument categories. Personality and Individual Differences, 173, 110573.

Kuehn, J. (1965-66). Encounter at Leyden: Gustav Mahler consults Sigmund Freud. The Psychoanalytic Review, 52D, 5-25.

Kuhl, P. & Rivera-Gaxiola, M. (2008). Neural substrates of language acquisition. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 31, 511-534.

Kuhn, T. (1974). Discrimination of modulated beat tempo by professional musicians. Journal of Research in Music Education, 22(4), 270-277.

Kuhn, T. (1975). The effect of teacher approval and disapproval on attentiveness, musical achievement, and attitude of fifth-grade students. In C. Madsen, R. Greer, & C. Madsen (Eds.), Research in music behavior: Modifying music behavior in the classroom, (pp. 40-48). Teachers College Press.

Kumar, A., Tims, F., Cruess, D., Mintzer, M., et al. (1999). Music therapy increases serum melatonin levels in patients with Alzheimer’s disease. Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 5(6), 49-57.

Kumar, V., Ed. (2017). Biological Timekeeping: Clocks, rhythms and behavior. Springer (India).

Kunchur, M. (2008). Probing the temporal resolution and bandwidth of human hearing. Proceedings of Meetings on Acoustics, Acoustical Society of America, 2(050006), 1-12. 

Kunchur, M. (2023). The human auditory system and audio. Applied Acoustics, 211, 109507

Kunej, D. & Turk, I. (2000). New perspectives on the beginnings of music: Archeological and musicological analysis of a middle Paleolithic bone “flute.” In N. Wallin, B. Merker, & S. Brown (Eds.), The origins of music, (pp. 235-268). The MIT Press.

Kunst, J. (1959). Ethnomusicology, 3rd ed. Martinus Nijhoff.

Kunst, J. (1969). Ethnomusicology: A study of its nature, its problems, methods and representative personalities to which is added a bibliography. Martinus Nijhoff.

Kupers, E., van Dijk, M., van Geert, P., & McPherson, G. E. (2015). A mixed-methods approach to studying co-regulation of student autonomy through teacher-student interactions in music lessons. Psychology of Music, 43(3), 333-358.

Kuriyama, K., Stickgold, R., & Walker, M. (2004). Sleep-dependent learning and motor-skill complexity. Learning and Memory, 11, 705-713.

Kurrle, D., & Widmer-Schnidrig, R. (2008). The horizontal hum of the Earth: A global background of spheroidal and toroidal modes. Geophysical Research Letters, 35, L06304.

Kwak, E. (2007). Effect of rhythmic auditory stimulation on gait performance in children with spastic cerebral palsy. Journal of Music Therapy, 44(3), 196-216.

Kwalwasser, J. (1927). Tests and measurements in music. C. C. Birchard.

Kwalwasser, J. (1955). Exploring the musical mind. Coleman-Ross.

Kwok, M., & Eslick, G. D. (2019). The impact of vocal and laryngeal pathologies among professional singers: a meta-analysis. Journal of Voice, 33(1), 58-65.

Labi, N. (2001). Rhythmless nation. Time Magazine, 158(4), p. 60.

Lacey, A. (1990). A dictionary of philosophy, 2nd ed. Routledge.

Lambert, B., Kontonatsios, G., Mauch, M., Kokkoris, T., Jockers, M., Ananiadou, S., & Leroi, A. M. (2020). The pace of modern culture. Nature Human Behaviour, 4(4), 352-360.

Lamont, A. (1998). Music, education, and the development of pitch perception: The role of context, age and musical experience. Psychology of Music, 26(1), 7-25.

Lamont, A. (2002). Musical identities and the school environment. In R. MacDonald, D. Hargreaves, & D. Miell (Eds.), Musical identities, (pp. 41-59). Oxford University Press.

Lamont, A. (2009). Musical preferences. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, (pp. 160-168). Oxford University Press.

Lamont, A. (2011). University students’ strong experiences of music: Pleasure, engagement, and meaning. Musicæ Scientiæ, 15(2), 229-249.

Lamont, A. (2012). Emotion, engagement and meaning in strong experiences of music performance. Psychology of Music, 40(5), 574-594.

Langdon, A. (1960). Psychosomatic music: Tonal vibrations and their affect on the mind of mankind. Chapman Press.

Langer, S. (1967, 1972, 1982). Mind: An essay on human feeling, Vols. 1-3. John Hopkins Press.

Langers, D., Backes, W., & van Dijk, P. (2007). Representation of lateralization and tonotopy in primary versus secondary human auditory cortex. NeuroImage, 34, 264-273. Johns Hopkins Press.

Langus, A., Mehler, J., & Nespor, M. (2017). Rhythm in language acquisition. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 81, part B, 158-166.

LaPine, P. (2008). The relationship between the physical aspects of voice production and optimal vocal health. Music Educators Journal, 94(3), 24-29.

Laplane, L., Mantovani, P., Adolphs, R., Chang, H., Mantovani, A., McFall-Ngai, M., Rovelli, C., Sober, E., & Pradeu, T. (2019). Opinion: Why science needs philosophy. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 116(10), 3948–3952.

Large, E. W., & Gray, P. M. (2015). Spontaneous tempo and rhythmic entrainment in a bonobo (Pan paniscus). Journal of comparative psychology, 129(4), 317

Large, E. & Jones, M. (1999). The dynamics of attending: How people track time-varying events. Psychological Review, 106(1), 119-159.

Lardner, B., & Lakim, M.(2002). Tree-hole frogs exploit resonance effects. Nature, 420, 475.

Larsen, J., Berntson, G., Poehlmann, K., Ito, T., & Cacioppo, J. (2008). The psychophysiology of emotion. In M. Lewis, J. Haviland-Jones, & L. Barrett (Eds.). Handbook of Emotions, 3^rd ed., (pp. 180-195). Guilford Press.

Lathom, W. B. & Eagle, Jr., C. T. (Eds.). (1982). Music therapy for handicapped children. National Association for Music Therapy.

Lea, R. (2023). Understanding gravitational waves: Ripples in spacetime explained. Advanced Science News (August 15). https://www.advancedsciencenews.com/understanding-gravitational-waves-ripples-in-spacetime-explained/#:~:text=As%20physicist%20John%20Wheeler%20once,of%20light%2C%20called%20gravitational%20waves

Leakey, M. (1983). Tanzania’s stone age art. National Geographic, 164(1), 84-99.

Leakey, R. (1981). The making of mankind. Dutton.

Leardi, S., Pietroletti, R., Angeloni, G., Necozione, S., Ranalletta, G., & Del Gusto, B. (2007). Randomized clinical trial examining the effect of music therapy in stress response to day surgery. British Journal of Surgery, 94(8), 943-947.

LeBlanc, A., Jin, Y., Obert, M., & Siivola, C. (1997). Effect of audience on music performance anxiety. Journal of Research in Music Education. 45(3), 480-496.

Lecanuet, J. (1996). Prenatal auditory experience. In I. Deliège & J. Sloboda (Eds.), Musical beginnings: Origins and development of musical competence, (pp. 3-34). Oxford University Press.

Lederman, R. (2003). Neuromuscular and musculoskeletal problems in instrumental musicians. Muscle Nerve, 27(5), 549-561.

Lederman, R. (2006). Anterior interosseous neuropathy in instrumental musicians. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 21(3), 137-141.

LeDoux, J. (1986). The neurobiology of emotion. In J. LeDoux & W. Hirst (Eds.), Mind and Brain, (pp. 301-354). Cambridge University Press.

LeDoux, J. (1994). Emotion, memory, and the brain. Scientific American, 270(6), 50-57.

Lee, D., Chen, Y., & Schlaug, G. (2003). Corpus callosum: musician and gender effects. NeuroReport, 14(2), 205-209.

Lee, H. S., Park, H. Y., Yoon, J. O., Kim, J. S., Chun, J. M., Aminata, I. W., Cho, W-J., & Jeon, I. H. (2013). Musicians’ medicine: musculoskeletal problems in string players. Clinics in orthopedic surgery, 5(3), 155-160.

Lee, M. (1989). Rehabilitation, music, and human well-being. MMB Music.

Lee, S-H., & Wolpoff, M. (2003). The pattern of evolution in Pleistocene human brain size. Paleobiology, 29(2), 186-196.

Lee, T. (2000). Education in traditional China. Brill.

Lee, Y. S., Janata, P., Frost, C., Hanke, M., & Granger, R. (2011). Investigation of melodic contour processing in the brain using multivariate pattern-based fMRI. Neuroimage, 57(1), 293-300.

Lefrançois, G. (1979). Psychology for Teaching, 3^rd ed. Wadsworth.

Lefrançois, G. (2006). Theories of human learning, 5th ed. Thomson Wadsworth.

Lefrançois, G. R. (2019). Theories of human learning ⁽7th ed.). Cambridge University Press.

Lehmann, A. & Davidson, J. (2002). Taking an acquired skills perspective on music performance. In R. Colwell (Ed.), MENC handbook on musical cognition and development, (pp. 225-258). Oxford University Press. 

Lehmann, A. & Ericsson, K. (1997). Research of expert performance and deliberate practice: Implication for the education of amateur musicians and music students. Psychomusicology, 16, 40-58.  

Lehman, A., Sloboda, J., & Woody, R. (2007). Psychology for musicians: Understanding and acquiring the skills. Oxford University Press.

Lehman, P.  (1968). Tests and measurements in music. Prentice-Hall.

Lehrer, P. (1978). Performance anxiety and how to control it: A psychologist’s perspective. In C. Grindea (Ed.), Tensions in the performance of music, (pp. 134-154). Alexander Broude.

Leipold, B., & Loepthien, T. (2015). Music reception and emotional regulation in adolescence and adulthood. Musicae Scientiae, 19(1), 111-128.

Leman, M. (1997). Music, Gestalt, and Computing: Studies in Cognitive and Systematic Musicology. Springer.

Leman, M. (2007). Embodied music cognition and mediation technology. The MIT Press.

Leman, M. (2012). Music and schema theory: Cognitive foundations of systematic musicology (Vol. 31). Springer Science & Business Media.

Lennard, P. (2019). Music changes the brain. In Y. Kim & S. Gilman (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music and the body (99-111). Oxford University Press.

Lent, R., Azeved, F., Andrade-Moraes, C., & Pinto, A. (2012). How many neurons do you have? Some dogmas of quantitative neuroscience under revision. European Journal of Neuroscience, 35, 1-9. doi:10.1111/j.1460-9568.2011.07923.x

Leon-Guerrero, A. (2008). Self-regulation strategies used by student musicians during music practice. Music Education Research, 10(1), 91-106.

Lerdahl, F. (2001). Tonal pitch space. Oxford University Press.

Lerdahl, F. (2009). Genesis and architecture of the GTTM project. Music Perception, 26(3), 187-194.

Lerdahl, F. & Jackendoff, R. (1983). A generative theory of tonal music. The MIT Press.

Lesiuk, T. (2005). The effect of music listening on work performance. Psychology of Music, 33(2) 173-191.

Lethaby, C. (2017). Four reasons to avoid ‘learning styles’ and one alternative.   https://www.britishcouncil.org/voices-magazine/four-reasons-avoid-learning-styles-one-alternative

Levenson, R. (1992). Autonomic nervous system differences among emotions. Psychological Science, 3(1), 23-27.

Levenson, R. (2003). Autonomic specificity and emotion. In R. Davidson, K. Scherer, & H. Goldsmith (Eds.), Handbook of Affective Sciences, 212-224. Oxford University Press.

Levenson, R. (2007). Emotion elicitation with neurological patients. In J. Coan & J. Allen (Eds.), Handbook of Emotion Elicitation and Assessment, (pp. 158-168). Oxford University Press.

Leventhal, D. (2014). Dance and Parkinson’s: Finding humanity through a musical road map. In R. Fleming (Ed.), Music and mind: Harnessing the arts for health and wellness (pp. 185-204). Viking.

Levin, T., Daukeyeva, S., & Köchümkulova, E. (2016) The music of Central Asia. Indiana University Press.

Levine, H. & Finnegan, E. (1987). Overuse and vocal disorders: Cause and effect. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 2(3), 99-102.

Levinson, S., & Torreira, F. (2015). Timing in turn-taking and its implicatinos for processing models of language. Frontiers in Psychology, 6(731), 1-17.

Levitin, D. (1994). Absolute memory for musical pitch: Evidence from the production of learned melodies. Perception & Psychophysics, 56(4), 414–423.

Levitin, D. (2002). Foundations of cognitive psychology: Core readings. The MIT Press.

Levitin, D. (2019). This is your brain on music. The science of a human obsession. Dutton Adult.

Levitin, D. & Bellugi, U. (1998). Musical abilities in individuals with Williams Syndrome. Music Perception, 15(4), 357-389.

Levitin, D., & Cook, P. (1996). Memory for musical tempo: Additional evidence that auditory memory is absolute. Perception & Psychophysics, 58(6), 927–935.

Levitin, D., Menon, V., Schmitt, J., Eliez, S., White, C., Glover, G., Kadis, J., Korenberg, J., Bellugi, U., & Reiss, A. (2003). Neural correlates of auditory perception in Williams Syndrome: An fMRI study. NeuroImage, 18, 74-82.

Levitt, D. A. (1981). A melody description system of jazz improvisation. Unpublished MSc thesis, Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science. MIT. Cambridge, MA.

 Levy, S., Rosen, D., & Sataloff, R. (2005). Performance anxiety. In R. Sataloff (Ed.), Professional Voice, Vol. II, 3^rd ed., (pp. 585-590). Plural Publishing.

Lewin, K. (1951). Field theory in social science: selected theoretical papers (Edited by Dorwin Cartwright.). Harpers.

Lewis, J. (2013). A cross-cultural perspective on the significance of music and dance to culture and society. Insight from BaYaka Pygmies.  In M. Arbib (Ed.). Language, music, and the brain, (pp. 45-65). The MIT Press.

Lewis, R. (Ed.). (1963). In praise of music. Orion Press.

Lewis-Williams, D. (2002). The mind in the cave. Thames & Hudson.

Liang, Z. P., & Lauterbur, P. C. (2000). Principles of magnetic resonance imaging: A signal processing perspective. SPIE Optical Engineering Press.

Libera, R. & Mace, S. (2010). Shielding Sound: A study on the effectiveness of acoustic shields. Journal of Band Research, 45(2), 23-41.

Lide, D. (Ed.). (2008). CRC handbook of chemistry and physics, 89th ed. CRC Press.

Lieberman, J. (1997). You are your instrument: The definitive musician’s guide to practice and performance, 3rd ed. Huiksi Music.

Lim, S. & Lippman, L. (1991). Mental practice and memorization of piano music. The Journal of General Psychology, 118(1), 21-30.

Limb, C. J., & Braun, A. R. (2008). Neural substrates of spontaneous musical performance: An fMRI study of jazz improvisation. PloS ONE, 3(2), e1679.

Lindenberger, U., Li, S-C., Gruber, W., & Muller, V. (2009). Brains swinging in concert: Cortical phase synchronization while playing guitar. BMC Neuroscience, 10(22). This article is available from http://www.biomedcentral.com/1471-2202/10/22

Lindström, E., Juslin, P., Bresin, R. & Williamon, A. (2003). “Expressivity comes from within your soul”: A questionnaire study of music students’ perspectives on expressivity. Research Studies in Music Education, 20(1), 23-47.

Ling, Y. (1984). China recovers her past in folk songs—a report. The World of Music, 24(1), 44-49.

Linnemann, A., Ditzen, B., Strahler, J., Doerr, J., & Nater, U. (2015). Music listening as a means of stress reduction in daily life. Psychneuroendocrinology, 60, 82-90.

Linnemann, A., Strahler, J., & Nater, U. M. (2016). The stress-reducing effect of music listening varies depending on the social context. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 72, 97-105.

Linnemann, A., Strahler, J., & Nater, U. M. (2017). Assessing the effects of music listening on psychobiological stress in daily life. JoVE (Journal of Visualized Experiments), (120), e54920.

Linson, A., & Clarke, E. (2017). Distributed cognition, ecological theory and group improvisation. In E. Clarke & M. Doffman (Eds.), Distributed Creativity: Collaboration and Improvisation in Contemporary Music, Studies in Musical Performance as Creative Practice (pp. 52-69). online ed., Oxford  Academic,  https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780199355914.003.0004

Lipps, T. (1905/1995). Consonance and dissonance in music. (Trans. by William Thomson). Everett Books.

Lipton, J. (1987). Stereotypes concerning musicians within symphony orchestras. Journal of Psychology, 121(1), 85-93.

Lisboa, T. (2008). Action and thought in cello playing: An investigation of children’s practice and performance. International Journal of Music Education, 26, 243-267.

List, G. (1984). Concerning the concept of the universal and music. The World Music, 26(2), 40-47.

Litovsky R. (2015). Development of the auditory system. Handbook of Clinical Neurology. 129:55-72. doi: 10.1016/B978-0-444-62630-1.00003-2. PMID: 25726262; PMCID: PMC4612629

Liu, X., Kanduri, C., Oikkonen, J., Karma, K., Raijas, P., Ukkola-Vuoti, L., Teo, Y-Y., & Järvelä, I. (2016). Detecting signatures of positive selection associated with musical aptitude in the human genome. Scientific reports, 6, 21198.

Liu, Y., Zheng, M., & Hou, J. (2024). Structural brain morphometry differences between musicians and nonmusicians. In review. https://doi.org/10.21203/rs.3.rs-4335749/v1

Livingstone, S., & Thompson, W. F. (2009-2010). The emergence of music from the Theory of Mind, Musicæ Scientiæ, Special Issue, 83-115.

Lock, J., & Johnson, C. (2015). Triangulating assessment of online collaborative learning. Quarterly Review of Distance Education, 16(4), 61 – 70.

Loewy, J., Stewart, K., Dassler, A-M., Telsey, A., & Homel, P. (2013). The effects of music therapy on vital signs, feeding, and sleep in premature infants. Pediatrics, 131, 902-918.

Logan, J. (2015). Synesthesia and feminism: A case study on Amy Beach (1867-1944). New Sound-International Magazine for Music, (46), 130-140.

Lokki, T., Pätynen, J., Peltonen, T., & Salmensaari, O. (2009, May). A rehearsal hall with virtual acoustics for symphony orchestras. Audio Engineering Society Convention 126. Audio Engineering Society.

Lomax, A. (1968). Folk song style and culture. Transaction Books.

Lomax, A. (1982). The cross-cultural variation of rhythmic style. In M. Davis (Ed.), Interaction rhythms: Periodicity in communicative behavior, (pp. 149–174). Human Sciences Press.

London, J. (2012). Hearing in time, 2d ed. Oxford University Press.

London, J. (2004). Hearing in time: Psychological aspects of musical meter. Oxford University Press.

Loomba, R. S., Arora, R., Shah, P. H., Chandrasekar, S., & Molnar, J. (2012). Effects of music on systolic blood pressure, diastolic blood pressure, and heart rate: a meta-analysis. Indian heart journal, 64(3), 309-313.

Loosen, F. (1993). Intonation of solo violin performance with reference to equally tempered, Pythagorean, and just intonations. The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 93(1), 525-539.

López-Íñiguez, G., & McPherson, G. E. (2020). Applying self-regulated learning and self-determination theory to optimize the performance of a concert cellist. Frontiers in Psychology, 11:385. doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2020.00385

Lopis, D., Valentin, D., & Manetta, C. (2023). Odor-evoked memories: The importance of choosing the right odor. Science Direct, 236, 103932.

Lordier, L., Meskaldji, D. E., Grouiller, F., Pittet, M. P., Vollenweider, A., Vasung, L., Borradori-Tolsa, C., Lazeyras, L., Grandjean, D., Van DeVille, D., & Hüppi, P. (2019). Music in premature infants enhances high-level cognitive brain networks. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 116(24), 12103-12108.

Lotze, M., Scheler, G., Tan, H-R., Braun, C., & Birnbaumer, N. (2003). The musician’s brain: Functional imaging of amateurs and professionals during performance and imagery. NeuroImage, 20(3), 1817-1829.

Loui, P. (2016). Disorders of music cognition. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, 2d ed. (pp. 307-323). Oxford University Press.

Loui, P., Patterson, S., Sachs, M. E., Leung, Y., Zeng, T., & Przysinda, E. (2017). White matter correlates of musical anhedonia: implications for evolution of music. Frontiers in Psychology, 8, 281556.

Loureiro, C., van der Meulen, K., & del Barrio, C. (2024). Why I listen to music: Emotion regulation and identity construction through music in mid-adolescence. Empiria: Revista de metodología de ciencias sociales, (60), 145-168.

Lowenstein, O. (1966). The senses. Penguin.

Lowery, H. (1966). A guide to musical acoustics. Dover.

Licht, S. (1946). Music in medicine. New England Conservatory of Music.

Lu, Z., Williamson, S., & Kaufman, L. (1992). Behavioral lifetime of human auditory sensory memory predicted by physiological measures. Science, 258, 1668–70.

Lundin, R. (1953). An objective psychology of music. Ronald Press.

Lundin, R. (1963).  Can perfect pitch be learned?  Music Educators  Journal, 49, 459–51.

Lundin, R. (1967). An objective psychology of music, 2nd ed. Ronald Press.

Lundin, R. (1985). An objective psychology of music, 3rd ed. Malabar, FL: Robert E. Krieger.

Lundin, R. & Allen, J. (1962). A technique for training perfect pitch.  Psychological Records, 12, 139–46.

Lundqvist, L-O., Carlsson, F. & Hilmersson, P. (2000). Facial electromyography, autonomic activity, and emotional experience to happy and sad music. Journal of Psychology, 35(3/4), 225.

Lundqvist, L-O., Carlsson, F., Hilmersson, P., & Juslin, P. (2009). Emotional responses to music: Experience, expression, and physiology. Psychology of Music, 37(1), 61-90.

Luque, R., Osborn, H., Leleu, A., Pallé, E., Bonfanti, A., Barragán, O. … Zingales, T. (2023). A resonant sextuplet of sub-Neptunes transiting the bright star HD 110067. Nature, 623, 932-937. doi.org/10.1038/s41586-023-06692-3

Luria, A. (2004). Vygotsky, Leo. Oxford Companion to the Mind, 2nd ed. Oxford University Press, 939-940.

Lyden, J. (2002). Afghanistan Musicians. All Things Considered (January 15, 2002). http://www.npr.org/templates/story/story.php?storyId=1136411 on November 29, 2007.

MacArthur, S. L., Davidson, J. W., & Krause, A. E. (2024). Interpreting 7-year-old beginner cellists’ experiences of practice. Research Studies in Music Education, 46(1), 114-133.

Macdonald, H. (2004). Berlioz’s orchestration treatise: A translation and commentary.  Cambridge University Press.

MacDonald, R., Hargreaves, D., & Miell, D. (Eds.). (2017). Handbook of musical identities. Oxford University Press.

MacDonald, R., Hargreaves, D., & Miell, D. (Eds.). (2002). Musical identities. Oxford University Press.

MacDonald, R., Hargreaves, D., & Miell, D. (2009). Musical identities. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), Oxford handbook of music psychology, (pp. 462-470). Oxford University Press.

MacDonald, R., Kreutz, G., & Mitchell, L. (2012). Music, health, and wellbeing. Oxford University Press.

Mace, S. (2005). A descriptive analysis of university music performance teachers’ sound level exposures during a typical day of teaching, performing, and rehearsing. Ph.D. Dissertation, University of North Carolina at Greensboro.

Mace, S., Wagoner, C., Teachout, D., & Hodges, D. (2012). Genre identification of very brief musical excerpts. Psychology of Music, 40(1), 112-128.

Machado Sotomayor, M. J., Arufe-Giráldez, V., Ruíz-Rico, G., & Navarro-Patón, R. (2021). Music therapy and Parkinson’s disease: A systematic review from 2015–2020. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 18(21), 11618.

MacKnight, C. (1975). Music reading ability of beginning wind instrumentalists after melodic instruction. Journal of Research in Music Education, 23(1), 23-34. 

MacLellan, C. (2011). Differences in Myers-Briggs personality types among high school band, orchestra, and choir members. Journal of Research in Music Education, 59(1), 85-100.

Macnamara, B. N., Hambrick, D. Z., & Oswald, F. L. (2014). Deliberate Practice and Performance in Music, Games, Sports, Education, and Professions A Meta-Analysis. Psychological Science, 0956797614535810. doi:10.1177/0956797614535810

Macnamara, B. N., Moreau, D., & Hambrick, D. Z. (2016). The relationship between deliberate practice and performance in sports: A meta-analysis. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 11(3), 333–350. https://doi.org/10.1177/1745691616635591

Madsen, C. (1979). Modulated beat discrimination among musicians and nonmusicians. Journal of Research in Music Education, 27(2), 57-67.

Madsen, C. (1997).  Emotional response to music as measured by the two-dimensional CRDI. Journal of Music Therapy, 34(3), 187-199.

Madsen, C. (1998). Emotion versus tension in Haydn’s Symphony No. 104 as measured by the two-dimensional continuous response digital interface. Journal of Research in Music Education, 46(4), 546-554.

Madsen, C. (2004). A 30-year follow-up study of actual applied music practice versus estimated practice. Journal of Research in Music Education, 52(1), 77-88.

Madsen, C. & Forsythe, J. (1973). Effect of contingent music listening on increases of mathematical responses. Journal of Research in Music Education, 21(2), 176-181.

Madsen, C. & Geringer, J. (1976). Preferences for trumpet tone quality versus intonation. Council for Research in Music Education, 46, 13-22.

Madsen, C., Greer, R., & Madsen, Jr., C. H. (Eds.). (1975). Research in music behavior: Modifying music behavior in the classroom. Teachers College Press.

Madsen, C. & Madsen, Jr., C. H. (1970). Experimental research in music. Prentice-Hall.

Madsen, C. K. & Prickett, C. (1987).  Applications of research in music behavior. University of Alabama Press.

Madsen C. & Yarbrough, C. (1980). Competency-Based Music Education. Prentice-Hall.

Magill, L. (2002). Spirituality in music therapy. Music Therapy Today (online). Available at http://msictherapyworld.net.

Mahrer, A. R. (1978). Experiencing: A humanistic theory of psychology and psychiatry. Brunner/Mazel.

Maier, S., Watkins, L., & Fleshner, M. (1994). Psychoneuroimmunology: The interface between behavior, brain, and immunity. American Psychologist, 49(12), 1004-1017.

Mair, V. H., & Bender, M. (Eds.). (2011). The Columbia anthology of Chinese folk and popular literature. Columbia University Press.

Makel, M., Plucker, J., & Hegarty, B. (2012). Replications in psychology research: How often do they occur? Perspectives on Psychological Science, 7(6), 537-542.

Malloch, S. & Trevarthen, C. (Eds.). (2009a). Communicative Musicality: Exploring the Basis of Human Companionship. Oxford University Press.

Malloch, S. & Trevarthen, C. (2009b). Musicality: Communicating the vitality and interests of life. In S. Malloch & C. Trevarthen (Eds.), Communicative Musicality: Exploring the Basis of Human Companionship, (pp. 1-11). Oxford University Press.

Malloch, S., & Trevarthen, C. (2018). The human nature of music. Frontiers in Psychology, 9:1680. doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2018.01680

Malm, W. (1967). Music cultures of the Pacific, the Near East, and Asia. Prentice-Hall.

Mampe, B., Friederici, A., Christophe, A., & Wermke, K. (2009). Newborns’ cry melody is shaped by their native language. Current Biology, 19, 1-4.

Manchester, R. (2006). Musical instrument ergonomics. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 21(4), 157-158.

Mandell, J., Schulze, K., & Schlaug, G. (2007). Congential amusia: An auditory-motor feedback disorder? Restorative Neurology and Neuroscience, 25(3-4), 323-324.

Mansfield, B. (2002). Country music, in 9/11 time. USA Today, September 5.  http://www.usatoday.com/life/music/2002-09-05-sept11-country_x.htm

Mantie, R., & Smith, G. (Eds.). (2017). The Oxford handbook of music making and leisure. Oxford University Press.

Maranto, C. (1991). Applications of music in medicine. National Association for Music Therapy.

Maranto, C.  & Scartelli, J. (1992). Music in the treatment of immune-related disorders. In R. Spintge & R. Droh (Eds.), MusicMedicine, (pp. 142-153). MMB Music.

Marazano, R. & Kendall, J. (2007). The new taxonomy of education objectives, 2nd ed. Corwin Press.

Marchand, D. (1975). A study of two approaches to developing expressive performance. Journal of Research in Music Education, 23(1), 14-22.

Marchina, S., Norton, A., & Schlaug, G. (2023). Effects of melodic intonation therapy in patients with chronic nonfluent aphasia. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1519(1), 173-185.

Marek, G. (1975). Toscanini. Vision Press.

Margulis, E. (2013). On repeat: How music plays the mind. Oxford University Press.

Margulis, E. (2019). The psychology of music: A very short introduction. Oxford University Press.

Marin, M. M., & Bhattacharya, J. (2013). Getting into the musical zone: Trait emotional intelligence and amount of practice predict flow in pianists. Frontiers in Psychology, 4, 853.

Marinelli, L. & Mayer, A. (1006). Editors’ introduction: Forgetting Freud? For a new historiography of psychoanalysis. Science in Context, 19(1), 1-13.

Marion-St-Onge, C., Weiss, M. W., Sharda, M., & Peretz, I. (2020). What makes musical prodigies?. Frontiers in Psychology, 11, 566373.

Mark, M. (1996). Contemporary music education, 3rd ed. Schirmer Books.

Mark, L. & Ulmer, J. (2005). Preface. In J. Ulmer, L. Parsons, M. Moseley, & J. Gabrieli (Eds.), White matter in cognitive neuroscience. Annals of the New York academic of sciences, 1064, vii-ix.

Marks, L. (1975). The lucky people with mixed-up senses. Psychology Today, June, 1975, 48-52.

Markus, G. (2012). Guitar zero: The new musician and the science of learning. Penguin.  

Marler, P. (1991). Song-learning behavior: The interface with neuroethology. Trends in Neuroscience, 14(5), 199–211.

Marquez-Garcia, A.V., Magnuson, J., Morris, J., Iarocci, G., Doesburg, S., & Moreno, S. (2022). Music Therapy in Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Systematic Review. Review Journal of Autism and Development Disorders, 9, 91–107 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/s40489-021-00246-x

Marsh, K. (2008). The musical playground: Global tradition and change in children’s songs and games. Oxford University Press.

Marsh, K. Richardson, M., & Schmidt, R. (2009). Social connection through joint action and interpersonal coordination. Topics in Cognitive Science, 1, 320-339.

Martin, A. J., Collie, R. J., & Evans, P. (2016). Motivation and engagement in music: Theory, research, practice, and future directions. In J. Fleming, R. Gibson, & M. Anderson (Eds.), The arts, motivation and engagement: How the arts make a difference (pp. 169–185). Routledge.

Martin, B. (1991). Effects of Hand signs, syllables, and letters on first graders’ acquisition of tonal skills. Journal of Research in Music Education, 39(2), 161-170.

Martin, H. (2023). On the tonic added-sixth chord in jazz. Music Theory Online,29(2). https://doi.org/10.30535/mto.29.2.3 

Martín, J. C., Ortega-Sánchez, D., Miguel, I. N., & Martín, G. M. G. (2021). Music as a factor associated with emotional self-regulation: a study on its relationship to age during COVID-19 lockdown in Spain. Heliyon, 7(2), 1-5. e006274.

Martin, R. (2001). Beethoven’s hair: An extraordinary historical odyssey and a scientific mystery solved. Broadway Books.

Martindale, C. (1984). The pleasures of thought: A theory of cognitive hedonics. Journal of Mind and Behavior, 5(1), 49-80.

Martindale, C. & Moore, K. (1988). Priming, prototypicality, and preference. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 14(4), 661-670.

Martindale, C., Moore, K., & West, A. (1988). Relationship of preference judgments to typicality, novelty, and mere exposure. Empirical Studies of the Arts, 6(1), 79-96.

Martínez-Molina, N., Mas-Herrero, E., Rodríguez-Fornells, A., Zatorre, R. J., & Marco-Pallarés, J. (2016). Neural correlates of specific musical anhedonia. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 113(46), E7337-E7345.

Martino, S. C., Collins, R. L., Elliott, M. N., Strachman, A., Kanouse, D. E., & Berry, S. H. (2006). Exposure to degrading versus nondegrading music lyrics and sexual behavior among youth. Pediatrics, 118(2), e430-e441.

Marvin, E. & Laprade, P. (1987). Relating musical contours: Extensions of a theory for contour. Journal of Music Theory, 31(2), 225-267.

Masataka, N. (1999). Preference for infant-directed singing in 2-day-old hearing infants of deaf parents. Developmental Psychology, 35(4), 1001-1005.

Masataka, N. (2006). Preference for consonance over dissonance by hearing newborns of deaf parents and of hearing parents. Developmental Science, 9(1), 46-50.

Mas-Herrero, E., Dagher, A., Farrés-Franch, M., & Zatorre, R. (2021). Unraveling the temporal dynamics of reward signals in music-induced pleasure with TMS. The Journal of Neuroscience, 41(17), 3889-3899.

Maslow, A. (1943). A theory of human motivation. Psychological Review, 50(4), 370-396.

Maslow, A. (1968a). Music education and peak experience. Music Educators Journal, 54(6), 72-75, 163-164, 169-171.

Maslow, A. (1968b). Music, education, and peak experiences. In R. Choate (Ed.), Documentary report of the Tanglewood Symposium, (pp. 68-75). Music Educators National Conference.

Maslow, A. (1968c). Toward a psychology of being, 2nd ed. Van Nostrand Reinhold Co.

Maslow, A. (1970). Motivation and personality, 2nd ed. Harper and Row.

Maslow, A. (1971). The farther reaches of human nature. Penguin.

Maslow, A. (1976). Religions, values, and peak-experiences. Penguin.

Matei, R., Broad, S., Goldbart, J., & Ginsborg, J. (2018). Health education for musicians. Frontiers in psychology, 9, 1137.

Mathiot, M. & Carlock, E. (1982). On operationalizing the notion of rhythm in social behavior. In M. Davis (Ed.), Interaction Rhythms: Periodicity in Communicative Behavior, (pp. 175–194). Human Sciences Press.

Matlin, M., and Farmer, T. (2015). Cognition, 9th ed. John Wiley& Sons.

Matthews, J. (2019). American’s indefensible defense budget. New York Review of Books. (July 18). https://www.nybooks.com/articles/2019/07/18/americas-indefensible-defense-budget/

Matthews, R. (2007). Carl E. Seashore. In L. Macy (Ed.), Grove Music Online. Retrieved on April 27, 2007, from http://www.grovemusic.com

Mauritz K. (2002). Gait training in hemiplegia. Eurpean Journal of Neurology, 9, 23-29.

Mavridis, I. (2015). Music and the nucleus accumbens. Surgical and Radiologic Anatomy, 37(2), 121-125.

Mazokopaki, K. & Kugiumutzakis, G. (2009). Infant rhythms: Expressions of musical companionship. In S. Malloch & C. Trevarthen (Eds.), Communicative musicality: Exploring the basis of human companionship, (pp. 185-208). Oxford University Press.

Mazziotta, J. (1988). Brain metabolism in auditory perception: The PET study.  In F. Roehmann & R. Wilson (Eds.), The biology of music making, (pp. 106–111). MMB Music.

McAdams, S. (1987). Music and psychology: A mutual regard. Harwood Academic Publishers.

McAdams, S. & Bigand, E. (1993). Thinking in sound: The cognitive psychology of human audition. Oxford University Press.

McAdams, S. & Deliège, I. (Eds.). (1989). Music and the cognitive sciences. Harwood Academic Publishers.

McAdams, S. & Giordano, B. (2009). The perception of musical timbre. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, (pp. 72-80). Oxford University Press.

McAdams, S., & Giordano, B. (2016). The perception of musical timbre. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.). (2016). The Oxford handbook of music psychology (pp. 113-124). Oxford University Press.

McAdams, S., & Rodet, X. (1988). The role of FM-induced AM in dynamic spectral profile analysis. Basic issues in hearing (pp. 359-369). Academic Press.

McAdams, S., Winsberg, S., Donnadieu, S., De Soete, G., & Krimphoff, J. (1995). Perceptual scaling of synthesized musical timbres: Common dimensions, specificities, and latent subject classes. Psychological Research, 58, 177-192.

McArdle, F., & Wright, S. (2014). First literacies: Art, creativity, play, constructive meaning-making. In G. Barton (Ed.), Literacy in the arts: Retheorising learning and teaching, (pp. 21-37). Springer.

McCaffrey, R. & Freeman, E. (2003). Effect of music on chronic osteoarthritis pain in older people. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 44(5), 517-524.

McCall, R. (1979). Infants: The new knowledge. Cambridge University Press.

McCarthy, M. (2009). Music Teacher Education-Exploring the Spiritual in Music Teacher Education: Group Musical Improvisation Points the Way. The Mountain Lake Reader, 12-23.

McCarty, B., McElfresh, C., Rice, S., & Wilson, S. (1978). The effect of contingent background music on inappropriate bus behavior. Journal of Music Therapy, 15, 150-156.

McClellan, E. (2007). Relationships among parental influences, selected demographic factors, adolescent self-concept as a future music educator, and the decision to major in music education. Ph.D. in Music Education. University of North Carolina at Greensboro.

McCormick, J. & McPherson, G. (2003). The role of self-efficacy in a musical performance examination: An exploratory structural equation analysis. Psychology of Music, 31(1), 37-51.

McCullough, D. (1995). A sense of proportion. American Educator, 19(1), 38–44.

McDermott, A. (2021). What was the first “art”? How would we know?. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 118(44), e2117561118.

McDermott, J. (2008). The evolution of music. Nature, 453,287-288.

McDonald, D. & Simons, G. (1989). Musical growth and development: Birth through six. Schirmer.

McFarland R. & Kadish, R. (1991). Sex differences in finger temperature response to music. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 11, 295-298.

McFerran, K., Derrington, P., & Saarikallio, S. (Eds.). (2019). Handbook of music, adolescents, and wellbeing. Oxford University Press.

McGraw-Hill. (2005). McGraw-Hill concise encyclopedia of physics. McGraw-Hill.

McIntosh, G., Brown, S., Rice, R., & Thaut, M. (1997). Rhythmic auditory-motor facilitation of gait patterns in patients with Parkinson’s disease. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery, and Psychiatry, 62, 22-26.

McIntosh, G., Thaut, M., & Rice, R. (1996).  Rhythmic auditory stimulation as entrainment and therapy technique in gait of stroke and Parkinson’s patients.  In R. Pratt & R. Spintge (Eds.), MusicMedicine II, (pp. 145-152). MMB Music.

McKeage, K. (2004). Gender and participation in high school and college instrumental jazz ensembles. Journal of Research in Music Education, 52(4), 343-356.

McKetton, L., DeSimone, K., & Schneider, K. (2019). Larger auditory cortical area and broader frequency tuning underlie pitch. The Journal of Neuroscience, 39(15), 2930-2937.

McKinney, C., Tims, F., Kumar, A., & Kumar, M. (1997b). The effect of selected classical music and spontaneous imagery on plasma beta-endorphin. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 20(1), 85-99.

McLaughlin, T. (1970). Music and communication. Faber and Faber.

McLellan, J. (December 12, 1987). The sound of perfection. The Washington Post.  https://www.washingtonpost.com/archive/lifestyle/1987/12/12/the-sound-of-perfection/fb73c8df-00af-4cba-8259-eeeff71b22fc/?utm_term=.011a87e8f404

McMullen, P. (1996). The musical experience and affective/aesthetic responses: A theoretical framework for empirical research. In D. Hodges (Ed.), Handbook of music psychology, (pp. 387-400). IMR Press.

McNamara, L. & Ballard, M. (1999). Resting arousal, sensation seeking, and music preference. Genetic, Social & General Psychology Monographs, 125(3), 229-251.

McPhee, E. (2011). Finding the muse: Teaching musical expression to adolsecents in the one-to-one studio environment. International Journal of Music Education, 29(4), 333-346.

McPherson, G. (2005). From child to musician: Skill development during the beginning stages of learning an instrument. Psychology of Music, 33(1), 5-35.

McPherson, G. (Ed.). (2006). The child as musician: A handbook of musical development. Oxford University Press.

McPherson, G. (Ed.). (2014). The child as musician, 2nd ed. Oxford University Press.

McPherson, G. (Ed.). (2016). Musical prodigies: Interpretatons from psychology, music education, musicology and ethnomusicology. Oxford University Press.

McPherson, G. (Ed.). (2022a). The Oxford handbook of music performance. Oxford University Press.

McPherson, G. E. (2022b). Self-regulated learning music microanalysis. In G. E. McPherson (Ed.), The Oxford handbook of music performance, vol. 1 (pp. 553-575). Oxford University Press.

McPherson, G. E., & Blackwell, J. (submitted). Teacher feedback in collegiate instrumental music lessons.

McPherson, G. E., Blackwell, J., & Hallam, S. (2022). Musical potential, giftedness, and talent development. In G. McPherson (Ed.), The Oxford Handbook of Music Performance, Volume 1 (pp. 31-55). Oxford University Press.

McPherson, G. E., Blackwell, J., & Hattie, J. (2022). Feedback in music performance teaching. Frontiers in Psychology, 13, 891025. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2022.891025

McPherson, G. & Davidson, J. (2002). Musical practice: Mother and child interactions during the first year of learning an instrument. Music Education Research, 4(1), 141-156.

McPherson, G., Davidson, J., & Faulker, R. (Eds.). (2012). Music in our lives. Oxford University Press.

McPherson, G. &  McCormick, J. (2006). Self-efficacy and music performance. Psychology of Music, 34(3), 322-336.

McPherson, G. E., Osborne, M. S., Evans, P., & Miksza, P. (2015). Self-regulated learning microanalysis protocol for university musicians. The University of Melbourne, Australia.  www.optimalmusicperformance.com

McPherson, G. E., Osborne, M. S., Evans, P., & Miksza, P. (2019). Applying self-regulated learning microanalysis to study musicians’ practice. Psychology of Music, 47(1), 18-32.  

McPherson, G. & Renwick, J. (2001). A longitudinal study of self-regulation in children’s musical practice. Music Education Research, 3(2), 169-186.

McPherson, G. E., & Renwick, J. (2011). Self-regulation and mastery of musical skills. In B. Zimmerman & D. Schunk (Eds.), Handbook of self-regulation of learning and performance (pp. 234-248). Routledge.

McPherson, G. & Schubert, E. (2004). Measuring performance enhancement in music. In A. Williamon (Ed.), Musical excellence, (pp. 61-82). Oxford University Press.

McPherson, G. E., & Schubert, E. (2022). Enhancing music performance appraisal. In G. E. McPherson (Ed.), The Oxford handbook of music performance, vol. 2 (pp. 103-134). Oxford University Press.

McPherson, G., & Welch, G. (2012). The Oxford handbook of music education, 2 vols. Oxford University Press.

McPherson, G., & Welch, G. (Eds.). (2018). Music and music education in people’s lives. Oxford University Press.

McPherson, G.  & Zimmerman, B. (2002). Self-regulation of musical learning. In R. Colwell & C. Richardson (Eds.), The new handbook of research on music teaching and learning, (pp. 327-347). Oxford University Press.

McPherson, G. E., & Zimmerman, B. J. (2011). Self-regulation of musical learning: A social cognitive perspective on developing performance skills. In R. Colwell & P. Webster (Eds.), MENC handbook of research on music learning, vol. 2: Applications (pp. 130-175). Oxford University Press.

McWhinnie, H. (1986). A review of the use of symmetry, the golden section and dynamic symmetry in contemporary art. Leonardo, 19(3), 241-245.

McWhinnie, H. (1989). A biological basis for the golden section in art and design. Leonardo, 22(1), 61-63.

Medina, J., & Coslett, H. B. (2010). From maps to form to space: touch and the body schema. Neuropsychologia, 48(3), 645-654.

Mehl, M. & Pennebaker, J. (2003). The sounds of social life: A psychometric analysis of students’ daily social environments and natural conversations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84(4), 857-870.

Meister, I., Krings, T., Foltys, H., Boroojerdi, B., Muller, M., Topper, R., et al. (2005). Effects of long-term practice and task complexity in musicians and nonmusicians performing simple and complex motor tasks: implications for cortical motor organization. Human Brain Mapping, 25(3), 345-352.

Meltzoff, A., Kuhl, P., Movellan, J., & Sejnowski, S. (2009). Foundations for a new science of learning. Science, 235, 284-88.

Menon, V., & Levitin, D. (2005). The rewards of music listening: Response and physiological connectivity of the mesolimbic system. Neuroimage, 28(1), 175-184.

Mensah, A. (1962). Gyil: The Dagara-Lobi Xylophone. Journal of African Studies, 9(3), 139-154

Menuhin, Y. & C. Davis. (1979). The music of man. Methuen.

Merker, B. (2000). Synchronous chorusing and human origins. In N. Wallin, B. Merker, & S. Brown (Eds.), The origins of music, (pp. 315-327). The MIT Press.

Merker, B. (2019). When extravagance impresses: Recasting esthetics in evolutionary terms. In M. Thaut and D. Hodges (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music and the brain (pp. 66-86). Oxford University Press.

Merker, B. H., Madison, G. S., & Eckerdal, P. (2009). On the role and origin of isochrony in human rhythmic entrainment. Cortex, 45(1), 4-17.

Merriam, A. (1964). The anthropology of music. Northwestern University Press.

Merrotsky, P. (2013). A note on Big C-Creativity and little c-creativity. Creativity Research Journal, 25(4), 474-476.

Meyer, J. (2009). Acoustics and the performance of music, 5^th ed. Trans. U. Hansen. Springer Science+Business Media.

Meyer, L. (1956). Emotion and Meaning in Music. The University of Chicago Press.

Meyer, L. (1973). Explaining music. University of Chicago Press.

Meyer, L. (2001). Music and emotion: Distinction and uncertainties. In P. Juslin & J. Sloboda (Eds.), Music and emotion, (pp. 341-360). Oxford University Press.

Meyer, M. F. (1929). The musician’s arithmetic: Drill problems for an introduction to the scientific study of musical composition. Oliver Ditson.

Meyer, M., Elmer, S., & Jäncke, L. (2012). Musical expertise induces neuroplasticity of the planum temporale. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1252(1), 116-123.

Meyers, H. (1992). Ethnomusicology: An introduction. W.W. Norton.

Michel, A., Baumann, C., & Gayer, L. (2017). Thank you for the music–or not? The effects of in-store music in service settings. Journal of Retailing and Consumer Services, 36, 21-32.

Michel, D. (1952). Effects of stimulative and sedative music on respiration and psychogalvanic reflex as observed in seventh grade students. Unpublished paper, University of Kansas.

Midori (1989). Paganini 24 Caprices, Op. 1. CBS Masterworks, MK44944.

Miell, D., MacDonald, R., & Hargreaves, D. (Eds.).  (2005). Musical communication. New York: Oxford University Press.

Miklaszewski, K. (1989). A case study of a pianist preparing a musical performance. Psychology of Music, 17(2), 95-109.

Miksza, P. (2007). Effective practice: An investigation of observed practice behaviors, self-reported practice habits, and the performance achievement of high school wind players. Journal of Research in Music Education, 55(4), 359-375.

Miksza, P. (2022). Practice. In G. E. McPherson (Ed.), The Oxford handbook of music performance, vol. 1, (pp. 153-127). Oxford University Press.

Miksza, P. (2024). Forum. Journal of Research in Music Education, 72(1), 3-4.  

Miksza, P., Tan, L., & Dye, C. (2016). Achievement motivation for band: A cross-cultural examination of the 2× 2 achievement goal motivation framework. Psychology of Music, 44(6), 1372-1388.

Miles, W. R. (1956). Carl Emil Seashore (1966-1949): Biographical memoirs. Vol. 29. Columbia University Press. Available at http://www.nasonline.org/publications/biographical-memoirs/memoir-pdfs/seashore-carl.pdf

Miller, G. (1956). The magical number seven, plus or minus two: Some limits on our capacity for processing information. Psychological Review, 63, 81-97.

Miller, G. (2000). Evolution of music through sexual selection. In N. Wallin, B. Merker, & S. Brown (Eds.), The origins of music, (pp. 329-360). The MIT Press.

Miller, J. (1993). Quick as a hair cell. Bioscience 43(2), 83–84.

Miller, L. (2014).  Musical savants: Exceptional skill and mental retardation. Laurence Erlbaum.

Miller, N. & Dollard, J. (1941). Social Learning And Imitation. Yale University Press.

Miller, R., Thaut, M., & Aunon, J.  (1995).  Event-related brain wave potentials in an auditory-motor synchronization task.  In R. Pratt & R. Spintge (Eds.), MusicMedicine II, (pp. 76-84).  MMB Music.

Miller, R., Thaut, M., McIntosh, & Rice, R. (1996). Components of EMG symmetry and variability in Parkinsonian and healthy elderly gait. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 101, 1-7.

Miller, S. (1982). Music therapy for handicapped children: Speech impaired. Project Music Monograph Series, W. Lathom & C. Eagle, Jr. (Eds.). National Association for Music Therapy.

Mills, J. (2007). Instrumental teaching. Oxford University Press.

Mills, J., & McPherson, G. E. (2016). Musical literacy: Reading traditional clef notation. In G. E McPherson (Ed.), The child as musician: A handbook of musical development, 2nd ed. (pp. 177-191). Oxford University Press.

Miluk-Kolasa, B., Matejek, M., & Stupnicki, R. (1996). The effects of music listening on changes in selected physiological parameters in adult pre-surgical patients. Journal of Music Therapy, 33(3), 208-218.

Miluk-Kolasa, B., Obminski, Z., Stupnicki, R., & Golec, L. (1994). Effects of music treatment on salivary cortisol in patients exposed to pre-surgical stress. Experimental and Clinical Endocrinology, 102(2), 118-120.

Minagar, A., Ragheb, J., & Kelley, R. E. (2003). The Edwin Smith surgical papyrus: description and analysis of the earliest case of aphasia. Journal of Medical Biography, 11(2), 114-117.

Minsky, M. (1981). Music, mind, and meaning. Computer Music Journal, 5(3), 28-44.

Miranda, D., Blais-Rochette, C.,Vaugon, K., Osman, M., & Arias-Valenzuela, M. (2015).Towards a cultural developmental psychology of music in adolescence. Psychology of Music, 43(2), 197–218.

Mirka, D. (2014). Metric manipulations in Haydn and Mozart. Oxford University Press.

Mitchison, G. (1977). Phyllotaxis and the Fibonacci series. Science, 196(4287), 270-275.

Mitchum, J. P. (1971). The Wing standardized tests of musical intelligence: An investigation of predictability with selected seventh-grade beginning-band students. Bulletin of the Council for Research in Music Education, 25, 74-78.

Mithen, S. (2006). The singing neaderthals: The origins of music, language, mind, and body. Harvard University Press.

Mitterschiffthaler, M., Fu, C., Dalton, J., Andrew, C., & Williams, C. (2007). A functional MRI study of happy and sad affective states induced by classical music. Human Brain Mapping, 28, 1150-1162.

Miyazaki, K. (1990). The speed of musical pitch identification by absolute-pitch possessors. Music Perception, 8(2), 177-188.

Miyazaki, K. (1992). Perception of musical intervals by absolute pitch possessors. Music Perception, 9(4), 413-426.

Miyazaki, K. (1993). Absolute pitch as an inability: Identification of musical intervals in a tonal context. Music Perception, 11(1), 55-71.   

Miyazaki, K. & Ogawa, Y. (2006). Learning absolute pitch by children: A cross-sectional study. Music Perception, 42(1), 63-78.

Mizener, C. (1993). Attitudes of children toward singing and choir participation and assessed singing skill. Journal of Research in Music Education, 41(3), 233-245.

Möckel, M., Röcker, L., Störk, T., Vollert, J., Danne, O., Eichstädt, H., Müller, R., & Hochrein, H. (1994). Immediate physiological responses of healthy volunteers to different types of music: Cardiovascular, hormonal and mental changes. European Journal of Applied Physiology, 68, 451-459.

Mojtabavi, H., Saghazadeh, A., Valenti, V. E., & Rezaei, N. (2020). Can music influence cardiac autonomic system? A systematic review and narrative synthesis to evaluate its impact on heart rate variability. Complementary therapies in clinical practice, 39, 101162.

Moller, L. (1980).  Music in Germany during the Third Reich: The use of music for propaganda. Music Educators Journal, 67(3), 40–44.

Monmaney, T. (1987). Key notes on the mind. Omni, 9(4), 45-46, 67.

Monsaingeon, B., Richter, S. (2005). Sviatoslav Richter: Notebooks and conversations. Trans. S. Spencer. Faber & Faber.

Montagu, A. (1977). Life before birth. New American Library.

Montagu, A. (1978). Touching: The human significance of the skin. Harper and Row.

Montagu, A. & Matson, F. (1979).  The human connection. McGraw-Hill.

Montgomery, M. (2008). The pulse of distant stars. Science, 322(5901), 536-537.

Moore, D. R. (1987). Physiology of the higher auditory system. British Medical Bulletin, 43(4), 856–870.

Moore, D., Burland, K. & Davidson, J. (2003). The social context of musical success: A developmental account. British Journal of Psychology, 94, 529-549.

Moore, D. R., Fuchs, P. A., Rees, A., Palmer, A., & Plack, C. J. (Eds.). (2010). The Oxford handbook of auditory science: The auditory brain, vol. 2. Oxford University Press.

Moore, E., Schaefer, R. S., Bastin, M. E., Roberts, N., & Overy, K. (2014). Can musical training influence brain connectivity? Evidence from diffusion tensor MRI. Brain sciences, 4(2), 405-427.

Moore, G. (1984). A computer-based portable keyboard monitor for studying timing performance in pianists. Timing and time perception. Annals of the New York academy of sciences, 423, 651–652.

Moore, G. (1988). The study of skilled performance in musicians. In F. Roehmann & F. Wilson (Eds.), The biology of music making, (pp. 77–91). MMB Music.

Moore, G. (1992). Piano trills. Music Perception, 9, 351–360.

Moore, G., Hary, D., & Naill, R. (1988). Trills: Some initial observations.  Psychomusicology, 7(2), 153–162.

Moore, J. (2002). Maturation of human auditory cortex: Implications for speech perception. The Annals of Otology, Rhinology & Laryngology, 111, 7-10.

Moore, K. S. (2013). A systematic review on the neural effects of music on emotion regulation: Implications for music therapy practice. Journal of music therapy, 50(3), 198-242.

Moore, R., Estis, J., Zhang, F., Watts, C., & Marble, E. (2007). Relations of pitch matching, pitch discrimination, and otoacoustic emission suppression in individuals not formally trained as musicians. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 104(3, part 1), 777-784.

Moore, R., Vadeyar, S., Fulford, J., Tyler, D., Gribben, C., Baker, P., James, D. & Gowland, P. (2001). Antenatal determination of fetal brain activity in response to an acoustic stimulus using functional magnetic resonance imaging. Human Brain Mapping, 12, 94-99.

Moravcsik, M. (1987). Musical sound. Paragon.

Moravcsik, M. (2006). Musical sound: An introduction to the physics of music. Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers.

Moreira, S. V., Justi, F. R. D. R., Gomes, C. F. D. A., & Moreira, M. (2023, November). Music Therapy Enhances Episodic Memory in Alzheimer’s and Mixed Dementia: A Double-Blind Randomized Controlled Trial. Healthcare, 11(22), 2912). MDPI.

Moreno-Morales, C., Calero, R, Moreno-Morales, P., & Pintado, C. (2020). Music therapy in the treatment of dementia: A systematic review and meta-Analysis. Front. Med. 7:160. doi: 10.3389/fmed.2020.00160

Morford, J. (2007). Constructivism: Implications for postsecondary music education and beyond. Journal of Music Teacher Education, 16(2), 75-83.

Morgenstern, S. (1956). Composers on music: An anthology of composer’s writings from Palestrina to Copland. Pantheon Books.

Mori, K., & Iwanaga, M. (2017). Two types of peak emotional responses to music: The psychophysiology of chills and tears. Scientific reports, 7(1), 46063.

Moris, D.N., & Linos, D. (2013). Music meets surgery: Two sides to the art of “healing”. Surgical Endoscopy 27, 719–723. doi.org/10.1007/s00464-012-2525-8

Morley, I. (2006). Mousterian musicianship? The case of the Divje babe I bone. Oxford journal of Archaeology, 25(4), 317-333.

Morley, I. (2013). The prehistory of music. Oxford University Press.

Morley, I. (2006). Hunter-gatherer music and its implications for identifying intentionality in the use of acoustic space. In C. Scarre & G. Lawson (Eds.). Arcaeology (pp. 95-106). McDonald Insitute Monographs. Oxbow Books.

Morgan, R. M., & Marroquín, B. (2023). Music listening as emotion regulation: Associations with other emotion regulation strategies and symptoms of depression and anxiety. Musicae Scientiae, 0(0). https://doi.org/10.1177/10298649231214537

Morin, S., Dubé, L., & Chebat, J-C. (2007). The role of pleasant music in servicescapes: A test of the dual model of environmental perception. Journal of Retailing, 83(1), 115-130.

Morris, W. (2007). David Hume. In E. Zalta (Ed.), The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy (Fall 2007 Edition). http://plato.stanford.edu/archives/fall2007/entries/hume/

Morrison, S. & Demorest, S. (2009). Cultural constraints on music perception and cognition. In J. Chiao (Ed.), Progress in brain research, 178, Cultural Neuroscience: Cultural influences on brain function, (pp. 67-77).Elsevier.

Morrison, S., & Demorest, S. (2019). Cultural Distance: A Computational Approach to Exploring Cultural Influences on Music Cognition. In M. Thaut & D. Hodges (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music and the brain (pp. 42-65). Oxford University Press.

Morrison, S., Demorest, S., Alyward, E., Cramer, C., & Maravilla, K. (2003). FMRI investigation of cross-cultural music comprehension. NeuroImage, 20(1), 278-284.

Morton, D., & Duriyanga, C. (1976). The traditional music of Thailand, vol. 8. University of California Press.

Mosing, M., Madison, G., Pedersen, N. L., Kuja-Halkola, R., & Ullén, F. (2014). Practice does not make perfect: no causal effect of music practice on music ability. Psychological science, 25(9), 1795-1803.

Mosing, M., Peretz, I., & Ullén, F. (2018). Genetic influences on music expertise. In D. Hambrick, G. Campitelli, & B. Macnamara (Eds.), The science of expertise: Behavioral, neural, and genetic approaches to complex skill (pp.272-282). Routledge.

Mosing, M., & Ullén, F. (2016). Genetic influences on musical giftedness, talent, and practice. In G. McPherson (Ed.), Musical prodigies (pp. 156-167). Oxford University Press.

Mössler, K., Chen, K., Heldal, T., & Gold, C. (2011). Music therapy for people with schizophrenia and schizphrenia-like disorders (review). Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 12.

Moura, N., Fonseca, P., Vilas-Boas, J.P., & Serra, S. (2024). Increased body movement equals better performance? Not always! Musical style determines motion degree perceived as optimal in music performance. Psychological Research. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00426-024-01928-x

Muehlenbein, M. (Ed.). (2015). Basics in human evolution. Academic Press.

Mulaudzi, P. A. (2001). The Domba variety: an initiation language for adulthood. South African Journal of African Languages, 21(1), 9-15.

Müller, V., Sänger, J., and Lindenberger, U. (2013). Intra- and inter-brain synchronization during musical improvisation on the guitar. PLoS ONE 8:e73852. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0073852

Mumford, L. (1966). The myth of the machine. Harcourt Brace Javanovich.

Münte. T., Altenmüller, E.,  & Jäncke, L. (2002). The musician’s brain as a model of neuroplasticity. Nature Neuroscience, 3, 473-378.

Murchie, G. (1961). Music of the spheres. Houghton Mifflin.

Murchie, G. (1967). Music of the spheres, Rev. ed., vols. 1 & 2. Dover.

Murphy, E., McGillivray, M. F., & MacIntyre, P. D. (2024). Music performance anxiety can be facilitating or debilitating: Emotion accompaniment makes the difference. Psychology of Music, 03057356241230442.

Murray, M., Molholm, S., Michel, C., Heslenfield, D., Ritter, W., Javitt, D., Schroeder, C., & Foxe, J. (2005). Grabbing your ear: Rapid auditory-somatosensory multisensory interactions in low-level sensory cortices are not constrained by stimulus alignment. Cerebral Cortex, 15, 963-974.

Mursell, J. L. (1937/1971). The psychology of music. Reprint. Greenwood Press.

Mursell, J. L. & Glenn, M. (1931). The psychology of school music teaching. Silver Burdett.

Musgrave, G. (2023). Music and wellbeing vs. musicians’ wellbeing: examining the paradox of music-making positively impacting wellbeing, but musicians suffering from poor mental health. Cultural Trends, 32(3), 280-295.

Music Educators National Conference. (1985). Becoming human through music. Music Educators National Conference.

Music Special Interest Group, American Education Research Association. Retrieved on April 19, 2007 from http://www.aera.net/Default.aspx?menu_id=192&id=1079

Musiek, F., & Baran, J. (2018). The auditory system: Anatomy, physiology, and clinical correlates, 2d ed. Plural Publishing.

Myers, C. S. (1914). Two cases of synaesthesia. British Journal of Psychology, 7(1), 112.

Nadal, M., & Pearce, M. T. (2011). The Copenhagen Neuroaesthetics conference: prospects and pitfalls for an emerging field. Brain and cognition, 76(1), 172-183.

Naeser, M. & Helm-Estabrooks, N. (1985). CT scan lesion localization and response to melodic intonation therapy with nonfluent aphasia cases. Cortex, 21(2), 203-223.

Nagarajan, S., Mahncke, H., Salz, T., Tallall, P., Roberts, T., & Merzenich, M. (1999). Cortical auditory signal processing in poor readers. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 96, 6483-6488.

Nagari, B. (2015). Music as image: Analytical psychology and music in film. Routledge.

Nagel, J. (2017). Managing stage fright: A guide for musicians and music teachers. Oxford University Press.

Naitoh, P. (1982). Chronobiologic approach for optimizing human performance. In F. Brown & R. Graeber (Eds.), Rhythmic aspects of behavior, (pp. 41–103). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Nakada, T., Fujii, Y., Suzuki, K., & Kwee, I. (1998). ‘Musical brain’ revealed by high-field (3 Tesla) functional MRI. NeuroReport, 19(7), 3853-3856.

Nakahara, H., Furuya, S., Obata, S., Mauko, T., & Kinoshita, H. (2009). Emotion-related changes in heart rate and its variability during performance and perception of music. The neurosciences of music III: Disorders and plasticity. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1169(1), 359-362.

Nakata, T. & Trehub, S. (2005). Infants’ responsiveness to maternal speech and singing. Infant Behavior and Development, 27(455-464).

NAMM [National Association of Music Merchants] Global Report (2007). Music USA: A statistical review of the music products industry. http://www.namm.org/files/MusicUSA2007.pdf

Narayanamurti,V., & Odumosu, T. (2016). Cycles of invention and discovery. Harvard University Press.

Narmour, E. (1990).  The analysis and cognition of basic melodic structures. University of Chicago Press.

Narmour, E. (1992). The analysis and cognition of melodic complexity. The University of Chicago Press.

Nater, U., Abbruzzese, E., Krebs, M., & Ehlert, U. (2006). Sex differences in emotional and psychophysiological responses to musical stimuli. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 62, 300-308.

Nater, U., Krebs, M., & Ehlert, U. (2005). Sensation seeking, music preference, and psychophysiological reactivity to music. Musicæ Scientiæ, 9(2), 239-254.

National Endowment for the Arts (2018). U.S. trends in art attendance and literary reading: 2002-2017. https://www.arts.gov/sites/default/files/2017-sppapreviewREV-sept2018.pdf

National Endowment for the Arts. (2004). 2002 Survey of public participation in the arts. National Endowment for the Arts.

National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (2018). NIOSH Sound Meter.  https://www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/noise/factsstatistics/charts/chart-lookatnoise.html

National Institute of Biomedical Imaging and Bioengineering. (2022) Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI). https://www.nibib.nih.gov/sites/default/files/2022-05/Fact-Sheet-Magnetic-Resonance-Imaging-MRI.pdf

National standards for music education. (2014).  http://www.musicstandfoundation.org/images/National_Standards_-_Music_Education.pdf

Nelson, K., & Hudson, J. (1988).  Scripts and memory: Functional relationships in development.  In F. E. Weinert & M. Perlmutter (Eds.). Memory development: Universal changes and individual differences (pp. 147-165). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Nemati, S., Akrami, H., Salehi, S., Esteky, H., & Moghimi, S. (2019). Lost in music: Neural signature of pleasure and its role in modulating attentional resources. Brain research, 1711, 7-15.

Nettl, B. (1977). On the question of universals. The World of Music, 19, 2-13.

Nettl, B. (1983). The study of ethnomusicology. University of Illinois Press.

Nettl, B. (2000). An ethnomusicologist contemplates universals in musical sound and culture. In N. Wallin, B. Merker, & S. Brown (Eds.), The origins of music, (pp. 463-472.). The MIT Press.

Nettl, B. (2001). Music. Grove Music Online. Oxford University Press.  doi:10.1093/gmo/9781561592630.article.40476

Nettl, B. (2005). The study of ethnomusicology: Thirty-one issues and concepts. The University of Illinois Press.

Nettl, B. (2015). The study of ethnomusicology: Thirty-three discussions. University of Illinois Press.

Nettl, B. & Bohlman, P. (1991). Comparative musicology and anthropology of music. University of Chicago Press.

Neuhaus, C. (2003). Perceiving musical scale structures. A cross-cultural event-related brain potentials study. The neurosciences and music. Annals of the New York academy of sciences, 999, 184-188.

Neurosciences and music VI: Music, sound and health. (2018). Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1423.

Newman, L. A., Cao, M., Täuber, S., & van Vugt, M. K. (2024). Mapping inter-brain synchronization results onto experimental design and analysis methods: A review on EEG hyperscanning. https://scholar.google.com/scholar?hl=en&as_sdt=0%2C26&q=Mapping+inter-brain+synchronization+results+onto+experimental+design+and+analysis+methods%3A+A+review+on+EEG+hyperscanning&btnG=

Newman, R., Hunt D., & Rhodes, F. (1966). The effects of music on employee attitude and productivity in a skateboard factory. Journal of Applied Psychology, 50(6), 493-496.

Ng, H. H. (2020). Towards a synthesis of formal, non-formal and informal pedagogies in popular music learning. Research Studies in Music Education, 42(1), 56–76.

Niarchou, M., Gustavson, D.E., Sathirapongsasuti, J.F. et al. (2022). Genome-wide association study of musical beat synchronization demonstrates high polygenicity. Nature Human Behavior, 6, 1292–1309. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41562-022-01359-x

Nickerson, J. F. (1949). Intonation of solo and ensemble performance of the same melody. The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 21(6), 593-595.

Nielsen, F. (1983). Oplavelse av musikalsk spænding. [Experience of musical tension]. Copenhaen: Academisk Forlag. Cited in Gabrielsson, A. & Lindström, E. (2001). The influence of musical structure on emotional expression. In P. Juslin and J. Sloboda (Eds.), Music and Emotion: Theory and Research, (pp.223-248). Oxford University Press.

Nielsen, F. (1987). Musical ‘tension’ and related concepts. In T.A. Sebeok & J. Umiker-Sebeok(Eds.), The semiotic web ’86. An international yearbook, (pp. 491-513). Mouton de Gruyler. Cited in Gabrielsson, A. & Lindström, E. (2001). The influence of musical structure on emotional expression. In P. Juslin & J. Sloboda (Eds.), Music and Emotion: Theory and Research, (pp.223-248). Oxford University Press.

Nielsen, S. (2004). Strategies and self-efficacy beliefs in instrumental and vocal individual practice: A study of students in higher music education. Psychology of Music, 32(4), 418-431.

Nies, A. (1986). Clinical pharmacology of beta-adrenergic blockers.  Medical Problems of Performing Musicians, 1(1), 25-29.

Nilsson, U. (2009). Soothing music can increase oxytocin levels during bed rest after open‐heart surgery: a randomised control trial. Journal of clinical nursing, 18(15), 2153-2161.

Nilsson, U., Unosson, M., & Rawal, N. (2005). Stress reduction and analgesia in patients exposed to calming music postoperatively: a randomized controlled trial. European journal of anaesthesiology, 22(2), 96-102.

Niquette, P. (2009). Uniform hearing protection for musicians. In M. Chasin (Ed.), Hearing loss in musicians: Prevention and management, (pp. 63-74). Plural Publishing.

Nketia, J. (1974). The music of Africa. Norton.

Nketia, J. (1984). Universal perspectives in ethnomusicology. The World of Music, 26(2), 3-20.

Noble, C. (1964). The psychology of cornet and trumpet playing: Scientific principles of artistic performance. Mountain Press.

Noguchi, K., Masaoka, Y., Satoh, K., Katoh, N., & Homma, I. (2012). Effect of music on emotions and respiration. The Showa University Journal of Medical Sciences, 24(1), 69-75.

Norman-Haignere, S., Feather, J., Boebinger, D., Brunner, P., Ritaccio, A., McDermott, J., Schalk, G., & Kanwisher, N. (2022). A neural population selective for song in human auditory cortex. Current Biology, 32, 1470-1484.

Norman-Haignere, S., Kanwisher, N., & McDermott, J. (2015). Distinct cortical pathways for music and speech revealedby hypothesis-free voxel decomposition. Neuron, 88, 1281-1296.

Norris, R. & Dommerholt, J. (1998). Applied ergonomics: Adaptive equipment and instrument modification for musicians. In R. Sataloff, A. Brandfonbrener, & R. Lederman (Eds.), Performing Arts Medicine, 2nd ed., (pp. 261-275). Singular Publishing Group.

North, A. (2009). People into music. http://www.psychology.hw.ac.uk/staffDetails.php?staff_id=55

North, A. & Hargreaves, D. (1995). Eminence in pop music. Popular music and society, 19(4), 41-66.

North, A. C., & Hargreaves, D. J. (1996). Situational influences on reported musical preference. Psychomusicology: A Journal of Research in Music Cognition, 15(1-2), 30.

North, A. & Hargreaves, D. (1997a). Experimental aesthetics and everyday music listening. In A. North & D. Hargreaves (Eds.) The Social Psychology of Music (pp. 84-103). Oxford University Press.

North, A. & Hargreaves, D. (1999b). Music and adolescent identity. Music Education Research, 1(1), 75-92. 

North, A. & Hargreaves, D. (2000). Collative variables versus prototypicality. Empirical Studies of the Arts, 8(1) 13-17.

North, A. & Hargreaves, D. (2005). Musical communication in commercial contexts. In D. Miell, R. MacDonald, & D. Hargreaves (Eds.), Musical communication, (pp. 405-422). Oxford University Press.

North, A. & Hargreaves, D. (2008). The social and applied psychology of music. Oxford University Press.

North, A. & Hargreaves, D. (2009). Music and consumer behavior. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, (pp. 481-90). Oxford University Press.

North, A. & Hargreaves, D. (2010). Music and marketing. In P. Juslin & J. Sloboda (Eds.), Handbook of Music and Emotion, (pp. 909-930). Oxford University Press.

North, A., & Hargreaves, D. (2012). Pop music subcultures and wellbeing. In R. MacDonald, G. Kreutz, & L. Mitchell (Eds.), Music, health and wellbeing (pp. 502-512). Oxford University Press.

North, A., Hargreaves, D., & O’Neill, S. (2000). The importance of music to adolescents. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 70, 255-272.

North, A., Hargreaves, D., & Tarrant, M. (2002). Social psychology and music education. In R. Colwell & C. Richardson (Eds.), The new handbook of research on music teaching and learning, (pp. 604-625). Oxford University Press.

Norton, A., Winner, E., Cronin, K., Overy, K., Lee, D., & Schlaug, G. (2005). Are there pre-existing neural, cognitive, or motoric markers for musical ability? Brain and Cognition, 59(2), 124 –134.

Norton, A., Zipse, L., Marchina, S., & Schlaug, G. (2009). Melodic intonation therapy: Shared insights on how it is done and why it might help. Annals of the New York Academy of Science. 1169:431-6. doi: 10.1111/j.1749-6632.2009.04859.x

Novembre, G., Sammler, D., & Keller, P. E. (2016). Neural alpha oscillations index the balance between self-other integration and segregation in real-time joint action. Neuropsychologia, 89, 414-425.

Novotney, A. (2013). Music as medicine. American Psychological Association, 4-524(10), 46-52.

Nowak, R., & Bennett, A. (2022). Music sociology: Value, technology, and identity. Routledge.

Noy, P. (1966-67). The psychodynamic meaning of music, parts 1-5. Journal of Music Therapy, 3(4), 116-123; 4(1), 7-23; 4(2), 45-51; 4(3), 81-94; 4(4), 117-125.

Nubé, J. (1991). Beta-blockers: Effects on performing musicians. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 6(2), 61-68.

Nubé, J. (1994). Time-series analyses of the effects of propranolol on pianistic performance. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 9(3), 77-88.

Nusbaum, E., Silvia, P.,  Burgin, C., Hodges, D., & Kwapil, T. (2014). Listening between the notes: Aesthetic chills in everyday music listening. Psychology of Aesthetics, 8(1) ,104-109.

Nutall, P. (2008). Thank you for the music? The role and significance of music for adolescents. Young Consumers, 9(2), 104-111.

Nyklíček I., Thayer, J., & Van Doornen, L. (1997). Cardiorespiratory differentiation of musically-induced emotions. Journal of Psychophysiology, 11, 304-321.

Ochsner, K., & Kosslyn, S. (2013). The Oxford handbook of cognitive neuroscience, 2 vols. Oxford University Press.

Ockelford, A. (2013a). Applied musicology: Using zygonic theory to inform music education, therapy, and psychology research. Oxford University Press.

Ockelford, A. (2013b). Music, language and autism. Jessica Kingsley Publishers.

Ockelford, A. (2016a). Beyond music psychology. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M.Thaut, (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, (2nd ed.; pp. 877–892). Oxford University Press.

Ockelford, A. (2016b). Prodigious musical talent in blind children with autism and learning difficulties: Identifying and educating potential musical savants. In G. McPherson (Ed.), Musical prodigies (pp. 471-495). Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.

Ockelford, A. (2019). The neuroscience of children on the autism spectrum with exceptional musical abilities. In M. Thaut & D. Hodges (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music and the brain (pp. 671-692). Oxford University Press.

O’Connell, D. (2003). The effects of prenatal music experiences on one-week-old infants’ timbre discrimination of selected auditory stimuli. (Doctor of Philosophy, University of North Carolina at Greensboro). Dissertation Abstracts International, 64/06-A, 2018. (University Microfilms No. 3093879).

O’Connor, B. & Dyce, J. (1997). Interpersonal rigidity, hostility, and complementarity in musical bands. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72(2), 362-372.

Ohno, S. (1993). A song in praise of peptide palindromes. Leukemia 7 (Supplement 2, August 1993), S157-9.

Ohno, S. & Ohno, M. (1986). The all prevasive principle of repetitious recurrence governs not only coding sequence construction but also human endeavor in musical composition. Immunogenetics, 24(2), 71-78. 


Oikkonen, J., Huang, Y., Onkamo, P., Ukkola-Vuoti, L., Raijas, P., Karma, K., Vieland, V., & Järvelä, I. (2015). A genome-wide linkage and association study of musical aptitude identifies loci containing genes related to inner ear development and neurocognitive functions. Molecular Psychiatry, 20(2), 275.

Oikkonen, J., Onkamo, P., Järvelä, I., & Kanduri, C. (2016). Convergent evidence for the molecular basis of musical traits. Scientific reports, 6, 39707.

Olds, C. (1985). Fetal response to music. Midwives Chronicle, 98(1170), 202-203.

Olejniczak, P. (2006). Neurophysiologic basis of EEG. Journal of Clinical Neurophysiology, 23(3), 186-189.

Oliver, R. (1932). The musical talent of natives of East Africa. British Journal of Psychology, 22, 333-343. (Psychological Abstracts 7:2964).

Oller, D., Griebel, U., Iyer, S., Jhang, Y., Warlaumont, A., Dale, R., & Call, J. (2019). Language origins viewed in spontaneous and interactive vocal rates of human and bonobo infants. Frontiers in Psychology, 10, 729.

Olsen, D. (1980). Folk music of South America.  In E. May (Ed.), Music of many cultures—A musical mosaic, (pp. 386-425). University of California Press.

Olsen, S. (2006). The golden section: Nature’s greatest secret. Walker.

Olson, A. D., Gooding, L. F., Shikoh, F., & Graf, J. (2016). Hearing health in college instrumental musicians and prevention of hearing loss. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 31(1), 29-36.

Olson, H. (1940). Elements of acoustical engineering. D. Van Nostrand.

Olson, H. (1952). Musical Engineering. McGraw-Hill.

Olson, H. (1967). Music, physics and engineering, 2nd ed. Dover Publications.

Olson, H. (2013). Music, physics and engineering, 2d ed. Dover.

Olson, M. & Hergenhahn, B. (2008).  An introduction to theories of learning, 8th ed. Pearson.

Olsson, E., von Schéele, B., & Theorell, T. (2013). Heart rate variability during choral singing. Music and Medicine, 5(1), 52-59.

Olson, M. H., & Ramirez, J. J. (2020). An Introduction to Theories of Learning (10th ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003014447

Olszewska, A. M., Gaca, M., Herman, A.M., Jednoróg, K., Marchewka, A. (2021). How musical training shapes the adult brain: Predispositions and neuroplasticity. Frontiers in Neuroscience, 15, 630829. doi: 10.3389/fnins.2021.630829. PMID: 33776638; PMCID: PMC7987793

Omar, R., Hailstone, J., Warren, J., Crutch, S., & Warren, J. (2010). The cognitive organization of music knowledge: A clinical analysis. Brain, available on Brain Advance Access, published February 8, 2010, 1-14.

Omigie D, Samson S. (2014). A protective effect of musical expertise on cognitive outcome following brain damage? Neuropsychology Review. 24(4):445-60. doi: 10.1007/s11065-014-9274-5.

O’Neill, S. (1997a). Gender and music. In D. Hargreaves & A. North (Eds.), The social psychology of music (pp. 46-63). Oxford University Press.

O’Neill, S. (1997b). The role of practice in children’s early musical performance achievement. In H. Jørgensen & A. Lehmann (Eds). Does practice make perfect? Current theory and research on instrumental music practice, (pp. 53-70). Norges Musikkhøgskole.

O’Neill, S. (1999). Flow theory and the development of musical performance skills. Bulletin of the Council for Research in Music Education, 141, 129-134.

O’Neill, S. & McPherson, G. (2002). Motivation. In R. Parncutt & G. McPherson (Eds.), The science and psychology of music performance, (pp. 31-46). Oxford University Press.

Ong, W. (1977). African talking drums and oral noetics. New Literary History, 8(3), 411-429.

Open Science Collaboration. (2015). Estimating the reproducibility of psychological science. Science, 349(6251). https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aac4716

Ormond, J. (1999). Human Learning, 3rd ed. Prentice-Hall.

Orton, A. (2004). Learning mathematics: Issues, theory and classroom practice, 3rd ed. Continuum.

Osaka, N., Minamoto, T., Yaoi, K., Azuma, M., and Osaka, M. (2014). Neural synchronization during cooperated humming: a hyperscanning study using fNIRS. Procedia – Social and Behavioral Sciences. 126, 241–243. doi: 10.1016/j.sbspro.2014.02.395

 Osaka, N., Minamoto, T., Yaoi, K., Azuma, M., Shimada, Y. M., & Osaka, M. (2015). How two brains make one synchronized mind in the inferior frontal cortex: fNIRS-based hyperscanning during cooperative singing. Frontiers in Psychology, 6, 1811.

Osborne, M. S., McPherson, G. E., Miksza, P., & Evans, P. (2020). Using a microanalysis intervention to examine shifts in musicians’ self-regulated learning. Psychology of Music 49,(4), 972-988.

Osborne, M., & Kirsner, J. (2022). Music performance anxiety. In G. McPherson (Ed.), The Oxford handbook of music performance, vol. 2. (pp. 204-231). Oxford University Press.

Osborne, N. (2009). Towards a chronobiology of musical rhythm. In S. Malloch & C. Trevarthen (Eds.), Communicative Musicality: Exploring the Basis of Human Companionship, (pp. 545-564). Oxford University Press.

Osis, K. & Haraldsson, E. (1997). At the hour of death: A new look at evidence for life after death, 3rd ed. Hastings House.

Ostwald, P., Avery, M., & Ostwald, L. (1998). Psychiatric problems of performing artists. In R. Sataloff, A. Brandfonbrener, & R. Lederman (Eds.), Performing Arts Medicine, 2nd ed., (pp. 337-348). Singular Publishing Group.

Overy, K. (2003). Dyslexia and Music: From Timing Deficits to Musical Intervention. In G. Avanzini, C. Faienza, D. Minciacchi, L. Lopez, & M. Majno (Eds.), The neurosciences of music. Annals of the New York academy of sciences, 999, 497-505.

Overy, K., Norton, A., Cronin, K., Gaab, N., Alsop, D., Winner, E., & Schlaug, G. (2004). Imaging melody and rhythm processing in young children. NeuroReport, 15, 1723-1726.

Overy, K., Peretz, I., Zatorre, R., Lopez, L., & Majno, M. (2012). The neurosciences and music IV: Learning and memory. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1252.

Owens, D. (2007). Noise-induced hearing Loss. The Instrumentalist, 62(3), 23-28.

Owens, M., & Owens, D. (1984). Cry of the Kalahari. Houghton Mifflin.

Oyama, T., Hatano, K., Sato, Y., Kudo, M., Spintge, R. & Droh, R. (1987).  Endocrine effect of anxiolytic music in dental patients.  In R. Spintge & R. Droh (Eds.), Music in Medicine, (pp. 223–226). Springer-Verlag.

Pacholczyk, J. (1980). Secular classical music in the Arabic near east. In E. May (Ed.), Music of many cultures—A musical mosaic, (pp. 253-268). University of California Press.

Palac, J. (2008). Promoting musical health, enhancing musical performance: Wellness for music students. Music Educators Journal, 94(3), 18-22.

Palmer, A. J. (1995). Music education and spirituality: A philosophical exploration. Philosophy of Music Education Review, 91-106.

Palmer, A. J. (2006). Music education and spirituality: Philosophical exploration II. Philosophy of Music Education Review, 14(2), 143-158.

Palmer, A. J. (2010). Spirituality in music education: Transcending culture, exploration III. Philosophy of music education review, 18(2), 152-170.

Palmer, C. (1997). Music performance. Annual Review of Psychology, 48, 115-138.

Palmer, C. & Meyer, R. (2000). Conceptual and motor learning in music performance. Psychological Science, 11(1), 63-68.

Palmer, M. (1976). Relative effectiveness of two approaches to rhythm reading for fourth-grade students. Journal of Research in Music Education, 24(3), 110-118.

Pan, J. (2009). Acoustical properties of ancient Chinese musical bells. Proceedings of Acoustics 2009.

Panksepp, J. (1995). The emotional sources of ‘chills’ induced by music. Music Perception, 13, 171-201.

Panksepp, J., & Bernatzky, G. (2002). Emotional sounds and the brain: The neuro-affective foundations of musical appreciation. Behavioural Processes, 60(2), 133-155.

Panksepp, J. & Trevarthen, C. (2009). The neuroscience of emotion in music. In S. Malloch & C. Trevarthen (Eds.), Communicative Musicality: Exploring the Basis of Human Companionship, (pp. 105-146). Oxford University Press.

Panneton, R. (1985). Prenatal auditory experience with melodies: Effects on postnatal auditory preferences. (Doctor of Philosophy, The University of North Carolina at Greensboro).  Dissertation Abstracts International 47/09-B, 3984. University Microfilms No. 8701333).

Pantev, C., Hoke, M., Lutkenhoner, B., & Lehnertz, K. (1989).  Tonotopic organization of the auditory cortex: Pitch versus frequency representation. Science, 246(4929), 486–88.

Pantev, C., Paraskevopoulos, E., Kuchenbuch, A., Lu, Y., & Herholz, S. C. (2015). Musical expertise is related to neuroplastic changes of multisensory nature within the auditory cortex. European Journal of Neuroscience, 41(5), 709-717.

Papageorgi, I., & Welch, G. (2014). Advanced musical performance. Ashgate.

Paparo, S. (2022). The Feldenkrais Method. In G. McPherson (Ed.), The Oxford handbook of music performance, vol. 2. (pp. 3-21). Oxford University Press.

Papatzikis, E., Agapaki, M., Naveena Selvan, R., Hanson-Abromeit, D., Gold, C., Epstein, S., Lok, U., Barda, E., & Pandey, V. (2024). Music Medicine and Music Therapy in Pediatric Care: A systematic review of passive music listening research applications and findings on infant development and medical practice. medRxiv, 2024-04.

Papousek, H. (1996). Musicality in infant research: Biological and cultural origins of early musicality. In I. Deliège & J. A. Sloboda (Eds.), Musical beginnings: Origins and development of musical competence, (pp. 37-55). Oxford University Press.

Papousek, M. (1996). Intuitive parenting: A hidden source of musical stimulation in infancy. In I. Deliège & J. A. Sloboda (Eds.), Musical beginnings: Origins and development of musical competence, (pp. 88-112). Oxford University Press.

Paraskeva, S. & McAdams, S. (1997). Influence of timbre, presence/absence of tonal hierarchy and musical training on the perception of musical tension and relaxation schemas. Proceedings of the 1997 International Computer Music Conference, Thessaloniki, (pp. 438-441). International Computer Music Association.

Paraskevopoulos, E., Tsapkini, K., & Peretz, I. (2010). Cultural aspects of music perception: Validation of a Greek version of the Montreal Battery of Evaluation of Amusias. Journal of the International Neuropsychological Society, 16(4), 695-704.

Parizek, D., Sladicekova, K., Tonhajzerova, I., Veterník, M., & Jakus, J. (2021). The effect of music on heart rate variability. Acta Medica Martiniana, 21(1), 1-8.

Park, H. (2013). The effect of individualized music on agitation for home-dwelling persons with dementia. Open Journal of Nursing, 3, 453-459.

Park, H., Lee, S., Kim, H-J., Ju, Y., Shin, J., Hong, D., Grotthuss, M., Lee, D-S., Park, C., Kim, J., Kim, B., Yoo, Y., Cho, S-I., Sung, J., Lee, C. Kim, J-I., & Seo, J-S.. (2012). Comprehensive genomic analyses associate UGT8 variants with musical ability in a Mongolian population. Journal of Medical Genetics, 49, 747-752

Parker, A. F., Paterson, T. S., Goranson, T., & Gawryluk, J. R. (2023). The Piano Man: A Case Report of Anterior Thalamic Infarct with Dementia and Preserved Music Ability. Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology, acad069, 1-8. https://doi.org/10.1093/arclin/acad069

Parker, O. (1961). A study of the relationship of aesthetic sensitivity to musical ability, intelligence, and socioeconomic status. Ph.d. diss., University of Kansas.

Parker, S., & Smith, A. (2013). Musician’s acoustics. CreateSpace Indepenednet Publishing Platform. 

Parker, T.  (1984). In one day. Houghton Mifflin.

Parncutt, R. (1989).  Harmony: A psychoacoustical approach. Springer-Verlag.

Parncutt, R. (2009). Prenatal development and the phylogeny and ontogeny of music. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, (pp. 219-228). Oxford University Press.

Parncutt, R. (2016). Prenatal development and the phylogeny and ontogeny of musical behavior. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), Oxford handbook of music psychology, (pp. 371-386). Oxford University Press.

Parncutt, R. & McPherson, G. (Eds.). (2002). The science and psychology of music performance. Oxford University Press.

Parsons, C. E., Young, K. S., Murray, L., Stein, A., & Kringelbach, M. L. (2010). The functional neuroanatomy of the evolving parent–infant relationship. Progress in neurobiology, 91(3), 220-241.

Parsons, L., Sergent, J., Hodges, D., & Fox, P. (2005). The brain basis of piano performance. Neuropsychologia, 43, 199-215.

Parsons, M., Salgado Kent, C., Recalde-Salas, A., & McCauley, R. (2017). Fish choruses off Port Hedland, Western Australia. Bioacoustics, 26(2), 135-152.

Parton, D. (1995). My life and other unfinished business. HarperCollins.

Pascual-Leone, A. (2003). The brain that plays music and is changed by it. In I. Peretz & R. Zatorre (Eds.), The cognitive neuroscience of music, (pp. 396-412). Oxford University Press.

Pascual-Leone, A., Dang, N., Cohen, L., Brasil-Neto, J., Cammarota, A., & Hallett, M. (1995). Modulation of muscle responses evoked by transcranial magnetic stimulation during the acquisition of new fine motor skills. Journal of Neurophysiology, 74(3), 1037-1045.

Pascual-Leone, A., Grafman, J., & Hallett, M. (1994). Modulation of cortical motor output maps during development of implicit and explicit knowledge. Science, 263(5151), 1287–1289.

Pascual-Leone, A., Nguyet, D., Cohen, L. G., Brasil-Neto, J. P., Cammarota, A., & Hallett, M. (1995). Modulation of muscle responses evoked by transcranial magnetic stimulation during the acquisition of new fine motor skills. Journal of Neurophysiology, 74(3), 1037-1045.

Pashler, H., McDaniel, M., Rohrer, D., & Bjork, R. (2008). Learning Styles: Concepts and Evidence. Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 9(3), 105-119.

Patel, A. (2014). Can nonlinguistic musical training change the way the brain processes speech? The expanded OPERA hypthesis. Hearing Research, 308, 98-108.

Patel, A. (2011). Why would musical training benefit the neural encoding of speech? The OPERA hypothesis. Frontiers in Psychology, 2, 142.

Patel, A. (2008). Music, language, and the brain. Oxford University Press.

Patel, A. (2009). Music and the brain: Three links to language. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, (pp. 208-216). Oxford University Press.

Patel, A. (2010). Music, language, and the brain. Oxford University Press

Patel, A. (2024). Musicality, evolution, and animal responses to music. In R. Fleming (Ed.), Music and mind: Harnessing the arts for health and wellness (pp. 3-19). Viking.

Patel, A. & Daniele, J. (2003). An empirical comparison of rhythm in language and music. Cognition, 87, B35-B45.

Patel, A. D., & Demorest, S. M. (2013). Comparative Music Cognition: Cross-Species and Cross-Cultural Studies. In D. Deutsch (Ed.), The psychology of music, 3rd ed. (pp. 647-681). Academic Press.

Patel, A., Iversen, J., Bregman, M., & Schulz, I. (2009). Experimental evidence for synchronization to a musical beat in a nonhuman animal. Current Biology, 19(10), 827-830.

Patel, A., Meltznoff, A., & Kuhl K. (2004). Cultural differences in rhythm perception: What is the influence of native language? In S. Lipscomb, R. Ashley, R. Gjerdingen, & P. Webster (Eds.), Proceedings of the 8^th International Conference on Music Perception and Cognition. Northwestern University. CD-ROM.

Patterson, C. (2004). Evolution: Neo-Darwinian theory. In R. Gregory (Ed.), Oxford companion to the mind, 2nd ed., (pp. 307-317). Oxford University Press.

Patterson, G. (2020). Beyond the secret elephants: Of mystery, elephants and discovery. Jonathan Ball.

Paul, D. (1982). Music therapy for handicapped children: Emotionally disturbed. W. Lathom & C. Eagle, Jr., (Series Eds.). National Association for Music Therapy.

Paulander, A. S., Lindholm, C., Torgrip, R., Kumlin, M., & Eulau, L. (2024). Use of person-centred music to manage wound dressing-related pain: A mixed method case study. Journal of Wound Care, 33(Sup4a), cxxx-cxxxix.

Pavlov, I. (1927/2003). Conditioned reflexes. Trans. by G. Anrep. Dover.

Payne, K. (2000). The progressively changing songs of  humpback whales: A window on the creative process in a wild animal. In N. Wallin, B. Merker, & S. Brown (Eds.), The origins of music, (pp. 135-150). The MIT Press.

Pätynen, J. (2007). Virtual acoustics in practice rooms. Master’s thesis, Helsinki University of Technology. Retrieved from https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/80700876.pdf

Peach, S. (1984).  Some implications for the clinical use of music facilitated imagery. Journal of Music Therapy, 21(1), 27–34.

Pearce, M. T. (2018). Statistical learning and probabilistic prediction in music cognition: mechanisms of stylistic enculturation. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1423(1), 378-395.

Peck, Katlyn J., Todd A. Girard, Frank A. Russo, and Alexandra J. Fiocco. “Music and memory in Alzheimer’s disease and the potential underlying mechanisms.” Journal of Alzheimer’s Disease 51, no. 4 (2016): 949-959.

Pelling, A., Sehati, S., Gralla, E., Valentine, J., & Gimzewski, J. (2004). Local nanomechanical motion of the cell wall of Sacharomyces cerevisiae. Science, 305, 1147-1150.

Penhune, V. (2019). Musical expertise and brain structure: The causes and consequences of training. In M. Thaut & D. Hodges (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music and the brain (pp. 419-438). Oxford University Press.

Penman, J., & Becker J. (2009). Religious ecstatics, “deep listeners,” and musical emotion. Empirical Musicology Review, 4(2), 49-70.

Peoples, G. (2024). U.S. Music consumption saw double-digit growth in 2023 as streaming surged, sales rebounded. Billboard. https://www.billboard.com/pro/2023-u-s-year-end-luminate-music-report-streaming-rises-sales-rebound/

Perani, D., Saccuman, M., Scifo, P., Spada, D., Andreolli, G., Rovelli, R. Baldoli, C., & Koelsch, S. (2010). Functional specializations for music processing in the human newborn brain. PNAS (Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences), 107(10), 4758-4763.

Peretti, P. & Swenson, K. (1974). Effects of music on anxiety as determined by physiological skin responses. Journal of Research in Music Education, 22, 278-283.

Peretz, I. (2001). Brain specialization for music: New evidence from congenital amusia. In R. Zatorre & I. Peretz (Eds.), The biological foundations of music. Annals of the New York academy of sciences, 930, 153-165.

Peretz, I. (2010). Towards a neurobiology of musical emotions. In P. Juslin & J. Sloboda (Eds.), Handbook of music and emotions, (pp. 99-126). Oxford University Press.

Peretz, I. (2012). Music, language, and modularity in action. Language and music as cognitive systems, 254-268.

Peretz, I. (2016). Neurobiology of congenital amusia. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 20(11), 857-867.

Peretz, I., Champod, A., & Hyde, K. (2003). Varieties of musical disorders: The Montreal Battery of Evaluation of Amusia. In Avanzini, G., Faienza, C., Minciacchi, D., Lopez, L. & Majno, M. (Eds.), The  neurosciences and music. Annals of the New York academy of sciences, 999, 58-75.

Peretz, I., Gagnon, L., & Bouchard, B. (1998). Music and emotion: Perceptual determinants, immediacy, and isolation after brain damage. Cognition, 68, 111-141.

Peretz, I. & Zatorre, R. (2003). The cognitive neuroscience of music. Oxford University Press.

Peretz, I., & Zatorre, R. (2005). Brain organization for music processing. Annual Review of Psychology, 56, 89-114.

Pérez, A., Carreiras, M., & Duñabeitia, J. (2017). Brain-to-brain entrainment: EEG interbrain synchronization while speaking and listening. Scientific Reports, 7(4190), 1-12.

Peretz, I., Cummings, S., & Dubé, M. P. (2007). The genetics of congenital amusia (tone deafness): A family-aggregation study. The American Journal of Human Genetics, 81(3), 582-588.

Perlman, A. M., & Greenblatt, D.  (1981).  Miles Davis meets Noam Chomsky: Some observations on jazz improvisation and language structure. In W. Steiner (Ed.). Sign in music and literature (pp. 169-183). University of Texas Press.

Perani, D., Saccuman, M. C., Scifo, P., Spada, D., Andreolli, G., Rovelli, R., Baldoli, C., & Koelsch, S. (2010). Functional specializations for music processing in the human newborn brain. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 107(10), 4758–4763.

Perreault, C. (2012). The pace of cultural evolution. PlusOne https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0045150

Perry, G., Polito, V., & Thompson, W.F. (2023). Exploring the physiological and psychological effects of group chanting in Australia: Reduced stress, cortisol and enhanced social connection. Journal of Religion and Health, 1-23. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1007/s10943-023-01967-5

Persson, R. (2001). The subjective world of the performer. In P. Juslin & J. Sloboda (Eds.), Music and emotion: Theory and research, (pp. 275-289). Oxford University Press.

Peters, E., Del Rey, A., Krüger, K., Rummel, C. (20230). 2nd European Psychoneuroimmunology Network Autumn School: The Skin-Brain Axis and the breaking of barriers. Neuroimmunomodulation;30 Supplement 1(1):3-7. doi: 10.1159/000533611

Peterson, D. C., Reddy, V., & Hamel, R. N. (2022). Neuroanatomy, auditory pathway. IN: StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing. PMID 30335344. https://europepmc.org/article/NBK/nbk532311

Petit, P. (2011). The paleolithic origins of human burial. Routledge.

Petzold, R. (1963). The development of auditory perception of music sounds by children in the first six grades. Journal of Research in Music Education, 11, 21–43.

Pflederer, M. (1964).  The responses of children to musical tasks embodying Piaget’s principle of conservation. Journal of Research in Music Education, 12(3), 251–268.

Pfordresher, P. (2019). Sound and action in music performance. Academic Press.

Phelps, R. (1969). A guide to research in music education. W. C. Brown.

Phelps, R. (1980). A guide to research in music education, 2nd ed. Scarecrow Press.

Phillips, D. (1976).  An investigation of the relationship between musicality and intelligence. Psychology of Music, 4, 16–31.

Phillips, S. & Mace, S. (2008). Sound-level measurements in music practice rooms. Music Performance Research. 2, 36-47. (Available from http://www.mpr-online.net/index.html).

Phillips, S., Shoemaker, J., Mace, S., & Hodges D. (2008). Environmental factors in susceptibility to noise-induced hearing loss in student musicians. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 23, 20-28.

Phillips-Silver, J., Tolviainen, P., Gosselin, M., Piché, O., Nozaradan, S., Palmer, C., & Peretz, I. (2011). Born to dance but beat deaf: A new form of congenital amusia. Neuropsychlogia, 49(5), 961-969.

Piaget, J. (1947/2001). The psychology of intelligence. Trans. by M. Piercy & D. Berlyne. Routledge.

Piaget, J. & Inhelder, B. (1969/2000). The psychology of the child. Trans. by H. Weaver. Basic Books.

Pickles, J. (1988). An introduction to the physiology of hearing, 2nd ed. New York: Academic Press.

Pierce, J. (1999). The nature of musical sound. In D. Deutsch (Ed.), The psychology of music, 2nd ed., (pp. 1-23). Academic Press.

Pierce, J. & David Jr., E. (1958). Man’s world of sound. Doubleday.

Pignatiello, M., Camp, C.,  Elder, S., &  Rasar, L. (1989).  A psychophysiological comparison of the Velten and musical mood induction techniques. Journal of Music Therapy, 26(3),140–154.

Pilger, A., Haslacher, H., Ponocny-Seliger, E., Perkmann, T., Böhm, K., Budinsky, A., Girard, A., Klien, K., Jordakieva, G., Pezawas, L., Wagner, O., Godnic-Cvar, J., & Winker, R. (2014). Affective and inflammatory responses among orchestra musicians in performance situation. Brain, Behavior, and Immunity, 37, 23-29.

Pinker, S. (1997). How the mind works. W.W. Norton.

Piperek, M. (1981). Stress and music. Wilhelm Braumüller.

Pitts, S., Davidson, J., & McPherson, G. (2000). Developing effective practice strategies: Case studies of three young instrumentalists. Music Education Resarch, 2(1), 45-56.

Plack, C. (2005). The sense of hearing. Lawrence Erlbaum.

Platel, H., Baron, J., Desgranges, B., Bernard, F., & Eustache, F. (2003). Semantic and episodic memory of music are subserved by distinct neural networks. NeuroImage, 20, 244-256.

Plomp, R. (1976). Aspects of tone sensation: A psychophysical study. Academic Press.

Plomp, R. & Bouman, M. (1959). Relation between hearing threshold and duration for tone pulses. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 31(6), 749-758.

Plotkin, H. (1994). Darwin machines and the nature of knowledge. Harvard University Press.

Pohlmann, K. (1992). The compact disc handbook. A-R Editions.

Polanka, M. (1995). Research note: Factors affecting eye movements during the reading of short melodies. Psychology of Music, 23(2), 177-183.

Polderman, T., Benyamin, B., de Leeuw, C. et al. Meta-analysis of the heritability of human traits based on fifty years of twin studies. Nat Genet 47, 702–709 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1038/ng.3285

Pons, F., Lewkowicz, D., Soto-Faraco, S. & Sebastián-Gallés, N. (2009). Narrowing of intersensory speech perception in infancy. Proceedings of the  National Academy of Sciences, 106(26), 10598-10602.

Portin, P. (2015). A comparison of biological and cultural evolution. Journal of Genetics, 94(1), 155-168.

Posner, M. & Keele, S. (1968). On the genesis of abstract ideas. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 77, 353–363.

Post, J. (Ed.). (2005). Ethnomusicology: A contemporary reader. Routledge.

Pottle, R. (1970). How a great orchestra resolves an intonation dilemma. Selmer Band Wagon, 59,28–29.

Pouthas, V. (1996). The development of the perception of time and temporal regulation of action in infants and children. In I. Deliège & J. Sloboda (Eds.), Musical beginnings: Origins and development of musical competence, (pp. 115-141). Oxford University Press.

Powell, J. (2016).  Why you love music: From Mozart to Metallica—the emotional power of beautiful sounds. Little, Brown.

Powell, N. (1979). Fibonacci and the gold mean: Rabbits, rumbas, and rondeaux. Journal of Music Theory, 23(2), 227-273.

Powers, W. (1990). War dance: Plains Indian musical performance. The University of Arizona Press.

Prassas, S., Thaut, M., McIntosh, G., & Rice, R. (1997). Effects of auditory rhythmic cuing on gait kinematic parameters in hemiparetic stroke patients. Gait Posture, 6, 218-223.

Pratt, C. (1931). The meaning of music: A study in psychological aesthetics. McGraw-Hill.

Pratt, R. (1996). Professionalism in music therapy and music medicine: Issues of past and future. In R. Pratt & R. Spintge (Eds.), MusicMedicine 2, (pp. 301-308). MMB Music.

Pratt, R. (1999). Listening to music during surgery: A program of Intermountain Health Care. International Journal of Arts Medicine, 6(1), 21-30.

Pratt, R. & Grocke, D. (Eds.). (1999). MusicMedicine 3. The University of Melbourne.

Pratt, R. & Jones, R. (1987). Music and medicine: A partnership in history. In R. Spintge & R. Droh (Eds.), Music in medicine, (pp. 377-388). Springer-Verlag.

Pratt, R. & Spintge, R. (Eds.). (1995). MusicMedicine 2. MMB Music.

Preckel, F., Folle, J., Grabner, R., Jarvin, L., Kozbelt, A., Müllensiefen, D., Olszewski-Kubilius, P., Scheider, W., Subotnick, R., Vock, M., & Worrell, F. C. (2020). Talent development in achievement domains: A psychological framework for within- and cross-domain research. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 15(1), 691-722. https://doi.org/10.1177/1745691619895030

Presley, D. (2007). An analysis of sound-level exposures of drum and bugle corps percussionists. Percussive Notes, August, 70-75.

Pressing, J. (1984a). The history of classical improvisation. A thousand years of fluid performance traditions.  (Part 1), Keyboard, 10(11), 64-68.

Pressing, J. (1984b). The history of classical improvisation.  Baroque music & beyond. (Part 2), Keyboard, 10(12), 59-67.

Pressing, J. (1984c). Cognitive processes in improvisation. In W. R. Crozier & A. J. Chapman (Eds.). Cognitive processes in the perception of art (pp. 345-363). Elsevier Science Publishers.

Pressing, J. (1988).  Improvisation: Methods and models. In J. A. Sloboda (Ed.). Generative processes in music: The psychology of performance, improvisation, and composition (pp. 129-178). Clarendon Press.

Price, H. (Ed.). (1998). Music education research. Rowman & Littlefield Education.

Pritchard, A. (2009). Ways of learning: learning theories and learning styles in the classroom. Routledge.

Proops, L., McComb, K., & Reby, D. (2009). Cross-modal individual recognition in domestic horses (Equus caballus). Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 106(3), 947-951.

Proust, D. (2009). The harmony of the spheres from Pythagoras to Voyager. Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union, 5(S260), 358-367.

Prugh, L., & Golden, C. (2014). Does moonlight increase predation risk? Meta-analysis reveals divergent responses of nocturnal mammals to lunar cycles. Journal of Animal Ecology, 83, 504-514.

Psarris, G., Eleftheriadis, N., Sidiras, C., Sereti, A., & Iliadou, V. M. (2024). Temporal resolution and pitch discrimination in music education: Novel data in children. European Archives of Oto-Rhino-Laryngology, 1-9. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00405-024-08571-7

Pujol, K. (1994). The effect of vibrotactile stimulation, instrumentation, and precomposed melodies on physiological and behavioral responses of profoundly retarded children and adults. Journal of Music Therapy, 31, 186-205.

Pulli, K., Karma, K., Norio, R., Sistonen, P., Göring, H.H., Järvelä, I. (2008). Genome-wide linkage scan for loci of musical aptitude in Finnish families: evidence for a major locus at 4q22. Journal of Medical Genetics,45(7),451-6.

Purves D, Augustine GJ, Fitzpatrick D, et al., editors. (2001). Neuroscience. 2nd ed. Sunderland (MA): Sinauer Associates; 2001. The Audible Spectrum. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK10924/

Purves, D., Augustine, G., Fitzpatrik, D., Hall, W., LaMantia, A-S., Mooney, R., Platt, M., & White, L. (Eds.). (2018). Neuroscience, 6th ed. Oxford University Press.

Purves, D. (author), Augustine, G., Groh, J., Huettel, S., LaMantia, S., & White, L. (Eds.). (2023). Neuroscience, 7^th ed. Oxford University Press.

Putman, J. (1988). The search for modern humans. National Geographic, 174(4), 438-77.

Quartz, S. (2003). Learning and brain development: A neural constructivist perspective. In P. Quinlan (Ed.), Connectionist models of development, (pp. 279-309). Psychology Press.

Radocy, R. (1975). A naïve minority of one and deliberate majority mismatches of tonal stimuli. Journal of Research in Music Education, 23(2), 120-133.

Radocy, R. (1980). The perception of melody, harmony, rhythm, and form. In D. Hodges (Ed.), Handbook of music psychology, (pp. 93-103). National Association for Music Therapy.

Radocy, R. & Boyle, J. (1979). Psychological foundations of musical behavior. Charles C. Thomas.

Radocy, R. & Boyle, J. (1988). Psychological foundations of musical behavior, 2nd ed. Charles C. Thomas.

Radocy, R. & Boyle, J. (1997). Psychological foundations of musical behavior, 3rd ed. Charles C. Thomas.

Radocy, R. & Boyle, J. (2003). Psychological foundations of musical behavior, 4th ed. Charles C. Thomas.

Radocy, R. & Boyle, J. (2012). Psychological foundations of musical behavior, 5th ed. Charles C. Thomas.

Raeburn, S. (1987a). Occupational stress and coping in a sample of professional rock musicians: Part 1. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 2(2), 41-48.

Raeburn, S. (1987b). Occupational stress and coping in a sample of professional rock musicians: Part 2. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 2(3), 77-82.

Raeburn, S. (1999). Psychological issues and treatment strategies in popular musicians: A Review, Part 1. Medical Problems of Performing Musicians, 14(4), 171-179.

Raeburn, S. (2000). Psychological issues and treatment strategies in popular musicians: A Review, Part 2. Medical Problems of Performing Musicians, 15(1), 6-17.

Raffman, D. (1993). Language, music, and mind.Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Ragert, M., Fairhurst, M. T., & Keller, P. E. (2014). Segregation and integration of auditory streams when listening to multi-part music. PloS one, 9(1), e84085.

Rahn, J. (2011). The Hurrian Pieces, ca. 1350 BCE: Part One—Notation and Analysis. Analytical Approaches to World Music, 1(1), 93-151.

Rainbow, B. (1989). Music in educational thought and practice. Boethius.

Rainbow, E. & Froehlich, H. (1987). Research in music education: An introduction to systematic inquiry. Schirmer.

Raimondi, T., Di Panfilo, G., Pasquali, M., Zarantonello, M., Favaro, L., Savini, T., … & Ravignani, A. (2023). Isochrony and rhythmic interaction in ape duetting. Proceedings of the Royal Society B, 290(1990), 20222244.

Raloff, J. (1983). Noise: The subtle pollutant. In Science yearbook: New illustrated encyclopedia, (pp. 194-199). Funk and Wagnalls.

Ramachandran, V. S., & Hirstein, W. (1999). The science of art: A neurological theory of aesthetic experience. Journal of consciousness Studies, 6(6-7), 15-51.

Randall, W. M., Rickard, N. S., & Vella-Brodrick, D. A. (2014). Emotional outcomes of regulation strategies used during personal music listening: A mobile experience sampling study. Musicae Scientiae, 18(3), 275-291.

Rapoport, E. (1996). Emotional expression code in opera and lied singing. Journal of New Music Research, 25(2), 109-149.

Rasch, R. (1988). Timing and synchronization in ensemble performance. In J. Sloboda (Ed.), Generative processes in music, (pp. 70-90). Clarendon Press.

Rasch, R. & Plomp, R. (1999). The Perception of Musical Tones. In D. Deutsch (Ed.), The psychology of music, 2nd ed., (pp. 89-112). Academic Press.

Rath, S. & Naik, P. (2005). Fibonacci structure and conch shell. Current Science, 88(4), 555-556.

Raufschecker, J. (2001). Cortical plasticity and music. In R. Zatorre & I. Peretz (Eds.), The biological foundations of music. Annals of the New York academy of sciences, 930, 330-336.

Ravignani, A., Dalla Bella, S., Falk, S., Kello, C.T., Noriega, F. and Kotz, S.A. (2019), Rhythm in speech and animal vocalizations: A cross-species perspective. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1453: 79-98. https://doi.org/10.1111/nyas.14166

Ravignani, A., Gingras, B., Asano, R., Sonnweber, R., Matellan, V., & Fitch, W. (2013). The evolution of rhythmic cognition: new perspectives and technologies in comparative research. In CogSci 2013: the 35th Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society (pp. 1199-1204). Cognitive Science Society.

https://pure.mpg.de/rest/items/item_3218661/component/file_3218662/content

Rayner, K. (1998). Eye movements in reading and information processing: 20 years of research. Psychological Bulletin, 124(3), 372-422.

Rebuschat, P., Rohrmeier, M., Hawkins, J., & Cross, I. (Eds.). (2012).  Language and music as cognitive systems. Oxford University Press.

Reck, D. (1977). Music of the whole earth. Scribner.

Reck, D. B. (1983). A musician’s tool kit: A study of five performances by Thirugokarnam Ramachandra Iyer, 2 vols. Ph.D. dissertation, Wesleyan University.

Reed, E. (1997). From soul to mind: The emergence of psychology, from Erasmus Darwin to William James. Yale University Press.

Regelski, T. (2005). Response to Philip Alperson, “robust  praxialism and the ant-aesthetic turn”. Philosophy of Music Education Review, 19(2), 196-203.

Reik, T. (1953). The haunting melody: Psychoanalytic experiences in life and music. Farrar, Strauss, and Young.

Reilly, M. (1996). Relaxation, imagery, and music as an adjunct therapy to narcotic analgesia in the perioperative period. In R. Pratt & R. Spintge (Eds.). MusicMedicine 2, (pp. 206-217). MMB Music.

Reilly, M. (1999). Music, a cognitive behavioral intervention for anxiety and acute pain control in the elderly cataract patient. Unpublished doctoral dissertation: The University of Texas Graduate School of Biomedical Sciences at San Antonio, School of Nursing.

Reimer, B. (1989). A philosophy of music education, 2nd ed. Prentice-Hall.

Reimer, B. (2012). All theoried up and nowhere to go. In G. McPherson & G. Welch (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music education, vol. 2. (pp. 678–681). Oxford University Press.

Reinberg, A., & Ashkenazi, I. (2003). Concepts in human biological rhythms. Dialogues in Clinical Neuroscience, 5(4), 327-342.

Reitsma, O. (2020). Hearing Religious Music. The Subject-Object Relationship of the Listener and the Piece of Music in a Consumption Era. Perichoresis, 18, 63 – 75.

Rentfrow, P., Goldberg, L., & Levitin, D. (2011). The structure of musical preferences: A five-factor model. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 100(6), 1139-1157.

Rentfrow, P., Goldberg, L., Stillwell, D., Kosinski, M., Gosling, S., & Levitin, D. (2012). The song remains the same: A replication and extension of the MUSIC model. Music Perception: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 30(2), 161-185.

Rentfrow, P., Goldberg, L., & Zilca, R. (2011). Listening, watching, and reading: The structure and correlates of entertainment preferences. Journal of Personality, 79(2), 223-258.

Rentfrow, P. & Gosling, S. (2003). The do re mi’s of everyday life: The structure and personality correlates of music preferences. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84(6), 1236-1256.

Rentfrow, P. & Gosling, S. (2006). Message in a bottle: The role of music preferences in interpersonal perception. Psychological Science, 17(3), 236-242.

Rentfrow, P., & Gosling, S. (2007). The content and validity of music-genre stereotypes among college students. Psychology of Music, 35(2), 306-326.

Rentfrow, P., & Levitin, D. (Eds.). (2019). Foundations in music psychology: Theory and research. The MIT Press.

Rentfrow, P. J., & McDonald, J. A. (2010). Preference, personality, and emotion. In P. Juslin & J. Sloboda (Eds.), Handbook of music and emotion (pp. 669-695). Oxford University Press.

Rentfrow, P., McDonald, J., & Oldmeadow, J. (2009). You are what you listen to: Young people’s stereotypes about music fans. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 12(3), 329-344.

Repp, B. (1997). The aesthetic quality of a quantitatively average music performance: Two preliminary experiments. Music Perception, 14, 419-444.

Resources on musicians’ health and wellness. (2008). Music Educators Journal, 94(3), 20-21.

Révész, G. (1925). The psychology of a musical prodigy. Harcourt, Brace.

Révész, G. (1954). Introduction to the psychology of music. Trans. by C. de Courey. University of Oklahoma Press.

Reybrouck, M., Eerola, T., Podlipniak, P. (Eds.). (2018). Music and the functions of the brain: Arousal, emotions, and pleasure. Lausanne: Frontiers Media. doi: 10.3389/978-2-88945-452-5

Reybrouck, M., & Schiavio, A. (2024). Music performance as knowledge acquisition: A review and preliminary conceptual framework. Frontiers in Psychology, 15, 1331806.

Reyes, A. (2009). What do ethnomusicologists do? An old question for a new century. Ethnomusicology, 53(1), 1-17.

Reymore, L., & Huron, D. (2020). Using auditory imagery tasks to map the cognitive linguistic dimensions of musical instrument timbre qualia. Psychomusicology: Music, Mind, and Brain, 30(3), 124–144.

Reznikoff, I. (2008). Sound resonance in prehistoric times: A study of Paleolithic painted caves and rocks. Procedings of Acoustics’08 Paris, 4137-4141. Retrieved on September 19, 2018 from: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/5325208_Sound_resonance_in_prehistoric_times_A_study_of_Paleolithic_painted_caves_and_rocks.

Rhodes, M. (1961). An analysis of creativity. Phi Delta Kappan, 42(7), 305-310.

Rhythmless Nation. (2001). Time Magazine.  http://www.time.com/time/musicgoesglobal/asia/mtaliban.html

Rice, T. (2014). Ethnomusicology: A very short introduction. Oxford University Press.

Rice, T. (2017). Modeling Ethnomusicology. Oxford University Press.

Richardson, H. (1972). An experimental study utilizing two procedures for teaching music reading to children in second grade. Rev. by J. Klemish in Council for Research in Music Education, 30, 47-50. 

Richardson, V. (1997). Constructivist teaching and teacher education: Theory and practice. In V. Richardson (Ed.), Constructivist teacher education: Building new understandings, (pp. 3-14). The Falmer Press.

Richerson, P., & Boyd, R. (2008). Not by genes alone: How culture transformed human evolution. The University of Chicago Press.

Rickard, N. (2004). Intense emotional responses to music: A test of the physiological arousal hypothesis. Psychology of Music, 32(4), 371-388.

Rider, M. & Achterberg, J. (1989). Effect of music-assisted imagery on neutrophils and lymphocytes. Biofeedback and Self-Regulation, 14(3), 247–57.  

Rideout, R. R. (1992). The role of mental presets in skill acquisition. In R. Colwell (Ed.). Handbook on research on music teaching and learning (pp. 472-279). Schirmer Books.  

Rideout, V., Foehr, U., & Roberts, D. (2010). Generation M²: Media in the lives of 8- to 18-year-olds. Kaiser Family Foundation.

Rideout, V., & Robb, M. (2019). The Common Sense census: Media use by tweens and teens, 2019. Common Sense Media. Peoples, G. (2024). U.S. Music consumption saw double-digit growth in 2023 as streaming surged, sales rebounded. Billboard. https://www.billboard.com/pro/2023-u-s-year-end-luminate-music-report-streaming-rises-sales-rebound/

Ries, R. (1969). GSR and breathing amplitude related to emotional reactions to music. Psychonomic Science, 14, 62-64.

Rigden, J. (1996). Macmillan encyclopedia of physics. Simon and Schuster Macmillan.

Riley, P. (2008). A comparison of Mexican children’s music compositions and contextual songs. Research and Issues in Music Education, 6(1), 6.

Rimsky-Korsakov, N. (1922/1964). Principles of orchestration. Dover.

Risset, J-C. & Wessel, D. (1999). Exploration of Timbre by Analysis and Synthesis. In D. Deutsch (Ed.), The psychology of music, 2nd ed., (pp. 113-169). Academic Press.

Robert, D. (2009). Insect bioacoustics: Mosquitoes make an effort to listen to each other. Current Biology, 19(11), R446-449.

Roberts, B. (2011). Ancient technology and archaeological cultures: Understanding the earliest metallurgy in Eurasia. In B. Roberts & M. Wander Linden (Eds.), Investigating Archaelogical Cultures: Material Curlture, Variability, and Transmission (pp. 137-150). Springer Science+Business Media.

Roberts, D., Foehr, U., & Rideout, V. (2005). Generation M: Media in the lives of 8-18 year-olds. Kaiser Family Foundation.

Robertson, C. (1985). Process of transmission: Music education and social inclusion. In Becoming human through music, (pp. 95-113). Music Educators National Conference.

Robertson, E., Press, D., & Pascual-Leone, A. (2005). Off-line learning and the primary motor cortex. The Journal of Neuroscience, 25(27), 6372-6378.

Robins, R., Gosling, S., & Craik, K. (1999). An empirical analysis of trends in psychology. American Psychologist, 54(2), 117-128.

Robinson, R. (1983). The relationships between musical ability and intelligence. Update: Applications of Research in Music Education, 1(4), 19–21.

Rockwell, J. (1986). Girl, 14, conquers Tanglewood with 3 violins. New York Times, July 28, 1986, A1.

Roden, I., Grube, D., Bongard, S., & Kreutz, G. (2013). Does music training enhance working memory performance? Findings from a quasi-experimental longitudinal study. Psychology of Music, 42(2), 284-298.

Roe, K. (1999). Music and identity among European youth: Music as communication. Journal on Media Culture, 2. http://www.icce.rug.nl/~soundscapes/HEADER/colophon.shtml

Roederer, J. (1973). Introduction to the physics and psychophysics of music. Springer-Verlag.

Roederer, J. (1975). Introduction to the physics and psychophysics of music, 2nd ed. Springer-Verlag.

Roederer, J. (1982). Physical and neuropsychological foundations of music. In M. Clynes (Ed.), Music, mind, and brain, (pp. 37-46). Plenum Press.

Roehmann, F. & Wilson, F. (Eds.). (1988). The biology of music making. MMB Music.

Röer, J. P., & Cowan, N. (2021). A preregistered replication and extension of the cocktail party phenomenon: One’s name captures attention, unexpected words do not. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 47(2), 234.

Rogers, C. (1951). Client-centered therapy: Its current practice, implications, and theory. Houghton Mifflin, 1951.

Rogers, C. (1961). On becoming a person. Houghton Mifflin Co.

Rogers, C. (1969). Freedom to learn. Charles E. Merrill.

Rogers, C. (1980). A way of being. Houghton Mifflin Co.

Rogers, G. L. (1987). Four cases of pitch-specific chromesthesia in trained musicians with absolute pitch. Psychology of Music, 15(2), 198-207.

Rogers, G. (1996). Effect of colored rhythmic notation on music-reading skills of elementary students. Journal of Research in Music Education, 44(1), 15-25.

Rogol, A. (2020). Emotional deprivation in children: Growth faltering and reversible hypopituitarism. Frontiers in Endocrinology (11:596144. doi: 10.3389/fendo.2020.596144 

Rogowsky, B. A., Calhoun, B. M., Tallal, P. (2020). Providing instruction based on students’ learning style preferences does not improve learning. Frontiers in Psychology, 14(11), 164. doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2020.00164. PMID: 32116958; PMCID: PMC7033468

Rolka, E. J., & Silverman, M. J. (2015). A systematic review of music and dyslexia. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 46, 24-32.

Rolls, E. (1989).  The representation and storage of information in neuronal networks in the primate cerebral cortex and hippocampus.  In R. Durbin, C. Miall, & G. Mitchison (Eds.), The computing neuron, (pp. 125–59). Addison-Wesley.

Root-Bernstein, R., Allen, L., Beach, L., Bhadula, R., Fast, J., Hosey, C., … & Weinlander, S. (2008). Arts foster scientific success: Avocations of Nobel, National Academy, Royal Society, and Sigma Xi members. Journal of Psychology of Science and Technology, 1(2), 51-63.

Roschk, H., Loureiro, S. M. C., & Breitsohl, J. (2017). Calibrating 30 years of experimental research: A meta-analysis of the atmospheric effects of music, scent, and color. Journal of Retailing, 93(2), 228-240.

Rose, S. (2004). Memory: Biological basis. In R. Gregory (Ed.), The Oxford companion to the mind, 2nd ed., (pp. 564-568). Oxford University Press.

Rosenkranz, K. (2006). The neurophysiology of focal hand dystonia in musicians. In E. Altenmüller, M. Wiesendanger, & J. Kesselring (Eds.), Music, motor control, and the brain, (pp. 283-292). Oxford University Press.

Ross, S. (1985). The effectiveness of mental practice in improving the performance of college trombonists. Journal of Research in Music Education, 33(4), 221-230.

Rosset i Lobet, J., & Odam, G. (2016). The musician’s body: A maintenance manual for peak performance. Routledge.

Rossi, C., Oasi, O., & Colombo, B. (2024). Personality characteristics, music-listening, and well-being: a systematic and scoping review. Research in Psychotherapy: Psychopathology, Process and Outcome. https://scholar.google.com/scholar?hl=en&as_sdt=0%2C26&q=Personality+characteristics%2C+music+listening%2C+and+psychological+well-being%3A+a+systematic+and+scoping+review&btnG=

Rossing, T. (2000). Science of percussion instruments. World Scientific Publishing Co. 

Rossing, T. (2001). Acoustics of percussion instruments: Recent progress. Acoustical Science and Technology, 22(3), 177-188.

Rossing, T., & Fletcher, N. (2004). Principles of vibration and sound, 2d ed. Springer Science+Bysiness Media.

Roth, G., & Dicke, U. (2005). Evolution of the brain and intelligence. Trends in Cognitive Science, 995), 250-257.

Rothenberg, D. (2023). Whale music: Thousand mile songs in a sea of sound. The MIT Press.

Rothgeb, J. (1966). Some uses of mathematical concepts in theories of music. Journal of Music Theory, 10(2), 200-15.

Rothstein, E. (2006). Emblems of mind: The inner life of music and mathematics. University of Chicago Press.

Rothstein, R., Alavi, A., & Reynolds, J. (1993). Electrogastrography in patients with gastroparesis and effect of long-term cisapride. Digestive Diseases and Sciences, 38(8), 1518-1524.

Rouget, G. (1985). Music and trance: A theory of the relations between music and possession. Trans. by B. Biebuyck. University of Chicago Press.

Rowan, J. (1998). Maslow amended. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 38(1), 81-92.

Rowher, D. & Polk, J. (2006). Practice behaviors of eighth-grade instrumental musicians. Journal of Research in Music Education, 54(4), 350-362.

Rowley, P. (1988).  Identifying genetic factors affecting music ability.  Psychomusicology, 7(2), 195–200.

Roy, M., Mailhot, J. P., Gosselin, N., Paquette, S., & Peretz, I. (2009). Modulation of the startle reflex by pleasant and unpleasant music. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 71(1), 37-42.

Rubinstein, A. (1974). My young years. Warner Books.

Rumbaugh, S. & Fields, W. (2000). Linguistic, Cultural and Cognitive Capacities of Bonobos (Pan paniscus). Culture & Psychology, 6(2), 131-153.

Runco, M. (2010). Divergent thinking, creativity, and ideation. In J. Kauman & R. Sternberg (Eds.), The Cambridge handbook of creativity, (413-446). Cambridge University Press.

Runco, M., & Jaeger, G. (2012). The standard definition of creativity. Creativity Research Journal, 24, 92-96. 

Russell, J. (1980). A circumplex model of affect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 39(6), 1161-1178.

Russell, P. (1986). Experimental aesthetics of popular music recordings: pleasingness, familiarity and chart performance. Psychology of Music, 14, 33-43.

Russell, P. (2007). Musical tastes and society. In D. Hargreaves & A. North (Eds.), The social psychology of music, (pp. 141-158). Oxford University Press.

Rutherford, E. (1911). The scattering of α and β particles by matter and the structure of the atom. Philosophy Magazine, 21, 669-688.

Ruthsatz, J., Detterman, D., Griscom, W., & Cirullo, B. (2008). Becoming an expert in the musical domain: It takes more than just practice. Intelligence, 36, 330-338.

Rutter, D. (2024). Arts for non-arts outcomes. In R. Fleming (Ed.), Music and mind: Harnessing the arts for health and wellness (pp. 155-166). Viking.

Ryan, C. (1997). Exploring perception. Brooks/Cole.

Ryan, C. & Andrews, N. (2009). An investigation into the choral singers’ experience of music performance anxiety. Journal of Research in Music Education, 57(2), 108-126.

Ryan, K. J., Jr. (2023), Cognitive modeling, ecological psychology, and musical improvisation.
Frontiers in Robotics and AI, 10:1126033. doi: 10.3389/frobt.2023.1126033

Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E, L. (2017). Self-determination theory: Basic psychological needs in motivation, development, and wellness. Guilford.

Ryan, T. (2023). Can opera keep loiterers away from store parking lots? RetailWire. https://retailwire.com/discussion/can-opera-keep-loiterers-away-from-store-parking-lots/

Rymer, R. (1993). Genie: an abused child’s flight from silence. HarperCollins Publishers.

Rzeszutek, T., Savage, P. E., & Brown, S. (2012). The structure of cross-cultural musical diversity. Proceedings of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 279(1733), 1606-1612.

Saarikallio, S. (2007). Music as mood regulation in adolescence (No. 67). Jyväskylä Studies in Humanities, 67, University of Jyväskylä.

Saarikallio, S. (2009). Emotional self-regulation through music in 3-8-year-old children. In ESCOM 2009: 7th Triennial Conference of European Society for the Cognitive Sciences of Music, 459-462.

Saarikallio, S., & Erkkilä, J. (2007). The role of music in adolescents’ mood regulation. Psychology of Music, 35(1), 88-109. https://doi-org.libproxy.uncg.edu/10.1177/0305735607068889

Sachs, H. (1978). Toscanini. Harper & Row.

Sachs, M., Ellis, R., Schlaug, G., & Loui, P. (2016). Brain connectivity reflects human aesthetic responses to music. Social Cognitive and Affective Neuroscience, 11(6), 884-891. 

Sackner, M., Watson, H., Belsito, A., Feinerman, D., Suarez, M., Gonzalez, G., Bizousky, F., & Krieger, B. (1989). Calibration of respiratory inductive plethysomograph during natural breathing. Journal of Applied Physiology, 66(1), 410-420.

Sacks, O. (1983). Awakenings. Dutton.

Sacks, O. (1987). The man who mistook his wife for a hat. Harper and Row.

Sacks, O. (2006). The power of music. Brain, 129, 2528-2532.

Sacks, O. (2007). Musicophilia. Tales of Music and the Brain. Knopf.

Sadie, S. (Ed.). (1988). The Norton/Grove concise encyclopedia of music. W.W. Norton.

Saeedi, S., Baghban, K., Seifpanahi, M. S., Nazari, M. A., Moshtagh, A., Manoosi, M., & Ayubi, E. (2023). The Vocal Hygiene Treatment Programs for Singers: A Systematic Review. Journal of Voice. 2023 Dec 4: S0892-1997(23)00349-1. doi: 10.1016/j.jvoice.2023.10.028. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/38052688/

Saffran, J. (2003). Musical learning and language development. In G. Avancini, C. Faienza, C., Minciacchi, D., Lopez, L., & Majno, M. (Eds.), The neurosciences and music. Annals of the New York academy of sciences, 999, 397-401.

Saffran, J., Johnson, E., Aslin, R., & Newport, E. (1999). Statistical learning of tone sequences by human infants and adults. Cognition, 70, 27-52.

Saffran, J., Loman, M., & Robertson, R. (2001). Infant long-term memory for music. In R. Zatorre & I. Peretz (Eds.), The biological foundations of music. Annals of the New York academy of sciences, 930, 397-400.

Sahler, O., Hunter, B., & Liesveld, J. (2003). The effects of using music therapy with relaxation imagery in the management of patients undergoing bone marrow transplantation: A pilot feasibility study. Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 9(6), 70-74.

Sakakibara, A. (2014). A longitudinal study of the process of acquiring absolute pitch: A practical report of training with the ‘chord identification method’. Psychology of Music, 42(1), 86-111.

Sakata, J., Popper, A., Fay, R., & Woolley, S. (Eds.). (2020). The neurotheology of birdsong. Springer.

Sakka, L. S., & Juslin, P. N. (2018). Emotion regulation with music in depressed and non-depressed individuals: Goals, strategies, and mechanisms. Music & Science, 1, 1-12. DOI: 10.1177|2059204318755023

Saldanha, E. & Corso, J. (1964). Timbre cues and the identification of musical instruments. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 36(11), 2021-2026.

Salewski, B. (1981). An application of observation and self-report methods to the measurement of music performance anxiety. PhD diss. Michigan State University.

Salgado, A. (2006). A cognitive feedback study for improving emotional expression in solo vocal music performance. Performance: Journal of Music Interpretation, 12(1), 1-11.

Salimpoor, V., Benovoy, M., Larcher, K., Dagher, A., & Zatorre, R. (2011). Anatomically distinct dopamine release during anticipation and experience of peak emotion to music. Nature Neuroscience, 14(2), 257–262.

Salimpoor, V. N., van den Bosch, I., Kovacevic, N., McIntosh, A. R., Dagher, A., & Zatorre, R. J. (2013). Interactions between the nucleus accumbens and auditory cortices predict music reward value. Science, 340(6129), 216-219.

Salis, D. (1980). Laterality effects with visual perception of musical chords and dot patterns. Perception and Psychophysics, 28(4), 284-292.

Salmon, P., Schrodt, R., & Wright, J. (1989). A temporal gradient of anxiety in a stressful performance context. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 4(2), 77-80.

Salzburg, R. & Wang, C. (1989). A comparison of prompts to aid rhythmic sight-reading of string students. Psychology of Music, 17, 123-131.

Sampras, P. with Bodo, P. (2008). A champion’s mind: Lessons from a life in tennis. Crown Publishers.

Samson, S., Ehrle, N., & Baulac, M. (2001). Cerebral substrates for musical temporal processes. In R. Zatorre & I. Peretz (Eds.), The biological foundations of music. Annals of the New York academy of sciences, 930, 166–178.

San Antonio Light. (1986). Argument over loud music leads to death. June 10.

Sanderson, H. (1933). Differences in musical ability in children of different national and racial origin. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 42, 100-119. (Psychological Abstracts 7:3032).

Sandresky, M. (1981). The golden section in three Byzantine motets of Dufay. Journal of Music Theory, 25(2), 291-306.

Sänger, J., Müller, V., and Lindenberger, U. (2012). Intra- and interbrain synchronicazaton and network properties when playing guitar in duets. Frontiers in Human Neuroscience, 6,312. doi: 10.3389/fnhum.2012.00312

Sänger, J., Müller, V., and Lindenberger, U. (2013). Directionalality in hyperbrain networks discriminates between leders and followers in guitar duets. Frontiers in Human Neuroscience, 7, 234. doi: 10.3389/fnhum.2013.00234

Santonja-Medina, C. S., Marrades-Caballero, E., Santonja-Medina, F., & Sanz-Mengibar, J. M. (2022). Neurologic Music therapy improves participation in children with severe cerebral palsy. Frontiers in Neurology, 13, 431:795533, 1-9.

Särkämö, T., Laitinen, S., Tervaniemi, M., Nummien, A., Kurki, M., & Rantanen, P. (2012). Music, emotion, and dementia: Insight from neuroscientific and clinical research. Music and Medicine, 4(3), 153-162.

Sarno, L. (2015). Song from the forest. My life among the Pygmies. Trinity University Press.

Sataloff, R. (1998a). Care of the professional voice. In R. Sataloff, A. Brandfonbrener, & R. Lederman (Eds.), Performing Arts Medicine, 2nd ed., (pp. 137-177). Singular Publishing Group.

Sataloff, R. (1998b). Vocal health and pedagogy. Singular Publishing Group.

Sataloff, R. (2017a). Professional voice: The Science and art of clinical care, 4^th ed. Plural Publishing.  

Sataloff, R. (2017b). Treatment of voice disorders, 2nd ed. Plural Publishing.   

Sataloff, R. (2017c). Vocal health and pedagogy: Science, assessment, and treatment, 3^rd ed. Plural Publishing.   

Sataloff, R., Brandfonbrener, A., & Lederman, R. (Eds.). (1991). Textbook of performing arts medicine. Raven Press.

Sataloff, R., Brandfonbrener, A., & Lederman, R. (Eds.). (2017). Performing arts medicine, 3d ed. Science and Medicine.

Sataloff, R. & Hawkshaw, M. (1998). Performing arts-medicine and the professional voice user: Risks of non-voice performance. In R. Sataloff (Ed.), Vocal health and pedagogy, (pp. 197-203). Singular Publishing Group.

Sataloff, R., Rosen, D., & Levy, S. (1999). Medical treatment of performance anxiety: A comprehensive approach. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 14(3), 122-126.

Savage, P. E., Brown, S., Sakai, E., & Currie, T. E. (2015). Statistical universals reveal the structures and functions of human music. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 112(29), 8987-8992.

Savage, W. (1977). Problems for musical acoustics. Oxford University Press.

Savan, A. (1999). The effect of background music on learning. Psychology of Music, 27(2), 138-146.

Sawyer, F. J., (1923). Extemporization. Novello.

Sawyer, R. K. (1992). Improvisational creativity: An analysis of jazz performance. Creativity Research Journal, 5(3), 253–263. doi: 10.1080/10400419209534439

Sawyer, R. K. (1999). The emergence of creativity. Philosophical Psychology, 12(4), 447–469.

Sawyer, R. K. (2003). Group creativity: Music, theater, collaboration. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers.

Sawyer, R. K. (2006a). Explaining creativity: The science of human innovation. Oxford University Press.

Sawyer, R. K. (2006b). Group creativity: Musical performance and collaboration. Psychology of Music, 34, 148–165. doi: 10.1177/0305735606061850

Sawyer, R. K., & De Zutter, S. (2009). Distributed creativity: How collective creations emerge from collaboration. Psychology of  Aesthetics, Creativity, and the Arts, 3(2), 81–92. doi: 10.1037/a0013282

Scarre, C., & Lawson, G. (Eds.). (2006). Archaeouacoustics. Oxbow Books.

Scartelli, J. (1984).  The effect of EMG biofeedback and sedative music, EMG biofeedback only, and sedative music only on frontalis muscle relaxation ability. Journal of Music Therapy, 21(2), 67–78.

Scartelli, J. (1992). Music therapy and psychoneuroimmunology. In R. Spintge & R. Droh (Eds.), MusicMedicine, (pp. 137-141). MMB Music.

Schachner, A., Brady, T., Pepperberg, I., & Hauser, M. (2009). Spontaneous motor entrainment to music in multiple vocal mimicking species. Current Biology, 19(10), 831-836.

Schaerlaeken, S., Glowinski, D., Rappaz, M. A., & Grandjean, D. (2019). “Hearing music as…”: Metaphors evoked by the sound of classical music. Psychomusicology: Music, Mind, and Brain, 29(2-3), 100.

Schafer, R. (1977). The tuning of the world. Alfred A. Knopf.

Schäfer, T., Smulkalla, M., & Oelker, S-A. (2014). How music changes our lives: A qualitative study of the long-term effects of intense musical experiences. Psychology of Music, 42(4), 525-544.

Schiavio, A., & Benedek, M. (2020).Dimensions of musical creativity. Frontiers in Neuroscience. 14:578932. doi: 10.3389/fnins.2020.578932

Scheflen, A. (1982). Preface: Comments on the significance of interaction rhythms. In M. Davis (Ed.), Interaction rhythms: periodicity in communicative behavior, (pp. 13–22). Human Sciences Press.

Schellenberg, E. (1996). Expectancy in melody: Tests of the implication-realization model. Cognition, 58, 76-125.

Schellenberg. E. (1997). Simplifying the implication-realization model of melodic expectancy. Music Perception, 14(3), 295-318.

Schellenberg, E., & Trehub, S. (2003). Good pitch memory is widespread. Psychological Science, 14(3), 262–266.

Schellenberg, E. & Trehub, S. (2008). ‌ Is there an Asian advantage for pitch memory? Music Perception, 25(3), 241-252.

Schink, T., Kreutz, G., Busch, V., Pigeot, I., & Ahrens, W. (2014). Incidence and relative risk of hearing disorders in professional musicians. Occupational and Environmental Medicine, oemed-2014.

Schippers, H. (2010). Facing the music: Shaping music education from a global perspective. Oxford University Press.

Schlaug, G. (2006). Brain structures of musicians: Executive functions and morphological implications. In E. Altenmüller, M. Wiesendanger, & J. Kesselring (Eds.), Music, motor control, and the brain, (pp. 141-152). Oxford University Press.

Schlaug, G., Forgeard, M., Zhu, L.L., Norton, A.C., Norton, A., & Winner, E. (2009). Training induced Neuroplasticity in Young Children. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1169.

Schlaug, G., Jäncke, L., Huang, Y., Staiger, J., & Steinmetz, H. (1995). Increased corpus callosum size in musicians. Neuropsychologia, 33, 1047–1055.

Schlaug, G., Jäncke, L., Huang, Y., & Steinmetz, H. (1994).  In vivo morphometry of interhemispheric asymmetry and connectivity in musicians.  In I. Deliège (Ed.), Proceedings of the 3rd international conference for music perception and cognition, (pp. 417–418).  Liege, Belgium.

Schlaug, G., Jäncke, L., Huang, Y., & Steinmetz, H. (1995). In vivo evidence of structural brain asymmetry in musicians. Science 267(5198), 699–701.

Schlaug, G., Norton, A., Overy, K., & Winner, E. (2005). Effects of music training on the child’s brain and cognitive development. The neurosciences and music II: From perception to performance. Annals of the New York academy of sciences, 1060, 219-230.

Schleuter, S. (1971). An investigation of the interrelation of personality traits, musical aptitude, and musical achievement. Experimental Research in the Psychology of Music: 8. Studies in the Psychology of Music, 90-102.

Schmidt, L., Trainor, L., & Santesso, D. (2002). Development of frontal electroencephalogram (EEG) and heart rate (ECG) responses to affective musical stimuli during the first 12 months of post-natal life. Brain and Cognition, 52, 27-32.

Schmuckler, M. (2009). Components of melodic processing. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, (pp. 93-106). Oxford University Press.

Schmuckler, M. & Tomovski, R. (2005). Perceptual tests of an algorithm for musical key-finding. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Peformance, 31(5), 1124-1149.

Schoen, M., (Ed.). (1927/1968). The effects of music. Reprint. Books for Libraries Press.

Schoen, M. (1940). The psychology of music: A survey for teacher and musician. Ronald Press.

Schoenberg, A. (1999). Fundamentals of music composition. Faber & Faber.

Schön, D., Boyer, M., Moreno, S., Besson, M., Peretz, I., & Kolinsky, R. (2008). Songs as an aid for language acquisition. Cognition, 106, 975-93.

Schneck, D. & Berger, D. (2006). The music effect: Music physiology and clinical applications. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Schreiner, C. & Winer, J. (2007). Auditory cortex mapmaking: Principles, projections, and plasticity. Neuron, 56(2), 356-365.

Schroeder, M. (1993). Listening with two ears. Music Perception 10(3), 255–80.

Schubert, E. (2007). The influence of emotion, locus of emotion and familiarity upon preference in music. Psychology of Music, 35(3), 499-515. https://doi.org/10.1177/0305735607072657

Schubert, E. (2010). Affective, evaluative and collative responses to hated and loved music. Psychology of Aesthetics, Creativity, and the Arts,4(1), 36-46. 

Schubert, E. (2023). Unexpected aspects of expectancy in music: A spreading activation explanation. Psihologijske teme, 32(1), 35-55.

Schullian, D. M. & Schoen, M. (Eds.). (1948). Music and medicine. Henry Schuman.

Schulz, M., Ross, B., & Pantev, C. (2003). Evidence for training-induced crossmodal reorganization of cortical functions in trumpet players. Neuroreport, 14(1), 157-161.

Schulz, W. (1981). Analysis of a symphony orchestra: Sociological and sociopsychological aspects. In M. Piperek (Ed.), Music and Stress, (pp. 35-56). Wilhelm Braumüller.

Schuyler, P. (1981). Music and meaning among the Gnawa religious brotherhood of Morocco. The World of Music, 23(1), 3-10.

Schwaninger, J., Eisenberg, P., Schechtman, K., & Weiss, A. (2002). A prospective analysis of near-death experiences in cardiac arrest patients. Journal of Near-Death Studies, 20(4), 215-232.

Scott, D. (Ed.). (2000). Music, culture, and society. Oxford University Press.

Scott, S. (2006). A constructivist view of music education: Perspectives for deep learning. General Music Today, 19(2), 17-21.

Scruton, R. (2017). On human nature. Princeton University Press.

Searce, L. (2016). Manual of singing voice rehabilitation: A practical approach to vocal health and wellness. Plural Publishing.

Sears, M. (1954). Study of the vascular changes in the capillaries as effected by music. Unpublished master’s thesis, University of Kansas.

Sears, W. (1958). The effect of music on muscle tonus. In E. Gaston (Ed.), Music Therapy 1957 (pp. 199-205). Allen Press.

Sears, W. (1968). Processes in music therapy. In E. Gaston (Ed.), Music in Therapy, (pp. 30-44). Macmillan.

Seashore, C. (1916). Vocational guidance in music. Music Supervisor’s Journal, 3(2), 18, 20,22, 24, 26, 28.

Seashore, C. (1919). The psychology of musical talent. Silver Burdett.

Seashore, C. (1922). Sectioning classes on the basis of ability. School and Society, XV, pp. 353-358.

Seashore, C. (1923). Individual and racial inheritance of musical traits. Scientific papers of the second international congress of eugenics held at American Museum of natural history, New York, September 22-28, 1921, (pp. 231-238). Williams & Wilkins.

Seashore, C. E. (1928). Three new approaches to the study of Negro music. Annals of the American Academy of Political & Social Science, 140(1), 191-192.

Seashore, C. (1930). Carl Emil Seashore. In C. Murchison (Ed.), A history of psychology in autobiography Vol. 1, pp. 225–297). Clark University Press; Russell & Russell/Atheneum Publishers.

Seashore, C. (1932). The Vibrato: Studies in the Psychology of Music, vol. I.  University of Iowa Press.

Seashore, C. (1936a). Objective Analysis of Musical Performance: Studies in the Psychology of Music, Vol. IV. University of Iowa Press.

Seashore, C. (1936b). Psychology of the Vibrato in Voice and Instrument: Studies in the Psychology of Music, Vol. III. University of Iowa Press.

Seashore, C. (1938a). Primitive music. Psychology of Music, (pp. 346-359). Dover.

Seashore, C. (1938b). Psychology of music. McGraw-Hill.

Seashore, C. (1939). Measures of Musical Talent. Educational Department, RCA Manufacturing Co.

Seashore, C. (1947). In search of beauty in music: A scientific approach to musical esthetics. Ronald Press.

Seashore, C. (1960). Measures of musical talents. Psychological Corporation.

Seashore, C., & Seashore H. (1934). The place of phonophotography in the study of primitive music. Science, New Series, 79 (No. 2056), 485-487.

Serafine, M. (1988). Music as cognition: The development of thought in sound. Columbia University Press.

Sergent, J. (1993). Mapping the musician brain. Human Brain Mapping, 1(1), 20–38.

Sergent, J., Zuck, E., Tenial, S., & MacDonall, B. (1992). Distributed neural network underlying musical sight reading and keyboard performance.  Science 257, 106–109.

Service, T. (2010). Conductors wield the baton, but orchestras wield the power. The Guardian (November 16). https://www.theguardian.com/music/tomserviceblog/2010/nov/16/conductors-v-orchestras.  

Service, T. (2105). Music as a torture weapon: Exploring the dark side. The Guardian (September 30). https://www.theguardian.com/music/tomserviceblog/2015/sep/30/bleak-history-music-as-torture-suzanne-cusick-morag-grant.

Shadmehr, R. & Brashers-Krug, T. (1997). Functional stages in the formation of long-term motor memory. The Journal of Neuroscience, 17(1), 409-419.

Schäfer, T., Smukalla, M., & Oelker, S. A. (2014). How music changes our lives: A qualitative study of the long-term effects of intense musical experiences. Psychology of music, 42(4), 525-544.

Sequeria, A. (2023). Electronic music & DJs: Part II: Electronic musical instruments. SmartAudio.

Service, T. (2008). The sound of the Musikverein is pure gold. The Guardian (September 29). https://www.theguardian.com/music/tomserviceblog/2008/sep/29/classical.music.musikverein

Shank, R. C., & Abelson, R. P. (1977). Scripts, plans, goals and understanding: An inquiry into human knowledge structures. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Sherman, L. & Plies, D.  (2023). Every Brain Needs Music: The Neuroscience of Making and Listening to Music. Columbia University Press.

Shehan, P. (1987). Effects of rote versus note presentations on rhythm learning and retention. Journal of Research in Music Education, 35(2), 117-126.

Sheldon, D. (1996). Visual representation of music: Effects of beamed and beamless notation on music performance. Journal of Band Research, 31(2), 87–101.

Shen, S. (1987). Acoustics of ancient Chinese bells. Scientific American, 256, 104-110.

Shepard, P. (1996). The others: How animals made us human. Shearwater Books.

Shepard, R. (1964). Circularity in judgments of relative pitch. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 36(12), 2346-2353.

Shepherd, G. (1994). Neurobiology, 3rd ed. Oxford University Press.

Shepherd, J., Virden, P., Vulliamy, G., & Wishart, T. (Eds.). (1977). Whose music? A sociology of musical languages. Latimer.

Sherbon, J. (1975). The association of hearing acuity, diplacusis, and discrimination with music performance. Journal of Research in Music Education, 23, 249–57.

Sherratt, K., Thornton, A., & Hatton, C. (2004). Music interventions for people with dementia: A review of the literature. Aging and Mental Health, 8(1), 3-12.

Shlain, L. (1991). Art, and physics: Parallel visions in space, time, and light. William Morrow.

Shrift, D. (1955). Galvanic skin response to two types of music. Bulletin of National Association for Music Therapy, 10, 5-6.

Shuter, R. P. (1966). Hereditary and environmental factors in musical ability. Eugenics Review, 58, 149–156. 

Shuter, R. (1968). The psychology of musical ability. Methuen.

Shuter-Dyson, R. (1979). Unisex or “vive la difference”? Bulletin of the Council for Research in Music Education, 59, 102–106.

Shuter-Dyson, R. & Gabriel, C. (1981). The psychology of musical ability, 2nd ed.  Methuen.

Shuter-Dyson, R. (2000). Profiling music students: Personality and religiosity. Psychology of Music, 28(2), 190-196.

Siedenburg, K., Saitis, C., & McAdams, S. (Eds.). (2019). Timbre: Acoustics, Perception, and Cognition. Springer.

Siegwart, H. & Scherer, K. (1995). Acoustic concomitants of emotional expression in operatic singing: The case of Lucia in Ardi gli incensi. Journal of Voice, 9(3), 249-260.

Silbermann, A. (1963). The sociology of music. Trans. byC. Stewart. Routledge and Kegan Paul.

Siemens, G. (2004). Connectivism: A Learning Theory for the Digital Age. International Journal of Instructional Technology and Distance Learning, 2. http://www.itdl.org/Journal/Jan_05/article01.htm

Silva, L. B., Phillips, M. E., & Martins, J. O. (2023). EXPRESS: The influence of tonality, tempo, and musical sophistication on the listener’s time-duration estimates. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 17470218231203459.

Silver, D. (2001). Songs and storytelling: Bringing health messages to life in Uganda. Education for Health, 14(1), 51-60.

Silverman, M. (2009). The effect of single-session psychoeducational music therapy on verbalizations and perceptions in psychiatric patients. Journal of Music Therapy, 46(2), 105-131.

Silverstein, A., Silverstein, V., & Nunn, L. (2001). Hearing. Twenty-First Century Books.

Simmons, A. & Duke, R. (2006). Effects of sleep on a performance of a keyboard melody. Journal of Research in Music Education, 54(3), 257-269.

Simmons-Stern, N., Budson, A., & Ally, B. (2010). Music as a memory enhancer in patients with Alzeimer’s Disease. Neuropsychologia (in press). doi:10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2010.04.033 

Simon, E. (2006). Music and the human brain: The lost hypotheses. Salidoña Press.

Simons, G. (1986). Early childhood musical development: A survey of selected research.  Bulletin of the Council for Research in Music Education, 86, 36-52.

Simpson, E. (1966). The classification of educational objectives, psychomotor domain. Unpublished project report, University of Illinois.

Simpson, E. (1972). The classification of educational objectives in the psychomotor domain. Gryphon House.

Sinith, M. S., Tripathi, S., & Murthy, K. V. V. (2020). Raga recognition using Fibonacci series based pitch distribution in Indian Classical Music. Applied Acoustics, 167, 107381.

Sink, P. (2002). Behavioral research on direct music instruction. In R. Colwell & C. Richardson (Eds.), The new handbook of research on music teaching and learning, (pp. 315-326). Oxford University Press.

Sinnamon, S., Moran, A., & O’Connell, M. (2012). Flow among musicians: Measuring peak experiences of student performers. Journal of Research in Music Education, 60(1), 6-25.

Sirven, J. (2014). Electrocorticogram (ECOG). In M. Aminoff & R. Daroff (Gen. Eds.). Encyclopedia of the neurological sciences, 2^nd ed. (pp. 1080-1083). Elsevier.

Skinner, B. (1953). Science and human behavior. The Free Press.

Skinner, B. (1974). About behaviorism. Alfred A. Knopf.

Skornicka, J. (1972). The function of time and rhythm in instrumental music reading. Rev. by A. Drake in Council for Research in Music Education, 27, 44-46.

Skov, M. (2010).The pleasure of art. In M. Kringelbach & K. Berridge (Eds.), Pleasures of the brain, (pp. 270-283). Oxford University Press.

Slater, P. (2000). Birdsong repertoires: Their origins and use. In N. Wallin, B. Merker, & S. Brown (Eds.), The origins of music, (pp. 49-63). The MIT Press.

Slaughter, F. (1954). The effect of stimulative and sedative types of music on normal and abnormal subjects as indicated by auxilIary reflexes. Unpublished master’s thesis, University of Kansas.

Slevc, L., & Miyake, A. (2006). Individual differences in second-language proficiency: Does musical ability matter? Psychological Science, 17(8), 675-681.

Slevc, L. R., Rosenberg, J. C., & Patel, A. D. (2009). Making psycholinguistics musical: Self-paced reading time evidence for shared processing of linguistic and musical syntax. Psychonomic bulletin & review, 16(2), 374-381.

Sloboda, J. (1974). The eye-hand span: An approach to the study of sight-reading. Psychology of Music, 2, 4-10. 

 Sloboda, J. (1977). Phrase units as determinants of visual processing in music reading. British Journal of Psychology, 68, 117-124. 

Sloboda, J. (1982). Music performance. In D. Deutsch (Ed.), The psychology of music, (pp. 479-496). Academic Press.

Sloboda, J. (1985). The Musical Mind: The Cognitive Psychology of Music. Oxford University Press.

Sloboda, J. (1988). Generative processes in music: The psychology of performance, improvisation, and composition. Clarendon Press.

Sloboda, J. (1991). Music structure and emotional response: Some empirical findings. Psychology of Music, 19, 110-120.

Sloboda, J. (2000). Music and worship: A psychologist’s perspective. In J. Astely, T. Hone, & M. Savage (Eds.), Creative chords: Studies in music, theology and Christian formation, (pp. 110-125). Gracewing.

Sloboda, John, (2004). The acquisition of musical performance expertise: Deconstructing the ‘talent’ account of individual differences in musical expressivity. Exploring the Musical Mind: Cognition, emotion, ability, function (pp. 275-296). Oxford University Press.

Sloboda, J. (2005). Exploring the musical mind. Oxford University Press.

Sloboda, J. (2010). Music in everyday life: The role of emotions. In P. Juslin & J. Sloboda (Eds.), Handbook of music and emotion: Theory, research, applications, (pp. 493-514). Oxford University Press.

Sloboda, J., Davidson, J., Howe, M., & Moore, D. (1996). The role of practice in the development of performing musicians. British Journal of Psychology, 87, 287-309.

Sloboda, J. & Howe, M. (1991). Biographical precursors of musical excellence: An interview study. Psychology of Music, 19(1), 3-21.

Sloboda, J. & Juslin, P. (2001). Psychological perspectives on music and emotion. In P. Juslin & J. Sloboda (Eds.), Music and Emotion: Theory and Research, (pp. 71-104). Oxford University Press.

Sloboda, J. & Juslin, P. (2010). At the interface between the inner and outer world: Psychological perspectives. In P. Juslin & J. Sloboda, (Eds.), Handbook of music and emotion, (pp. 73-97). Oxford University Press.

Sloboda, J., Lamont, A., & Greasley, A. (2009). Choosing to hear music: Motivation, process, and effect. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, (pp. 431-440). Oxford University Press.

Sloboda, J. & Lehmann, A. (2001). Tracking performance correlates of changes in perceived intensity of emotion during different interpretations of a Chopin piano prelude. Music Perception, 19(1), 87-120.

Smirke, R. (2023). IFPI finds music listeners are adding minutes each week, but piracy persists. Billboard. https://www.billboard.com/business/business-news/ifpi-2023-music-consumer-study-listening-habits-piracy-ai-1235552024/

Smith, G. E. (1983).  Homer, Gregory, and Bill Evans?  The theory of formulaic composition in the context of jazz piano improvisation. Doctoral dissertation, Harvard University.

Smith, G. & Long, M. (1980). Wilderness art: Utah’s rock art. National Geographic, 157(1), 94-117.

Smith, H. (1953). From fish to philosopher. Doubleday Anchor Book.

Smith, J. & Melara, R. (1990). Aesthetic preference and syntactic prototypicality in music: ‘Tis the gift to be simple. Cognition, 34, 279-298.

Smith, K. (2007). Descartes’ Life and Works. In E. Zalta (Ed.), The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy (Summer 2007 Edition).  http://plato.stanford.edu/archives/sum2007/entries/descartes-works/

Smith, R. (2042). Intersections of spirituality, relationships, and music education: Applications of lessons from the Pixar film, Soul. International Journal of Music Education, 42(1), 139-147. 02557614221141970

Snowdon, C. T. (2020). Vervet monkey alarm calls: Setting the historical context. Animal Behavior and Cognition, 7(2), 87-94.

Snyder, B. (2001). Music and memory. The MIT Press.

Snyder, M. (2009). Memory for music. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, (pp. 107-117). Oxford University Press.

Society for Ethnomusicology. (2013). About Ethnomusicology. https://www.ethnomusicology.org/page/AboutEthnomusicol

Soibelman, D. (1948). Therapeutic and industrial uses of music: A review of literature. Columbia University Press.

Somer, E. (2024). Calling the tune in maladaptive daydreaming: The impact of music on the experience of compulsive fantasizing. Psychology of Music, 0(0). https://doi.org/10.1177/03057356231222290

Sosniak, L. (1985). Learning to be a concert pianist. In B. Bloom (Ed.), Developing Talent in Young People, (pp. 19-67). Ballantine Books.

Southern, E. (1975). America’s Black composers of classical music. Music Educators Journal, 62,(3), 46-59.

Spector, J. & Brandfonbrener, A. (2005). A new method for quantification of musician’s dystonia: The Frequency of Abnormal Movements Scale. Medical Problems of Performing Musicians, 20, 157-162.

Spintge, R. (1999). MusicMedicine: Applications, standards, and definitions. In R. Pratt & D. Grocke (Eds.), MusicMedicine 3, (pp. 3-11). The University of Melbourne.

Spintge, R. (2012). Clinical use of music in operating theatres. In R. MacDonald, G. Kretutz, &  L. Mitchell (Eds.), Music, health, and wellbeing(pp. 276-286). Oxford University Press.

Spintge, R. & Droh, R. (Eds.). (1987). Music in medicine: Neurophysiological basis, clinical applications, aspects in the humanities. Springer-Verlag.

Spintge, R. & Droh, R. (Eds.). (1992a). MusicMedicine. MMB Music.

Spintge, R. & Droh, R. (1992b). The International Society for Music in Medicine [ISMM] and the Definition of Musicmedicine and Music Therapy. In R. Spintge & R. Droh (Eds.), MusicMedicine, (pp. 3-5). MMB Music.

Spintge, R. & Droh, R. (1992c). Toward a Research Standard in MusicMedicine/Music therapy: A proposal for a multimodal approach. In R. Spintge & R. Droh (Eds.), MusicMedicine, (pp. 345-349). MMB Music.

Spintge, R. & Pratt, R. (Eds.). (1995). MusicMedicine 2. St. Louis, MO: MMB Music.

Spire, M. (1989). The Feldenkrais method: An interview with Anat Baniel. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 4(4), 159-162.

Spitzer, M. (2010) Special issue: Music and emotion. Music Analysis 29(1-3), 1-364.

Southern, E. (1997). The music of Black Americans: A history, 3rd ed. W.W. Norton.

Stahl, B., & Kotz, S. A. (2014). Facing the music: three issues in current research on singing and aphasia. Frontiers in Psychology, 5, 1033.

Stainsby, T. & Cross, I. (2009). The perception of pitch. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, (pp. 63-79). Oxford University Press.

Staley, K., Iragui, V., & Spitz, M. (1990). The human fetal auditory evoked potential. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 77(1), 1-5.

Standley, J. (1999). Music therapy in the NICU: Pacifier-activated-lullabies (PAL) for reinforement of nonnutritive sucking. International Journal of Arts Medicine, 6(2), 17-21.

Standley, J. (2002). A meta-analysis of the efficacy of music therapy for premature infants. Journal of Pediatric Nursing, 17(2), 107-113.

Standley, J. (2003). The effect of music-reinforced nonnutritive sucking on feeding rate of premature infants. Journal of Pediatric Nursing, 18(3), 169-173.

Stanford Solar Center (2013). The singing sun. Retrieved on August 23, 2018 from http://solar-center.stanford.edu/singing/singing.html

Stanford, D. (1979). Bison kill by ice age hunters. National Geographic, 155(1), 114-21.

Stanton, H. M. (1925). Psychological Tests of Musical Talent, Eastman School of Music. Eastman School of Music, The University of Rochester.

Stefanics, G., Háden, G., Sziller, I., Balázs, L., Beke, A., & Winkler, I. (2009). Newborn infants process pitch intervals. Clinical Neurophysiology, 120, 304-308.

Stefano, G., Zhu, W., Cadet, P., Salamon, E., & Monatione, K. (2004). Music alters constitutively expressed opiate and cytokine processes in listeners. Medical Science Monitor, 10(6), MS18-27.

Steinbeis, N., Koelsch, S., & Sloboda, J. (2008). The role of harmonic expectancy violations in musical emotions: Evidence from subjective, phsyiological, and neural responses. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 18(8), 1380-1393.

Stern, D.  (1982).  Some interactive functions of rhythmchanges between mother and infant. In M. Davis (Ed.), Interaction rhythms: Periodicity in communication behavior, (pp. 101–117).  Human Sciences Press.

Sternbach, D. (2008). Stress in the lives of music students. Music Educators Journal, 94(3), 42-48.

Sternberg, R. (2000). The holey grail of general intelligence. Science, 289(5478), 399-401.

Stevens, C. J. (2012). Music perception and cognition: A review of recent cross‐cultural research. Topics in cognitive science, 4(4), 653-667.

Stevens, C. & Byron, T. (2009). Universals in music processing. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, (pp. 14-23). Oxford University Press.

Stevens, C., & Byron, T. (2016). Universals in music processing: Entrainment, acquiring expectations, and learning. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, 2^nd ed. (pp. 19–31). Oxford University Press.

Stevens, S. (1935). The relation of pitch to intensity. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 6(3), 150-154.

Stevens, S. & Warshofsky, F. (1965). Sound and hearing. Life Science Library.

Stewart, L. (2005). A neurocognitive approach to music reading. The neurosciences and music II: From perception to performance. Annals of the New York academic of sciences, 1060, 377-386.

Stewart, L., Henson, R., Kampe, K., Walsh, V., Turner, R., & Frith, U. (2003). Becoming a pianist: An fMRI study of musical literacy acquisition. The neurosciences and music. Annals of the New York academy of sciences, 999, 204-208.

Stickley, T., & Clift, S. (2017). Arts, health and wellbeing. Cambridge Scholars Publishing.

Stickney, J. (1982). The sound of music from a lost world. Discover, May, 57-59.

Stiles, J. (2000). Neural plasticity and cognitive development. Developmental Neuropscyhology, 18(2), 237–272.

Stoner, R., & Dutra, J. (2024). The U.S. Music Industries: Jobs & Benefits: The 2020 Report. https://www.riaa.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/The-U.S.-Music-Industries-Jobs-Benefits-2020-Report_Executive-Summary.pdf

Storr, A. (1993). Music and the mind. Ballantine Books.

Strauser, J. (1997). The effects of music versus silence on measures of state anxiety, perceived relaxation, and physiological responses of patients receiving chiropractic interventions. Journal of Music Therapy, 34(2), 88-105.

Strauss, D. J., Corona-Strauss, F. I., Schroeer, A., Flotho, P., Hannemann, R., & Hackley, S. A. (2020). Vestigial auriculomotor activity indicates the direction of auditory attention in humans. Elife, 9, e54536.

Stravinsky, I. (1969). The Rite of Spring: Sketches, 1911-1913. Boosey & Hawkes.

Strong, E. (1959). Vocational interest blank for men, vocational interest blank for women. Stanford University Press.

Strunk, O. (1965). Source readings in music history: Antiquity and the middle ages. Norton.

Stuessy, C. & Lipscomb, S. (2019). Rock and roll: Its history and stylistic development, 7th ed. Pearson Education.

Stumpf, C. (1883). Tonpsychologie (Tone Psychology), vol. 1. Hirzel.

Stumpf, C. (1890). Tonpsychologie (Tone Psychology), vol. 2. Hirzel.

Stumpf, C. (2012). The origins of music. Trans. D. Trippet. Oxford University Press.

Stuart, G. & Garrett, W. (1981). Maya art treasures discovered in a cave. National Geographic, 160(2), 220-35.

Sudnow, D. (1978). Ways of the hand:  The organization of improvised conduct. Harvard University Press.

Suits, B. H. (2001). Basic physics of xylophone and marimba bars. American Journal of Physics, 69(7), 743-750.

Sullivan, L. (1984). Sacred music and sacred time. The World of Music, 26(3), 33-51.

Sundar, P. S., Chowdhury, C., & Kamarthi, S. (2021). Evaluation of human ear anatomy and functionality by axiomatic design. Biomimetics, 6(2), 31.

Sundberg, J., Birch, P., Gümoes, B., Stavad, H., Prytz, S., & Karle, A. (2007). Experimental findings on the nasal tract resonator in singing. Journal of Voice, 21(2), 127-137.

Sundberg, J., Iwarsson, J., & Hagegård, H. (1994). A singer’s expression of emotions in sung performance. Speech, Music and Hearing: Quarterly Progress and Status Report, 35(2-3), 81-92.

Sur, S., & Sinha, V. K. (2009). Event-related potential: An overview. Industrial Psychiatry Journal, 18(1), 70-73.

Sutin, A., McCrae, R., & Costa, P. (2011). The neuroscience of personality traits: Descriptions and prescriptions. In J. Decety & J. Cacioppo (Eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Social Neuroscience (pp. 243-251 ). Oxford University Press.

Swaminathan, S., & Schellenberg, E. G. (2015). Current emotion research in music psychology. Emotion review, 7(2), 189-197.

Swanwick, K. (1988). Music, mind and education. Routledge.

Sweller, J., & Ayres, P. (2022). Worked examples, in A. O’Donnell, N. Barnes, & J. Reeve (Eds), The Oxford Handbook of Educational Psychology (online edn, Oxford Academic, 5 Apr. 2018), https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199841332.013.17

Sweller, J., Ayres, P., & Kalyuga, S. (2011). Cognitive load theory. Springer.  

Swisher, W. (1927). Psychology for the music teacher. Oliver Ditson.

Sytchev, V., Vasserman, A., Kozlov, A., Spiridonov, G., & Tsymarny, V. (1987). Thermodynamic properties of air. New York: Hemisphere Publishing Group.

Tachibana, A., Noah, J. A., Ono, Y., Irie, S., Tatsumoto, M., Taguchi, D., … & Ueda, S. (2024). Rock music improvisation shows increased activity in Broca’s area and its right hemisphere homologue related to spontaneous creativity. BMC Research Notes, 17(1), 61.

Taetle, L. & Cutietta, R. (2002). Learning theories as roots of current musical practice and research. In R. Colwell & C. Richardson (Eds.), The new handbook of research on music teaching and learning, (pp. 279-298). Oxford University Press.

Taggart, C. C. (2016). Music learning theory: A theoretical framework in action, in C. Abril & B. Gault (Edss), Teaching General Music: Approaches, Issues, and Viewpoints. Oxford Academic.  https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199328093.003.0010

Tait, M. & Haack, P. (1984). Principles and processes of music education: New perspectives. Teachers College Press.

Takahashi, R. & Miller, J. (2007). Conversion of amino-acid sequence in proteins to classical music: Search for auditory patterns. Genome Biology, 8(5), 405.

Takeuchi, H., Taki, Y., Hashizume, H., Sassa, Y., Nagase, T., Nouchi, R.,  Kawashima, R. (2012). The Association between Resting Functional Connectivity and Creativity, Cerebral Cortex, 22(12), 2921–2929

Talavage, T., Sereno, M., Melcher, J., Ledden, P., Rosen, B., & Dale, A. (2004). Tonotopic organization in human auditory cortex revealed by progressions of frequency sensitivity. Journal of Neurophysiology, 91(3), 1282-1296.

Tallis, R. (2008). The limitations of a neurological approach to art. Review of Neuroarthistory: From Aristotle and Pliny to Baxandall and Zeki by John Onians (Yale University Press, 2008). The Lancet, 372(9632), 19–20.

Tan, S-L., Cohen, A., Lipscomb, S., & Kendall, R. (Eds.). (2013). The Psychology of Music in Multimedia. Oxford University Press.

Tan, S-L., Pfordresher, P.,  & Harré, R. (2010). Psychology of music. Routledge.

Tan, S.-L., Pfordresher, P., & Harré, R. (2018). Psychology of music: From sound to significance, 2nd ed. Routledge.

Tan, S-L., McPherson, G., Peretz, I., Berkovic, S., & Wilson, S. (2014). The genetic basis of music ability. Frontiers in Psychology, 5(658), 1-19.

 Tan, S-L., McPherson, G., & Wilson, S. (2018). The molecular genetic basis of music ability and music-related phenotypes. In D. Hambrick, G. Campitelli, & B. Macnamara (Eds.). The science of expertise: Behavioral, neural, and genetic approaches to complex skill (pp. 283-303). Routledge.

Tang, Y., Nyengaard, J. R., De Groot, D. M., & Gundersen, H. J. G. (2001). Total regional and global number of synapses in the human brain neocortex. Synapse, 41(3), 258-273.

Tarr, B., Launay, J., & Dunbar, R. I. (2014). Music and social bonding: “Self-other” merging and neurohormonal mechanisms. Frontiers in psychology, 5, 1096.

Tarrant, M., North, A., Edridge, M., Kirk, L., Smith, E., & Turner, R. (2001). Social identity in adolescence. Journal of Adolescence, 24(5), 597-609. 

Tarrant, M., North, A., & Hargreaves, D. (2001). Social categorization, self-esteem, and the estimated musical preferences of male adolescents. Journal of Social Psychology, 141(5), 565-581.

Tarrell, V. (1965). An investigation of the validity of the musical aptitude profile. Journal of Research in Music Education, 13, 195–206.

Tau, G., & Peterson, B. (2010). Normal development of brain circuits. Neuropsychopharmacology, 35(1), 147-168.

Tavassoli, N. (2009). Climate, psychological homeostasis, and individual behaviors. In R. Wyer, C-Y. Chiu, & Y-Y. Hong, Eds., Understanding culture: Theory, research, and application (pp. 211-222). Psychology Press.

Tchaikovsky, M. (1906). The life and letters of Peter Ilich Tchaikovsky. Trans. by R. Newmarch. John Lane Co.

Tcherepnine, A. (1935). Music in modern China. The Musical Quarterly, 21(4), 391-400.

Teffera, T. (2011). Musical organization in traditional East African cultures: A case study of the embaire xylophone. Guandu Music Journal, 14, 113-142.

Temperley, D. (2001). The cognition of basic musical structures. The MIT Press.

Temperley, D. (2004). The cognition of basic musical structures. The MIT Press.

Temperley, D. (2007). Music and probability. The MIT Press.

Temperly, D. & Marvin, E. (2008). Pitch-class distribution and the identification of key. Music Perception, 25(3), 193-212.

Temple, M. (2020). Real-time audio and visual display of the Coronavirus genome. BMC Bioinformatics, 21(431), https://doi.org/10.1186/s12859-020-03760-7

Teng, X., Wong, M., & Zhang, Y. (2007). The effect of music on hypertensive patients. Conference Proceedings of the IEEE Engineering, Medicine, and Biology Society, 1, 4649-4651.

Teplov, B. (1966). Psychologie des aptitudes musicales. (The psychology of music aptitudes). Presses Universitaires de France.

Terao, Y., Mizuno, T., Shindoh, M., Sakurai, Y., Ugawa, Y., Kobayashi, S., Nagai, C., Furubayashi, T., Arai, N., Okabe, S., Mochizuki, H., Hanajima, R., & Tsuki, S. (2006). Vocal amusia in a professional tango singer due to a right superior temporal cortex infarction. Neuropsychologia, 44(3), 479-488.

Terrill, A. (2015). How cities benefit from helping the music industry grow. WIPO Magazine (May). Retrieved from https://www.wipo.int/wipo_magazine/en/2015/05/article_0009.html

Tervaniemi, M., Tao, S., & Huotilainen, M. (2018). Promises of music in education? Frontiers in Education, 3(74).

Thagard, P. (2009). Why cognitive science needs philosophy and vice versa. Topics in Cognitive Science, 1(2), 237–254.

Thakur, D., Martens, M. A., Smith, D. S., & Roth, E. (2018). Williams syndrome and music: A systematic integrative review. Frontiers in Psychology, 9, 2203.

Thalmann, M., Souza, A. S., & Oberauer, K. (2019). How does chunking help working memory?. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 45(1), 37-55.

Thaut, M. (2000). A scientific model of music in therapy and medicine. IMR Press.

Thaut, M. (2003). Neural basis of rhythmic timing networks in the human brain. The neurosciences and Music. Annals of the New York academy of sciences, 999, 364-373.

Thaut, M. (2005a). Rhythm, human temporality, and brain function. In D. Meill, R. MacDonald, & D. Hargreaves (Eds.), Musical communication, (pp. 171-191). Oxford University Press.

Thaut, M. (2005b). Rhythm, music, and the brain. Routledge.

Thaut, M. (2009). History and research. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), Oxford Handbook of Music Psychology, (pp. 552-560). Oxford University Press.

Thaut, M. (2015). Music as therapy in early history. Progress in Brain Research, 217, 143-158.

Thaut, M. (2016). History and research. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, 2^nd ed. (pp. 893–904). Oxford University Press.

Thaut, M., Brown, S. Benjamin, J., & Cooke, J. (1996). Rhythmic facilitation of movement sequencing: Effects on spatio-temporal control and sensory modality dependence.  In R. Pratt & R. Spintge (Eds.), MusicMedicine II,  (pp. 104-109). MMB Music. 

Thaut, M., & Hodges, D. (Eds.). (2019). The Oxford handbook on music and the brain. Oxford University Press.

Thaut, M., & Hoemberg, V. (2014). Handbook of neurologic music therapy. Oxford University Press.

Thaut, M., Kenyon, G., Schauer, M., & McIntosch, G. (1999). The connection between rhythmicity and brain function: Implications for therapy of movement disorders. IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology, 18, 101-108.

Thaut, M., McIntosh, G., Rice, R., & Prassas, S. (1993). Effect of auditory rhythmic cuing on temporal stride parameters and EMG patterns in hemiparetic gait of stroke patients. Journal of Neurologic Rehabilitation, 7, 9-16.

Thaut, M., McIntosh, G., Rice, R. , Rathbun, J., & Brault, J. (1996). Rhythmic auditory stimulation in gait training for Parkinson’s disease patients. Movement Disorders, 11(2), 193-200.

Thaut, M., Rice, R. & McIntosh, G. (1997). Rhythmic facilitation of gait training in hemiparetic stroke rehabilitation. Journal of Neurological Science, 151, 207-215.

Thayer, J. & Faith, M. (2001). A dynamic systems model of musically induced emotions. In R. Zatorre & I. Peretz (Eds.), The neurosciences and music. Annals of the New York academy of sciences, 999, 452-456.

Thayer, R. (1972). The interrelation of personality traits, musical achievement, and different measures of musical aptitude. In E. Gordon (Ed.), Research in the psychology of music, vol. 8, 103-18. University of Iowa Press.

Theiler, A. & Lippman, L. (1995). Effects of mental practice and modeling on guitar and vocal peformance. The Journal of General Psychology, 122(4), 329-343.

Thewlis, J. (1962). Encyclopaedic dictionary of physics. Pergamon Press.

Thoma, M.V., La Marca, R., Brönnimann, R., Finkel, L., Ehlert, U., & Nater, U.M. (2012). The effect of music on the human stress response. PLoS ONE, 7(10), e46908.

Thoma, M. V., Scholz, U., Ehlert, U., & Nater, U. M. (2012). Listening to music and physiological and psychological functioning: The mediating role of emotion regulation and stress reactivity. Psychology & health, 27(2), 227-241.

Thomas, L. (1979). The Medusa and the snail: More notes of a biology watcher. Viking Press.

Thomas, M. S., & Johnson, M. H. (2008). New advances in understanding sensitive periods in brain development. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 17(1), 1-5.

Thomas, R. (1970). Manhattanville Music Curriculum Program: Final report. U.S. Office of Education, Bureau of Research. ERIC Document ED 045 865.

Thompson, P., Giedd, J., Woods, R., MacDonald, D., Evans, A. & Toga, A. (2000). Growth patterns in the developing brain detected by using continuum mechanical tensor maps. Nature, 404(9), 190-193.

Thompson, W. (2015). Music, thought, and feeling, 2nd ed. Oxford University Press.

Thompson, W. (1987). Music sight-reading skill in flute players. Journal of General Psychology, 114(4), 345-352.

Thompson, W. (2009). Music, thought, and feeling: Understanding the Psychology of Music. Oxford University Press.

Thompson, W. (2015). Music, thought, and feeling: Understanding the psychology of music (2nd ed.). Oxford University Press.

Thompson, W., Graham, P., & Russo, F. (2005). Seeing music performance: Visual influences on perception and experience. Semiotica, 156(1/4), 203-227.

Thompson, W. & Robitaille, B. (1992). Can composers express emotions through music? Empirical Studies of the Arts, 10(1), 79-89.

Thompson, W. & Russo, F. (2007). Facing the music. Psychological Science, 18(9), 756-757.

Thompson, W. & Schellenberg, E. (2002). Cognitive constraints on music listening. In R. Colwell & C. Richardson (Eds.), The new handbook of research on music teaching and learning, (pp. 461-486). Oxford University Press.

Thomson, C. J., Reece, J. E., & Di Benedetto, M. (2014). The relationship between music-related mood regulation and psychopathology in young people. Musicae Scientiae, 18(2), 150-165.

Theorell, T. (2014). Music in Religion. In Psychological Health Effects of Musical Experiences (pp. 29-32). Springer, Dordrecht.        

Tibayrenc, M., & Ayala F. (Eds.). (2019). On human nature: Biology, psychology, ethics, politics, and religion. Academic Press.

Tierney, A. L., & Nelson III, C. A. (2009). Brain development and the role of experience in the early years. Zero to Three, 30(2), 9-13.

Tillman, B., Bharucha, J., & Bigand, E. (2000). Implicit learning of tonality: A self-organizing approach. Psychological Review, 107(4), 885-913.

Tillman, B., Bharucha, J. J., & Bigand, E. (2003). Learning and perceiving musical structures: Further insights from artificial neural networks. In I. Peretz & R. Zatorre (Eds.), The cognitive neuroscience of music (pp. 109–123). Oxford University Press.

Timmerman, L. M., Allen, M., Jorgensen, J., Herrett-Skjellum, J., Kramer, M. R., & Ryan, D. J. (2008). A review and meta-analysis examining the relationship of music content with sex, race, priming, and attitudes. Communication Quarterly, 56(3), 303-324.

Timmers, R. & Ashley, R. (2007). Emotional ornamentation in performances of a Handel sonata. Music Perception, 25(2), 117-134.

Titon, J. (2009a). Ecology, phenomenonolgy, and biocultural thinking. Ethnomusicology, 53(1), 502-509.

Titon, J. (Ed.). (2009b). Worlds of music: An introduction to the music of the world’s peoples, 5th ed. Schirmer Cengage Learning.  

Titze, I. (2001). Acoustic interpretation of resonant voice. Journal of Voice, 15(4), 519-528.

Todd, P. & Loy, D. (1991). Music and Connectionism. MIT Press.

Toga, A. & Thompson, P. (2003). Mapping brain asymmetry. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 4(1), 37-48.

Toussaint, G. (2015). Quantifying musical meter: How similar are African and Western rhythm? Analytical approaches to world music, vol. 4(2), 1-30. https://iftawm.org/journal/oldsite/articles/2015b/Toussaint_AAWM_Vol_4_2.pdf

Toppila, E., Koskinen, H., & Pyykkö, I. (2011). Hearing loss among classical-orchestra musicians. Noise and Health, 13(50), 45.

Tordjman, S., Davlantis, K. S., Georgieff, N., Geoffray, M. M., Speranza, M., Anderson, G. M., … & Dawson, G. (2015). Autism as a disorder of biological and behavioral rhythms: toward new therapeutic perspectives. Frontiers in Pediatrics, 3, 1.

Touma, H. (2009). The music of the Arabs. Trans. by L. Schwarts. Amadeus Press.

Trainor, L. (2008). The neural roots of music. Nature, 453(7195), 598-599.

Trainor, L., & Hannon, E. (2013). Musical development. The psychology of music, 3, 423-498.

Trainor, L., McFadden, M., Hodgson, L., Darragh, L., Barlow, J., Matsos, L. & Sonnadara, R. (2003). Changes in auditory cortex and the development of mismatch negativity between 2 and 6 months of age. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 51, 5-15.

Trainor, L., & Marsh-Rollo, S. (2019). Rhythm, meter, and timing: The heartbeat of musical development. In M. Thaut & D. Hodges (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music and the brain (pp. 592-622). Oxford University Press.

Trainor, L., Shahin, A., & Roberts, L. (2009). Understanding the benefits of musical training effects on oscillatory brain activity. In S. Dalla Bella, N. Kraus, K. Overy, C. Pantev, J. Snyder, M. Tervaniemi, B. Tillmann, & G. Schlaug (Eds.), The neurosciences of music III: Disorders and plasticity. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences (pp. 133-142), 1169.

Trainor, L., Tsang, C. & Cheung, V. (2002). Preference for consonance in two-month-old infants. Music Perception, 20(2), 185-192.

Trainor, L., & Zatorre, R. (2016). The neurobiology of musical expectations from perception to emotion. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, &M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology (pp. 285-305). Oxford University Press.

Trehub, S. (2000). Human processing predispositions and musical universals. In N. Wallin, B. Merker & S. Brown (Eds.), The origins of music, (pp. 428-448). The MIT Press.  

Trehub, S. (2001). Musical predispositions in infancy. In R. Zatorre & I. Peretz (Eds.), The biological foundations of music. Annals of the New York academy of sciences, 930, 1-16.

Trehub, S. (2003). The developmental origins of musicality. Nature Neuroscience, 6(7), 669-673.

Trehub, S. (2004). Foundations: Music perception in infancy. In J. Flohr (Ed.), The musical lives of young children, (pp. 24-29). Prentice-Hall.

Trehub, S. (2006). Infants as musical connoisseurs. In G. McPherson (Ed.), The child as musician, (pp. 33-50). Oxford University Press.

Trehub, S. (2009). Music lessons from infants. In S. Hallam, I. Cross, & M. Thaut (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music psychology, (pp. 229-234). Oxford University Press.

Trehub, S. E., & Degé, F. (2016). Reflections on infants as musical connoisseurs (pp. 31-51). In G. E McPherson (Ed.), The child as musician: A handbook of musical development, 2nd ed. Oxford University Press.

Trehub, S. & Trainor, L. (1998). Singing to infants: Lullabies and play songs. In C. Rovee-Collier, L. Lipsitt, & H. Hayne (Eds.). Advances in Infancy Research, 12, 43-78.

Trehub, S., Unyk, A., & Trainor, L. (1993). Adults identify infant-direct music across cultures. Infant Behavior and Development, 16, 193-211.

Trimble, M. (2012) Why humans like to cry. Tragedy, evolution and the brain. Oxford University Press.

Trost, W., Ethofer, T., Zentner, M. & Vuilleumier, P. (2012). Mapping aesthetic musical emotions in the brain. Cerebral Cortex, 22(12), 2769–2783.

Tsang, C. & Trainor, L. (2002). Spectral slope discrimination in infancy: Sensitivity to socially important timbres. Infant Behavior & Development, 25, 183-194.

Tsay, C. J. (2013). Sight over sound in the judgment of music performance. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 110(36), 14580-14585.

Tsenova, V. (2002). Magic numbers in the music of Sofia Gubaidulina. Muzikologija, (2), 253-261.

Tsuji, K., & Müller, S. (2022). Physics and music: Essential connections and illuminating excursions. Springer.

Tubiana, R. & Amadio, P. (Eds.). (2000). Medical Problems of the Instrumentalist Musician. Martin Dunitz.

Turnbull, W. (1944). Pitch discrimination as a function of tonal duration. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 34(4), 302-316.

Turner, G. & Kenny, D. (2010). A preliminary investigation into the association between body movement patterns and dynamic variation in western contemporary popular singing. Musicae Scientiae, 14(1), 143-164.

Turner, R. & Ioannides, A. (2009). Brain, music and musicality: Inferences from neuroimaging. In S. Malloch & C. Trevarthen (Eds.), Communicative musicality: Exploring the basis of human companionship, (pp. 147-181). Oxford University Press.

Turner, V. (1982). Celebration: Studies in festivity and ritual. Smithsonian Institution Press.

Uhlig, S., Jaschke, A., & Scherder, E. (2013). Effects of music on emotion regulation: A systematic literature review. In The 3rd International Conference on Music & Emotion, Jyväskylä, Finland, June 11-15, 2013. University of Jyväskylä, Department of Music.

Ukkola-Vuoti, L., Kanduri, C., Oikkonen, J., Buck, G., Blancher, C., Raijas, P., Karma, K., Lähdesmäki, H, & Järvelä, I. (2013). Genome-wide copy number variation analysis in extended families and unrelated individuals characterized for musical aptitude and creativity in music. PLoS One, 8(2), e56356.

Ukkola-Vuoti, L., Oikkonen, J., Onkamo, P., Karma, K., Raijas, P., & Järvelä, I. (2011) Association of the arginine vasopressin receptor 1a (avpr1a) haplotypes with listening to music. Journal of Human Genetics, 56, 324–329.

Ullén, F., Hambrick, D., & Mosing, M. (2016). Rethinking expertise: A multifactorial gene-environment interaction model of expert performance. Psychological Bulletin, 142(4), 427-446.

Ullmann, Y., Fodor, L., Schwarzberg, I., Carmi, N., Ullmann, A., & Ramon, Y. (2008). The sounds of music in the operating room. Injury, International Journal of the Care of the Injured, 39, 592-597.

Ulrich, J. W. (1977).  The analysis and synthesis of jazz by computer.  In Fifth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence (pp. 865-872).

UNSW Newsroom (2007). “Dag factor” predicts music preference. https://newsroom.unsw.edu.au/news/dag-factor-predicts-music-preference.

U.S. Music Industry’s Jobs & Benefits Report (2018). https://www.riaa.com/u-s-music-industries-jobs-benefits-report/

Utttal, W. (2000). The war between mentalism and behaviorism: On the accessibility of mental processes. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Vakani & Nair, (2019). Electrocorticography and functional mapping. In K. Levin & P. Chauvel (Eds.). Handbook of clinical neurology, vol. 160, 313-327. Elsevier.

Väkevä, L. (2010). Garage band or GarageBand^®? Remixing musical futures. British Journal of Music Education, 27(1), 59–70.

Vaitl, D. Vehrs, W., & Sternagel, S. (1993). Prompts—leitmotif—emotion: Play it again, Richard Wagner. In N. Birbaumer & A. Öhman (Eds.), The Structure of Emotion: Psychophysiological, Cognitive, and Clinical Aspects, (pp. 169-189). Hogrefe & Hüber.

Valentine, C. (1962). The experimental psychology of beauty. Methuen.

Valentine, E., Kleinman, J., & Buckoke, P. (2022). In G. McPherson (Ed.), The Oxford handbook of music performance, vol. 2. (pp. 22-41). Oxford University Press.

Vanden Bosch der Nederlanden, C., Taylor, E., & Grahn, J. (2019). Neural basis of rhythm perception. In M. Thaut & D. Hodges (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of music and the brain (pp. 165-186). Oxford University Press.

VanderArk, S. & Ely, D. (1992). Biochemical and galvanic skin responses to music stimuli by college students in biology and music. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 74, 1079-1090.

VanderArk, S. & Ely, D. (1993). Cortisol, biochemical and galvanic skin responses to music stimuli of different preference values by college students in biology and music. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 77, 227-234.

Van der Meulen, I., van de Sandt-Koenderman, W. M. E., Heijenbrok-Kal, M. H., Visch-Brink, E. G., & Ribbers, G. M. (2014). The efficacy and timing of melodic intonation therapy in subacute aphasia. Neurorehabilitation and neural repair, 28(6), 536-544.

Vandervert, L. (2016). Working memory in musical prodigies: A 10,000-year-old story, one million years in the making. In G. McPherson (Ed.), Musical prodigies (pp. 224-244). Oxford University Press.

Vandiver, P., Soffer, O., Klima, B., & Svoboda, J. (1989). The origins of ceramic technology at Dolni Vestonice, Czechosklovakia. Science, 246(4933), 1002-1008.

Van Khe, T. (1984). Buddhist music in Eastern Asia. In The World of Music, 26(3), 22-30.

van Meer, J.P., Theunissen, N.C.M. (2009). Prospective Educational Applications of Mental Simulation: A Meta-review. Educational Psychology Review, 21(2), 93–112).            

Vanzella, P., Balardin, J. B., Furucho, R. A., Zimeo Morais, G. A., Braun Janzen, T., Sammler, D., & Sato, J. R. (2019). fNIRS responses in professional violinists while playing duets: evidence for distinct leader and follower roles at the brain level. Frontiers in Psychology, 10, 164.

Vaquero, L., Hartmann, K., Ripollés, P., Rojo, N., Sierpowska, J., François, C., Càmara, E., Tijmen van Vugt, F., Mohammadi, B, Samii, A., Münte, T., Rodríquez-Fornells, A., & Altenmüller, E. (2016). Structural neuroplasticity in expert pianists depends on the age of musical training onset. Neuroimage, 126, 106-119.

Varki, A., & Gagneux, P. (2017). How different are humans and “great apes”? A matrix of comparative anthropogeny.In M. Tibayrenc & F. Ayala, Eds. On human nature: Biology, psychology, ethics, politics, and religion (pp. 151-160). Academic Press.

Vaughn, B. (2007). The impact of singing styles on tension in the adolescent voice. Ph.D. Dissertation, The University of North Carolina at Greensboro.

Vaughn, K. (2000). Music and mathematics: Modest support for the oft-claimed relationship. Journal of Aesthetic Education, 34(3/4), 149-166.

Venables, P. (1987). Electrodermal activity. In R. Gregory (Ed.), The Oxford companion to the mind. Oxford University Press.

Vennard, W. (1964). An experiment to evaluate the importance of nasal resonance in singing. Folia Phoniatrica et Logopaedica, 16(2), 146-153.

Verghese, J., Lipton, R. B., Katz, M. J., Hall, C. B., Derby, C. A., Kuslansky, G., Amrose, A., Sliwinski, M. & Buschke, H. (2003). Leisure activities and the risk of dementia in the elderly. New England Journal of Medicine, 348(25), 2508-2516.

Vickers, B. (1995). The pianist as orator: Bethoven and the transformation of keyboard style by George Barth. Rhetorica, 13(1), 98-101.

Vickhoff, B., Malmgren, H., Åström, R., Nyberg, G., Engvall, Ekström, S-R., Engwall, M., Snygg, J., Nilsson, M., & Jörnsten, R. (2013). Music structure determines heart rate variability of singers. Frontiers in psychology, 4(334), 1-16.

Vidor, M. (1931). Was ist musikalität? (What is musicality?). Beck.

Viladot, L., Gómez, I., & Malagarriga, T. (2010). Sharing meanings in the music classroom. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 25 (1), 49-65.

Vinolo-Gil, M. J., Casado-Fernández, E., Perez-Cabezas, V., Gonzalez-Medina, G., Martín-Vega, F. J., & Martín-Valero, R. (2021). Effects of the combination of music therapy and physiotherapy in the improvement of motor function in cerebral palsy: A challenge for research. Children, 8(10), 868.

Viola, E., Martorana, M., Airoldi, C., Caristia, S., Ceriotti, D., De Vito, M., Tucci, R., Meini, C., Guiot, G., & Faggiano, F. (2024). Dedalo Vola project: The effect of choral singing on physiological and psychosocial measures. An Italian pilot study. Acta Psychologica, 244, 104204.

Virtala, P., & Tervaniemi, M. (2017). Neurocognition of major-minor and consonance-dissonance. Music Perception: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 34(4), 387-404.

Viskontas, I. (2024). Humans are musical creatures: The case for music education. In R. Fleming (Ed.), Music and mind: Harnessing the arts for health and wellness, (pp. 207-217). Viking.

Visser, B., Ashton, M., & Vernon, P. (2006). Beyond g: Putting multiple intelligences theory to the test. Intelligence, 34, 487-502.

Vogel, I., van de Looij-Jansen, P. M., Mieloo, C. L., Burdorf, A., & de Waart, F. (2012). Risky music-listening behaviors and associated health-risk behaviors. Pediatrics, 129, 1097-1103.

Vogel, I., Verschuure, H., van der Ploeg, C., Burg, J., & Raat, H. (2009). Adolescents and MP3 players: Too many risks, too few precautions. Pediatrics, 123(6), 3953-3958.  

Vogels, O., & Lenssen-Erz, T. (2017). Beyond individual pleasure and rituality: Social aspects of the musical bow in southern Africa’s rock art. Rock Art Research: The Journal of the Australian Rock Art Research Association (AURA), 34(1), 9-24.

Volkov, S. (2004). Shostakovich and Stalin: The extraordinary relationship between the great composer and the brutal dictator. Alfred A. Knopf.

Voltmer, E., Fischer, J. E., Richter, B., & Spahn, C. (2012). Physical and mental health of different types of orchestra musicians compared to other professions. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 27(1), 9.

Voloshinov, A. (1996). Symmetry as a superprinciple of science and art. Leonardo, 29(2), 109-113.

Von Bartheld, C. S., Bahney, J., & Herculano‐Houzel, S. (2016). The search for true numbers of neurons and glial cells in the human brain: A review of 150 years of cell counting. Journal of Comparative Neurology, 524(18), 3865-3895.

von Puttkamer, W. (1979). Man in the Amazon: Stone age present meets stone age past. National Geographic, 155(1), 60-83.

Vuoskoski, J. K., & Peltola, H. R. (2024). The Aversive Musical Experience Scale (AMES): Measuring individual differences in the intensity of music-evoked aversion. Psychology of Music, doi: 10.1177/03057356241239336

Vuust, P., Brattico, E., Seppänen, M., Näätänen, R., & Tervaniemi, M. (2012). The sound of music: differentiating musicians using a fast, musical multi-feature mismatch negativity paradigm. Neuropsychologia, 50(7), 1432-1443.

Vuust, P., Heggli, O. A., Friston, K. J., & Kringelbach, M. L. (2022). Music in the brain. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 23(5), 287-305.

Vuust, P. & Kringelbach, M. (2010). The pleasure of music. In M. Kringelbach & K. Berridge (Eds.), Pleasures of the brain, (pp. 255-269). Oxford University Press.

Vuust, P. & Witek, M. A. (2014). Rhythmic complexity and predictive coding: A novel approach to modeling rhythm and meter perception in music. Frontiers in Psychology. 5, 1111.

Vuvan, D. T., Podolak, O. M., & Schmuckler, M. A. (2014). Memory for musical tones: The impact of tonality and the creation of false memories. Frontiers in psychology, 5, 582.

Wachi, M., Koyama, M., Utsuyama, M., Bittman, B., Kitagawa, M., & Hirokawa, K. (2007). Recreational music-making modulates natural killer cell activity, cytokines, and mood states in corporate employees. Medical Science Monitor, 13(2), CR57-70.

Wade, B. (2009). Thinking musically: Experiencing music, expressing culture, 2nd ed. Oxford University Press.

Wager, T., Barrett, L., Bliss-Moreau, E., Lindquist, K., Duncan, S., Kober, H. Joseph, J. Davidson, M., & Mize, J. (2008). The neuroimaging of emotion. In M. Lewis, J. Haviland-Jones, & L. Barrett (Eds.), Handbook of emotions, 3rd ed., (pp. 249-267). Guilford Press.

Wagner, M. (1975). The effect of a practice report on practice time and musical performance. In C. Madsen, R. Greer, & C. H. Madsen, Jr. (Eds.). Research in music behavior, (pp. 125-130). Teachers College Press, Columbia University.

Waite, A. K., & Diaz, F. M. (2012). The effect of skill level on instrumentalists’ perceptions of flow: An exploratory study. Missouri Journal of Research in Music Education, 49, 1-23.

Walker, J. (2002). Physics. Prentice Hall.

Walker, M., Brakefield, T., Seidman, J., Morgan, A., Hobson, J., & Stickgold, R. (2003). Sleep and the time course of motor skill learning. Learning and Memory, 10, 275-284.

Walker, R. (1990). Musical beliefs: Psychoacoustic, mythical, and educational perspectives. Teachers College Press.

Wallaschek, R. (1886). Ästhetik der Tonkunst (Aesthetics of music). Druck und Verlag von W. Kohlhammer.

Wallaschek, R. (1893). Primitive music. Longmans, Green and Co.

Wallin, N. (1991). Biomusicology: Neurophysiological, neuropsychological, and evolutionary perspectives on the origins and purposes of music. Pendragon Press.

Wallin, N., Merker, B., & Brown, S. (Eds.). (2000). Origins of music. The MIT Press.

Walter, J. (2009). Sound exposure levels experienced by university band members. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 24(2), 63-70.

Walter, J., Mace, S. & Phillips, S. (2008). Preventing hearing loss. Published Proceedings from the National Association of Schools of Music Annual Meeting, (pp. 101-105). Chicago, IL.

Wan, X., Crüts, B., Jensen, H. (2014). The causal inference of cortical neural networks during music improvisations. PLoS One. 9(12):e112776. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0112776. PMID: 25489852; PMCID: PMC4260787.

Wantanabe, D., Savion-Lemiux, T., & Penhune, V. (2007). The effect of early musical training on adult motor performance: Evidence for a sensitive period in motor learning. Experimental Brain Research, 176(3), 332-340.

Ward, D. (1999). Absolute pitch. In D. Deutsch (Ed.), The psychology of music, 2nd ed., (pp. 265-298). Academic Press.

Ward, J. (2013). Synesthesia. Annual Review of Psychology, 64, 49-75.

Ward, J., Huckstep, B., Tsakanikos, E. (2006). Sound-colour synaesthesia: To what extent does it use cross-modal mechanisms common to us all? Cortex, 42:264–80.

Ward-Steinman, P. (Ed.). (2011).  Advances in social-psychology and music education research. Ashgate.

Warraich, Z., & Kleim, J. A. (2010). Neural plasticity: The biological substrate for neurorehabilitation. PM&R, 2(12), S208-S219.

Wass, H., Miller, M., & Redditt, C. (1991). Adolescents and destructive themes in rock music: A follow-up. Omega: Journal of Death and Dying, 23(3), 199-206.

Waterman, C. (1993). Africa. In H. Meyers (Ed.), Ethnomusicology: Historical and regional studies. W.W. Norton.

Waterman, M. (1996). Emotional responses to music: Implicit and explicit effects in listeners and performers. Psychology of Music, 24, 53-67.

Waters, A. & Underwood, G. (1998). Eye movements in a simple music reading task: A study of expert and novice musicians. Psychology of Music, 26(1), 46-60.

Watson, A. (2009). The biology of musical performance and performance-related injury. The Scarecrow Press.

Watson, J. B. (1924). Behaviorism. W.W. Norton.

Watson, J. D. (1968). The double helix. Mentor Books.

Weaver, R. (1982). Behavioral aspects of circadian rhythmicity. In F. Brown & R. Graeber (Eds.), Rhythmic aspects of behavior, (pp. 105–71).  Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Webb, S., Monk, C., & Nelson, C. (2001). Mechanisms of postnatal neurobiological development: Implications for human development. Developmental Neuropsychology, 19(2), 147-171.

Weber, M. (1958). The rational and social foundations of music (Trans. and Ed. by D. Martindale, J. Riedel, & G. Neuwirth). Southern Illinois University Press.

Webster, P. (1990). Creativity as creative thinking. Music Educators Journal, 76(9), 22-28.

Webster, P. (1994). Measures of Creative Thinking in Music. http://peterrwebster.com.

Webster,, P. (2002). Creative thinking in music: Advancing a model. In T. Sullivan & L.Willingham (Eds.), Creativity and music education (pp. 16-33). Canadian Music Educators’ Association.

Webster, P. (2012). Towards pedagogies of revision: Guiding a student’s music composition. In O. Odena (Ed.), Musical creativity: Insights from music education research (pp. 93-112). Farnham: Ashgate.

Webster, P. (2014). 2014 Senior Researcher Award acceptance address: Cautious optimism for the future of research in music teaching and learning. Journal of Research in Music Education, 62(3), 203–214.

Wei, D., Yang, J., Li, W., Wang, K., Zhang, Q., & Qiu, J. (2014). Increased resting functional connectivity of the medial prefrontal cortex in creativity by means of cognitive stimulation. Cortex, 51, 92-102.

Weidenfeller, E. & Zimny, G. (1962). Effects of music upon GSR of depressives and schizophrenics. Journal of Abnormal Social Psychology, 64, 307-312.

Weinberger, N. (1999). Music and the auditory system. In D. Deutsch (Ed.), The psychology of music, 2nd ed., (pp. 47-87). Academic Press.

Weinberger, N. (2006). Music and the brain. Scientific American, Special Edition: Secrets of the Senses (December 12), 38-43.

Weinberger, N., Ashe, J. & Edeline, J. (1994).  Learning-induced receptive field plasticity in the auditory cortex: Specificity of information storage.  In J. Delacour (Ed.), Neural bases of learning and memory, (pp. 530-635).  Singapore: World Scientific Publishing.

Weisblatt, S. (1986). A psychoanalytic view of performance anxiety. Medical Problems of Performing Musicians, 1(2), 64-67.

Weisser, S., & Quanten, M. (2011). Rethinking musical instrument classification: Towards a modular approach to the Hornbostel-Sachs system. Yearbook for traditional music, 43, 122-146.

Welch, G. (2005). Singing as communication. In D. Miell, R. MacDonald, & D. Hargreaves (Eds.), Musical communication, (pp. 239-259). Oxford University Press.

Welch, G. (2006). Singing and vocal development. In G. McPherson (Ed.), The child as musician, (pp. 311-329). Oxford University Press.

Welch, G. F., Biasutti, M., MacRitchie, J., McPherson, G. E., & Himonides, E. (2020). Editorial: The Impact of Music on Human Development and Well-Being. Frontiers in Psychology, 11, 526182. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.01246

Wentworth, R. (1991). The effects of music and distracting noise on the productivity of workers with mental retardation. Journal of Music Therapy, 28(1), 40-47.

Wertheimer, M. (1959). Productive thinking, Rev. ed. Harper & Row.

Wessel, D. (1989). Timbre and the perceptual organization of musical patterns. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, Supplement 1, 86, S58-S59.

Wesseldijk, L. W., Henechowicz, T. L., Baker, D. J., Bignardi, G., Karlsson, R., Gordon, R. L., Mossing, M., Ullén, F., & Fisher, S. E. (2024). Notes from Beethoven’s genome. Current Biology, 34(6), R233-R234.

Wesseldiijk, L. W., Ullér, F., & Mosing, M. (2023). Music and genetics. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 152 (September), 105302. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neubiorev.2023.105302

West, M. (1994). The Babylonian musical notation and the Hurrian melodic texts. Music and Letters, 75(2), 161-179.

West, M., King, A., & Goldstein, M. (2004). Singing, socializing, and the music effect. In P. Marler, H. Slabbekoorn, & S. Hope (Eds.), Nature’s music: The science of birdsong, (pp. 374-387). Elsevier Academic Press.

Westbury, I. (2002). Theory, research, and the improvement of music education. In R. Colwell & C. Richardson (Eds.), The new handbook of research on music teaching and learning (pp. 144–161). Oxford University Press.

Western, D. (1999). The scientific status of unconscious processes: Is Freud really dead? Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 47(4), 1061-1106.

Whaling, C. (2000). What’s behind a song? The neural basis of song learning in birds. In N. Wallin, B. Merker, & S. Brown (Eds.), The origins of music, (pp.  65-76). The MIT Press.

Wheeler, B. (Ed.). (1995). Music therapy research: Quantitative and qualitative perspectives. Barcelona Publishers.

Wheeler, B. (Ed.). (2005). Music therapy research, 2nd ed. Barcelona Publishers.

Wheeler, B. (2016). Principles of interpretivist research. In B. Wheeler & K. Murphy (Eds.), Music therapy research (3rd ed.; pp. 131–141). Barcelona.

Wheeler, B., & Murphy, K. (2016). Music therapy research, 3rd ed. Dallas: Barcelona Publishers.

White, B. (1960). Recognition of distorted Melodies. The American Journal of Psychology, 73(1), 100-107.

White, E. & Brown, D. (1973). The first man. Time-Life Books.

White, R., Mensan, R., Bourrillon, R., Cretin, C., Higham, T., Clark, A., … Chiotti, L. (2012). Context and dating of Aurignacian vulvar representations from Abri Castanet, France. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 109(22), 8450-8455.

White, T., Su, S., Schmidt, M., Kao, C. Y., & Sapiro, G. (2010). The development of gyrification in childhood and adolescence. Brain and cognition, 72(1), 36-45.

Whitfield, T. (1983). Predicting preference for familiar, everyday objects: An experimental confrontation between two theories of aesthetic behaviour. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 3, 221-237.

Whitfield, T. (2000). Beyond prototypicality: Toward a categorical-motivation model of aesthetics. Empirical Studies of the Arts, 18(1), 1-11.

Whitfield, T. (2009). Theory confrontation: Testing the categorical-motivation model. Empirical Studies of the Arts, 27(1), 43-59.

Whitfield, T. & Slatter, P. (1979). The effect of categorization and prototypicality on aesthetic choice in a furniture selection task. British Journal of Psychology, 70, 65–75.

Whitley, D. (2009). Cave paintings and the human spirit:  The origin of creativity and belief. Prometheus Books.

Whittall, A. (2010). Consonance and dissonance. In A. Latham (Ed.), The Oxford Companion to Music. Oxford Music Online.  http://www.oxfordmusiconline.com/subscriber/article/opr/t114/e1581

Whybrew, W. (1962). Measurement and evaluation in music. W. C. Brown.

Whybrew, W. (1971). Measurement and evaluation in music, 2nd ed. W. C. Brown.

Wiggins, J. (2004). Letting go—Moving forward. Mountain Lake Reader, 3, 81-91.

Wigram, T., Pederson, I., & Ole Bonde, L. (2002). A comprehensive guide to music therapy: Theory, clinical practice, research and training. Jessica Kingsley.

Wilford, J. (1986). Artistry of the ice age. New York Times Magazine, 2 October, 46-60.

Wilkins, R., Hodges, D., Laurienti, P., & Steen, M. (2012). Network science: A new method for investigating the complexity of musical experiences in the brain. Leonardo, 45(3), 282-283.

Wilkins, R., Hodges, D., Laurienti, P., Steen, M., & Burdette, J. (2014). Network science and the effects of music preference on functional brain connectivity: From Beethoven to Eminem. Nature Scientific Reports, 4, 6130.

Williamon, A. (Ed.). (2004). Musical excellence: Strategies and techniques to enhance performance. Oxford University Press.

Williamon, A., Aufegger, L., & Eiholzer, H. (2014). Simulating and stimulating performance: introducing distributed simulation to enhance musical learning and performance. Frontiers in psychology, 5, 25.

Williamon, A. & Valentine, E. (2000). Quantity and quality of musical practice as predictors of performance quality. British Journal of Psychology, 91, 353-376.

Williams, D., & Webster, P. (2022). Experiencing music technology, 4^th ed. Oxford University Press.

Williams, E., Winter, C. & Wood, J. (1938). Tests of literary appreciation.  British Journal of Educational Psychology, 8, 265–284.

Williams, H. (2004). Birdsong and singing behavior. In H. Zeigler & P. Marler (Eds.), Behavioral neurobiology of birdsong. Annals of the New York academy of sciences, 1016, 1-30.

Williams, L. (1980). The dancing chimpanzee. Allison and Busby.

Williams, W. & Sternberg, R. (1993). Seven lessons for helping children make the most of their abilities. Educational Psychology, 13(3&4), 317-331.

Williamson, S. & Kaufman, L. (1988). Auditory evoked magnetic fields. In A. Jahn & J. Santos-Sacchi (Eds.), Physiology of the ear, (pp. 497–505). Raven Press.

Williamson, V. (2014). You are the music: How music reveals what it means to be human. Icon.

Williamson, V. J., Baddeley, A. D., & Hitch, G. J. (2010). Musicians’ and nonmusicians’ short-term memory for verbal and musical sequences: Comparing phonological similarity and pitch proximity. Memory & Cognition, 38, 163-175.

Williamon, A., Aufegger, L., & Eiholzer, H. (2014). Simulating and stimulating performance: Introducing distributed simulation to enhance musical learning and performance. Frontiers in Psychology, 5, 25.

Willisa, E. C., & Kenny, D.T. (2008). Relationship between weight, speaking fundamental frequency, and the appearance of phonational gaps in the adolescent male changing voice. Journal of Voice, 22(4), 451–471.

Wills, G. I. (2003). Forty lives in the bebop business: Mental health in a group of eminent jazz musicians. The British Journal of Psychiatry, 183(3), 255-259.

Wilson, C. & Aiken, L. (1977). The effect of intensity levels upon physiological and subjective affective response to rock music. Journal of Music Therapy, 13, 60-76.

Wilson, E. (2004). On human nature. Harvard University Press.

Wilson, E. & Davey, N. (2002). Musical beat influences corticospinal drive to ankle flexor and extensor muscles in man. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 44(2), 177-184.

Wilson, F. (1986a). Music and medicine: Inderal for stage fright? Piano Quarterly, 134, 30-35.

Wilson, F. (1986b). Tone deaf and all thumbs?An invitation to music-making for late bloomers and non-prodigies. Vintage Books.

Wilson, F. (1988).  Brain mechanisms in highly skilled movements. In F. Roehmann & F. Wilson (Eds.), The biology of music making, (pp. 92–99). MMB Music.

Wilson, F. (1989).  Acquisition and loss of skilled movement in musicians.  Seminars in Neurology, 9(2), 146–151.

Wilson, F. (1991).  Music and the neurology of time. Music Educators Journal, 77(5), 26–30.

Wilson, F. (1993).  Digitizing digital dexterity: A novel application for MIDI recordings of keyboard performance. Psychomusicology, 11, 79-95.

Wilson, F. (1998). The hand. Vintage Books.

Wilson, F. & Roehmann, F. (Eds.). (1990). Music and child development. MMB Music.

Wilson, F. & Roehmann, F. (1992). The study of biomechanical and physiological processes in relation to musical performance. In R. Colwell (Ed.), Handbook of research on music teaching and learning, (pp. 509-524). Schirmer.

Wilson, G. & Roland, D. (2002). Performance anxiety. In R. Parncutt & G. McPherson (Eds.), The Science and Psychology of Music Performance, (pp. 47-61). Oxford University Press.

Wilson, R. S., Boyle, P. A., Yang, J., James, B. D., & Bennett, D. A. (2015). Early life instruction in foreign language and music and incidence of mild cognitive impairment. Neuropsychology, 29(2), 292.

Winckel, F. (1962). Optimum acoustic criteria of concert halls for the performance of classical music. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 34(1), 81-86.

Windsor, L. (1993). Dynamic accents and the categorical perception of metre. Psychology of Music, 21, 127-140.

Winfield, A. (2007). Eugenics and education in America: Institutionalized racism and the implications of history, ideology, and memory. Peter Lang.

Wingood, G., DiClemente, R., Bernhardt, J., Harrington, K., Davies, S., Robillard, A., & Hook III, E. (2003). A prospective study of exposure to rap music videos an African American female adolescents’ health. American Journal of Public Health, 93(3), 437-439.

Winhold, H. (1988).  High speed photography of cello playing.  In F. Wilson & F. Roehmann (Eds.), Biology of music making, (pp. 180–182). MMB Music.

Winhold, H., & Thelen, E. (1988).  Study in perceptual, cognitive, and motor aspects of highly skilled cellists. Psychomusicology 7(2), 163–64.

Winkler, I., Háden, G., Ladinig, O., Sziller, I., & Honing, H. (2009). Newborn infants detect the beat in music. PNAS (Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences), 106(7), 2468-2471.

Winkler, I., Kushnerenko, E., Horváth, J., Ceponiene, R., Fellman, V., Huotilainen, M., Näätänen, R. & Sussman, E. (2003). Newborn infants can organize the auditory world. PNAS (Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences), 100(20), 11812-11815.

Winkler, S., Lohs, A., Zinn-Kirchner, Z. M., Alotaibi, M., & Caffier, P. P. (2024). Tribute to the Flute: A Literature Review of Playing-Related Problems in Flautists. Journal of Multidisciplinary Healthcare, 649-671.

Winner, E., & Martino, G. (2000). Giftedness in non-academic domains: The case of the visual arts and music. In K. A. Heller, F. J. Mönks, R.J. Sternberg, & R. Subotnik (Eds.), International handbook of giftedness and talent, 2nd ed., (pp. 95-110). Oxford: Pergamon.

Wintle, R. (1983). The emotional impact of music on television commercials. Rev. by E. Ostleitner in Bulletin of the Council for Research in Music Education, 74, 88–90.

Witten, E. (2002). The universe on a string. Astronomy Magazine. (June), 42-47. Retrieved on April 22, 2007, from http://www.sns.ias.edu/~witten/papers/string.pdf 

Witvliet, C. & Vrana, S. (2007). Play it again Sam: Repeated exposure to emotionally evocative music polarizes liking and smiling responses, and influences other affects reports, facial EMG, and heart rate. Cognition and Emotion, 21(1), 3-25.

Wolf, A., Kopiez, R., Platz, F., Lin, H. R., & Muetze, H. (2018). Tendency Towards the Average? The Aesthetic Evaluation of a Quantitatively Average Music Performance: A Successful Replication of Repp’s (1997) Study. Music Perception: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 36(1), 98-108.

Wolfe, J. (2022). Woodwind and brass instruments. In G. McPherson (Ed.), The Oxford handbook of music performance, vol. 2. (pp. 309-332). Oxford University Press.

Wolfe, M. (1989). Correlates of adaptive and maladaptive musical performance anxiety. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 4(1), 49-56.

 Wolfe, M. (1990a). Coping with musical performance anxiety: Problem-focused and emotion-focused strategies. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 5(1), 33-36.

Wolfe, M. (1990b). Relationships between dimensions of musical performance anxiety and behavioral coping strategies. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 5(4), 139-144.

Wolpert, D., Ghahramani, Z. & Flanagan, J. (2001). Perspectives and problems in motor learning. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 5(11), 487-494.

Wood, A. (1980). The physics of music. (Rev. ed. by J. Bowsher). Greenwood Press.

Woodrow, H. (1951). Time perception. In S. Stevens (Ed.), Handbook of experimental psychology, (pp. 1224-1236). Wiley.

Woods, R. & Martin, L. (1943). Testing in music education. Education and Psychological Measurement, 3, 29–42.

Woody, R. (1999a). The Musician’s Personality. Creativity Research Journal, 12(4), 241-250.

Woody, R. (1999b). The relationship between advanced musicians’ explicit planning and their expressive performance of dynamic variations in an aural modeling task. Journal of Research in Music Education, 47, 331-342.

Woody, R. (2000).  Learning expressivity in music performance: An exploratory study. Research Studies in Music Education, 14, 14-23.

Woody, R. (2002). The relationship between musician’s expectations and their perception of expressive features in an aural model. Research Studies in Music Education, 18, 57-65.

Woolfe, Z. (2023). Review: Yuha Wang sweeps through a Rachmaninoff marathon. The New York Times (January, 29). https://www.nytimes.com/2023/01/29/arts/music/yuja-wang-rachmaninoff-carnegie-hall-review.html#:~:text=After%20playing%2C%20with%20electric%20mastery,out%20Carnegie%20Hall’s%20standing%20ovation%2C

Working Memory. (2015). The Central Executive. https://workingmemoryrst.wordpress.com/the-central-executive-system/

WorldBlu (2018). Meet the most freedom-centered organizations in the world. https://www.worldblu.com/certified

World Federation of Music Therapy (2024). About WFMT. https://www.wfmt.info/about

Worschech, F., Altenmüller, E., Jünemann, K., Sinke, C., Krüger, T. H., Scholz, D. S., Müller, C., Kleigel, M., James, C., & Marie, D. (2022). Evidence of cortical thickness increases in bilateral auditory brain structures following piano learning in older adults. Annals of the New York academy of sciences, 1513(1), 21-30.

Worth, J. (2013). Shadows of the workhouse.Harper Collins.

Wright, C. L., & Rubin, M. (2017). “Get lucky!” Sexual content in music lyrics, videos and social media and sexual cognitions and risk among emerging adults in the USA and Australia. Sex education, 17(1), 41-56.

Wu, S. (2007). Occupational risk factors for musculoskeletal disorders in musicians: A systematic review. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 22(2), 43-51.

Wu, X., Zhang, C., Goldberg, P., Cohen, D., Pan, Y., Arpin, T., & Bar-Yosef, O. (2012). Early pottery at 20,000 years ago in Xianrendong Cave, China. Science, 336(6089), 1696-1700.

Wulf, W. (1989). The national collaboratory: A white paper. Appendix A in Towards a national collaboratory, an unpublished report of a National Science Foundation invitational workshop held at Rockefeller University, New York, March 17–18. www.nap.edu/catalog/2109/national-collaboratories-applyinginformation-technology-for-scientific-research

Wulf , W. (1993). The collaboratory opportunity. Science, 261(5123), 854–855.

Wuttke-Linnemann, A., Nater, U. M., Ehlert, U., & Ditzen, B. (2019). Sex-specific effects of music listening on couples’ stress in everyday life. Scientific reports, 9(1), 4880.

Xu, Y. (1997). Contextual tonal variations in Mandarin. Journal of phonetics, 25(1), 61-83.

Xenakis, I. (1992). Formalized music: Thought and mathematics in composition. Pendragon Press.

Yamamoto, M., Naga, S., & Shimizu, J. (2007). Positive  musical effects of two types of negative stressful conditions. Psychology of Music, 35(2), 249-275.

Yan, J., Zhang, W., & Xu, X. (2022). Can You feel the love tonight: A dipeptidergic circuit for pleasant touch. Neuroscience Bulletin, 38(8), 966-968.

Yang, S., Suh, J. H., Kwon, S., & Chang, M. C. (2022). The effect of neurologic music therapy in patients with cerebral palsy: A systematic narrative. Frontiers in Neurology. 10.3389/fneur.2022.852277

Yao, B., & Wu, L. (2023). Analysis of the history and situation of music psychology research. Frontiers in Humanities and Social Sciences, 3(2), 35-38.

Yarbrough, C. (1975). Effect of magnitude of conductor behavior on students in selected mixed choruses. Journal of Research in Music Education, 23(2), 134-146.

Yarbrough, C. & Price, H. (1981). Prediction of performer attentiveness based on rehearsal activity and teacher behavior. Journal of Research in Music Education, 29(3), 209-217.

Yeom, D., Tan, Y., Haslam, N., Mosing, M., Yap, V., Fraser, T., Hildebrand, M., Berkovic, S., McPherson, G., Peretz, I., & Wilson, S. (2022). Genetic factors and shared environment contribute equally to objective singing ability. iScience, 25(6), 104360.

Yerkes, R., & Dodson, J. (1908). The relation of strength of stimulus to rapitidy of habit-formation. Journal of Comparative Neurology and Psychology, 18(5), 459-482.

Yinger, O. S., & Springer, D. G. (2022). Using Psycholinguistic Inquiry and Content Analysis to Investigate Emotions in Memories of Musical Experiences. Musicae Scientiae, 26(2), 227-242.

Yoshino, I. & Abe, J-I. (2004). Cognitive modeling of key interpretation in melody perception. Japanese Psychological Research, 46(4), 283-297.

Young, A., & Ng, M. (2023). Otoacoustic Emissions. In StatPearls [Internet]. StatPearls Publishing. National Library of Medicine: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK580483/

Young, C. (2008). Minding music and movies (music in advertising). Admap, 43(494), 45-48.

Young, J. (1978). Programs of the brain. Oxford University Press.

Yu, H-b., Liu, Y-f., & Wu, L-x. (2009). Acupuncture Combined with Music Therapy for Treatment of 30 Cases of Cerebral Palsy. Journal of Traditional Chinese Medicine, 29(4), 243-248.

Yue, W., Han, X., Luo, J., Zeng, Z., & Yang, M. (2021). Effect of music therapy on preterm infants in neonatal intensive care unit: Systematic review and meta‐analysis of randomized controlled trials. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 77(2), 635-652.

Yuksel, B. F., Oleson, K. B., Harrison, L., Peck, E. M., Afergan, D., Chang, R., & Jacob, R. J. (2016). Learn piano with BACh: An adaptive learning interface that adjusts task difficulty based on brain state. In Proceedings of the 2016 CHI conference on human factors in computing systems (pp. 5372-5384).

Yun, G., & Jiali, X. (2024). Research and exploration on cymatics in sound visualization. In E3S Web of Conferences, 486, 03002. EDP Sciences.

Zachariou, A., & Bonneville-Roussy, A. (2024). The role of autonomy support from teachers in young learners’ self-regulation in dyadic contexts: An examination through three-level multilevel analysis. Learning and Instruction, 89, 101843.  

Zajonc, R. & McIntosh, D. (1992). Emotions research: Some promising questions and some questionable promises. Psychological Science, 3(1), 70-74.

Zandberg, L., Lachlan, R. F., Lamoni, L., & Garland, E. C. (2021). Global cultural evolutionary model of humpback whale song. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B, 376(1836), 20200242.

Zander, M. F. (2006). Musical influences in advertising: How music modifies first impressions of product endorsers and brands. Psychology of music, 34(4), 465-480.

Yang, S., Suh, J. H., Kwon, S., & Chang, M. C. (2022). The effect of neurologic music therapy in patients with cerebral palsy: A systematic narrative. Frontiers in Neurology. 10.3389/fneur.2022.852277

Zangwill, O. (2004). Freud, Sigmund. In R. Gregory (Ed.), The Oxford companion to the mind, (pp. 357-358). Oxford University Press.

Zatorre, R. (2001). Neural specializations for tonal processing. In R. Zatorre & I. Peretz (Eds.), The biological foundations of music. Annals of the New York academy sciences, 930, 193–210.

Zatorre, R. (2003). Absolute pitch: A model for understanding the influence of genes and development on neural and cognitive function. Nature Neuroscience, 6, 692-695.

Zatorre, R. (2024). Musical enjoyment and the reward circuits of the brain. In R. Fleming (Ed.), Music and mind: Harnessing the arts for health and wellness, (pp. 434-449).

Zatorre, R., Chen, J., & Penhune, V. (2007). When the brain plays music: auditory-motor interactions in music perception. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 8(7), 547-558.

Zatorre, R., & McGill, J. (2005). Music, the food of neuroscience? Nature, 434(7031), 312-315.

Zatorre, R. & Peretz, I. (Eds.). (2001). The biological foundations of music. New York Academy of Sciences.

Zbikowski. L. (2002). Conceptualizing music. Oxford University Press.

Zdzinski, S. (1992). Relationships among parental involvement, music aptitude, and musical achievement of instrumental music students. Journal of Research in Music Education, 40(2), 114-125.

Zdzinski, S. (1996). Parental involvement, selected student attributes, and learning outcomes in instrumental music. Journal of Research in Music Education, 44(1), 34-38.

Zeki, S. (1998). Art and the brain. Daedalus, 127(2), 71-103.

Zeki, S. (1999). Inner vision: An exploration of art and the brain. Oxford University Press.

Zelenak, M. (2024). Self-efficacy and music performance: A meta-analysis. Psychology of Music: 03057356231222432

Zentner, M. (2012). A language for musical qualia. Empirical Musicology Review, 7(1-2), 80-83.

Zentner, M. & Eerola, T. (2010a). Rhythmic engagement with music in infancy. PNAS (Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences), 107(13), 5768-5773.

Zentner, M. & Eerola, T. (2010b). Self-report measures and models. In P. Juslin & J. Sloboda (Eds.), Handbook of music and emotions, (pp. 188-221). Oxford University Press.

Zentner, M., Grandjean, D., & Scherer, K. R. (2008). Emotions evoked by the sound of music: Characterization, classification, and measurement. Emotion, 8(4), 494-521.

Zervoudakes, J. & Tanur, J. (1994). Gender and musical instruments: Winds of change? Journal of Research in Music Education, 42(1), 58-67.

Zhang, J. (2019). Basic neural units of the brain: neurons, synapses and action potential. arXiv preprint arXiv:1906.01703

Zhang, W., Liu, F., Zhou, L., Wang, W., Jiang, H., & Jiang, C. (2019). The effects of timbre on neural responses to musical emotion. Music Perception: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 37(2), 134–146.

Zhang, Y., Cai, J., Hui, F., Ren, T., Ma, H., & Zhao, Q. (2017). Does music therapy enhance behavioral and cognitive function in elderly dementia patients? A systematic review and meta-analysis. Ageing Research Reviews, 35, 1-11. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.arr.2016.12.003

Zhao, Q., Zhao, W., Lu, C., Du, H., & Chi, P. (2024). Interpersonal Neural Synchronization during Social Interactions in Close Relationships: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of fNIRS Hyperscanning Studies. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 105565.

Zhukov, K., Khuu, S., & McPherson, G. (2019). Eye movement efficiency and sight-reading expertise in woodwind players. Journal of Eye Movement Research, 12(2):6. 

Zhukov, K., & McPherson, G. E. (2022). Sight-reading. In G. E. McPherson (Editor.), The Oxford handbook of music performance, vol. 1 (pp. 192-213). Oxford University Press.

Zillmann, D. & Gan, S. (1997). Musical taste in adolescence. In D. Hargreaves & A. North (Eds.), The social psychology of music, (pp. 161-187). Oxford University Press.

Zimmerman, B. J. (2005). Methodological developments, and future prospects investigating self-regulation and motivation: Historical background, methodological developments, and future prospects. American Educational Research Journal, 45(1), 166-183. doi: 10.3102/0002831207312909

Zimmermann-Schlatter, A., Schuster, C., Puhan, M. A., Siekierka, E., Steurer, J. (2008). Efficacy of motor imagery in post-stroke rehabilitation: A systematic review. Journal of Neuroengineering Rehabilitation, 5(8). doi: 10.1186/1743-0003-5-8. PMID: 18341687; PMCID: PMC2279137.

Zimny, G. & Weidenfeller, E. (1962). Effects of music upon GSR of children. Child Development, 33, 891–96.

Zimny, G. & Weidenfeller, E. (1963). Effect of music upon GSR and heartrate. American Journal of Psychology, 76, 311-314.

Zuckerkandl, V. (1956). Sound and symbol: Music and the external world. (Trans. by W. Trask). Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Zuckerkandl, V. (1959). The sense of music. Princeton University Press.

Zuckerkandl, V. (1969). Sound and Symbol, vol. 1: Music and the External World. (Trans. by W. Trask). Princeton University Press.

Zuckerkandl, V. (1973). Sound and Symbol, vol. 2: Man the musician. (Trans. by N. Guterman). Princeton University Press.

Zull, J. (2002). The art of changing the brain: Enriching the practice of teaching by exploring the biology of learning. Stylus Publishing.

Zumbansen, A., Peretz, I., & Hébert, S. (2014). Melodic intonation therapy: back to basics for future research. Frontiers in Neurology, 5, 7.  doi: 10.3389/fneur.2014.00007

Zwaan, R. A., Etz, A., Lucas, R. E., & Donnellan, M. B. (2018). Making replication mainstream. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 41, Article E120. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0140525X17001972

Zweigenhaft, R. (2008). A do re mi encore: A closer look at the personality correlates of music preferences. Journal of Individual Differences, 29(1), 45-55.